Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 14, 2003

Registration No. 333-108543


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 


 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(to be renamed “SYNNEX Corporation”)

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)


 

California   33411   94-2703333
(prior to reincorporation)   (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
    Classification Code Number)   Identification No.)

Delaware

(after reincorporation)

       
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)        

 

3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, CA 94538

(510) 656-3333

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 


 

ROBERT T. HUANG

President and Chief Executive Officer

SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, CA 94538

(510) 656-3333

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 


 

Copies to:

JORGE DEL CALVO, ESQ.

ALLISON LEOPOLD TILLEY, ESQ.

DAVINA K. KAILE, ESQ.

P ILLSBURY W INTHROP LLP

2550 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 233-4500

    Fax (650) 233-4545

 

GREGORY C. SMITH, ESQ.

S KADDEN , A RPS , S LATE , M EAGHER & F LOM LLP

525 University Avenue, Suite 1100

Palo Alto, California 94301

(650) 470-4500

Fax (650) 470-4570


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:     As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨    ____________

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨    ____________

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨    ____________

 

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.   ¨

 


 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 14, 2003

 

Prospectus

 

LOGO

 

                 shares

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

 

Common Stock

 

This is the initial public offering of                  shares of common stock of SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. No public market currently exists for our shares.

 

We currently anticipate the initial public offering price of our common stock to be between $         and $         per share. We intend to apply to have our shares approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SNX”.

 

We are selling              of the shares of common stock under this prospectus, and certain of our stockholders, referred to in this prospectus as selling stockholders, are offering an additional                      shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

 

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 5 to read about certain risks that you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 


          Per Share           Total

Public Offering Price

   $             $       

Underwriting Discount

   $             $       

Proceeds, Before expenses, to SYNNEX

   $             $       

Proceeds, Before expenses, to the Selling Stockholders 

   $             $       

 

We and certain of the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to                  additional shares to cover any over-allotments.

 

Delivery of shares will be made on or about                 , 2003.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

 

                                      Banc of America Securities LLC

 

Raymond James

 

The date of this prospectus is                         , 2003.


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

The SYNNEX name and logo are trademarks, registered trademarks, service marks or registered service marks of SYNNEX in the United States. All other trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and pro forma financial data before making an investment decision.

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

 

Our Business

 

We are a global information technology, or IT, supply chain services company. We offer a comprehensive range of services to IT original equipment manufacturers and software publishers, collectively OEMs, and reseller customers worldwide. The supply chain services that we offer include product distribution, related logistics services and contract assembly.

 

We have been in the IT distribution business since 1980 and are one of the largest IT product distributors based on 2002 reported revenue. We focus our core wholesale distribution business on a limited number of leading IT OEMs, which allows us to enhance and increase the value of our services to our OEM suppliers and reseller customers.

 

We distribute IT systems, peripherals, system components, software and networking equipment for OEM suppliers such as HP, IBM, Intel, Microsoft Corporation and Seagate. Our reseller customers include value added resellers, or VARs, corporate resellers, government resellers, system integrators, direct marketers and retailers. We currently distribute and market approximately 15,000 products (as measured by active SKUs) from over 100 OEM suppliers to more than 15,000 resellers.

 

Our contract assembly services are generally related to building IT systems such as personal computers, workstations and servers. By leveraging the inventory management capabilities and system component supplier relationships of our distribution business, we provide cost-effective IT system contract assembly services.

 

Because we offer distribution, contract assembly and complementary logistics services, OEM suppliers and resellers can outsource to us multiple areas of their business outside of their core competencies. This model allows us to provide services at several points along the IT product supply chain. We believe that the combination of our broad array of services, our focus on servicing the leading IT OEMs and our efficient operations enables us to realize strong and expanding relationships with these OEMs and our reseller customers.

 

Our Strategy

 

We intend to continue to expand our business by pursuing the following strategies:

 

    Deepen relationships with our existing OEM suppliers and reseller customers by expanding the supply chain services we offer to them.

 

    Establish new strategic relationships with leading OEMs to increase the breadth of product lines that we distribute by offering OEMs a compelling combination of supply chain services.

 

    Increase our reseller customer base by offering competitive pricing, in-depth product expertise and a comprehensive selection of IT products.

 

    Expand our contract assembly services to benefit from the continuing trend of OEMs outsourcing their production activities.

 

1


Table of Contents
    Control costs by maintaining our low cost operations and seeking ways to further reduce costs in all areas of our business.

 

    Pursue strategic acquisitions and investments to increase our OEM and reseller relationships, enhance our service offerings and expand our geographic reach.

 

Our Relationship with MiTAC International

 

In 1992, MiTAC International Corporation, or MiTAC International, acquired a controlling interest in us. Since 1992, MiTAC International, through its affiliates, has increased its beneficial ownership interest in us to approximately 98%.

 

MiTAC International, established in 1982, is a publicly held, original design manufacturing company based in Taiwan. MiTAC International specializes in the development and manufacture of motherboards, servers, LCD PCs, mobile wireless handheld devices, such as wireless PDAs and smart phones. In the last 20 years, MiTAC International has expanded its presence in more than 20 countries around the world. In 1994, we began offering contract assembly services that we jointly market with MiTAC International’s manufacturing and design services.

 

All of the selling stockholders are related to MiTAC International. After completion of this offering, MiTAC International and its affiliates will beneficially own approximately       % of our outstanding common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, and approximately       % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. As a result of this ownership interest, MiTAC International and its affiliates control us and they will continue to control us upon completion of the offering.

 

There are potential conflicts of interest between us and MiTAC International and its affiliates. Synnex Technology International Corp., a company affiliated with MiTAC International and one of our stockholders, currently provides distribution and fulfillment services to various markets in Asia and Australia and is a potential competitor of ours. In addition, our Chairman, Mr. Matthew Miau, is the chairman of MiTAC International and is the chairman or officer of several of the companies affiliated with MiTAC International. Mr. Miau’s positions with us and MiTAC International and some of its affiliated entities could create actual or perceived conflicts of interest with respect to a variety of matters, such as matters requiring stockholder approval, corporate opportunities and business relationships.

 


 

We were incorporated in the State of California as COMPAC Microelectronics, Inc. on November 18, 1980, and we changed our name to SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. on February 4, 1994. We plan to reincorporate in the State of Delaware under the name “SYNNEX Corporation” prior to consummation of the offering. Our principal offices are located at 3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, CA 94538, and our telephone number is (510) 656-3333. We have distribution, sales and assembly facilities located in Asia, Europe and North America. Our website is located at www.synnex.com. The information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.

 

2


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Shares of common stock being offered by us                               shares

Shares of common stock being offered by the selling stockholders

                              shares

Shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                              shares

Use of proceeds

   We intend to use all of the estimated net proceeds from this offering of $         million first to reduce the amounts outstanding under our U.S. credit facility, if any, and then to reduce the use of our accounts receivable securitization program.

Dividend policy

   We have not declared or paid any cash dividends since our inception. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in our operations and the expansion of our business.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

   SNX

 

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on our outstanding shares as of August 31, 2003. These shares exclude:

 

    8,502,497 shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at August 31, 2003 under our stock option plans with a weighted average exercise price of $7.37 per share;

 

    5,533,903 shares reserved for future grant under our stock option plans at August 31, 2003; and

 

    500,000 shares reserved for issuance under our employee stock purchase plan.

 


 

Except when otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

    assumes the reincorporation of SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. in Delaware as SYNNEX Corporation at or prior to the consummation of this offering;

 

    has been adjusted to give effect to a 1 for 2 reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the consummation of this offering; and

 

    assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us and some of the selling stockholders to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

3


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

 

The following table presents our summary consolidated historical financial information. The statement of operations data generally includes the operating results of our acquisitions from the closing date of each acquisition. You should read this information together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes, unaudited as adjusted financial information and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Years Ended November 30,

  Nine Months
Ended August 31,


    2000

    2001

  2002

  2002

  2003

    (in thousands, except per share data)

Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Revenue

  $ 3,802,629     $ 3,224,390   $ 3,767,882   $ 2,694,376   $ 2,873,293

Cost of revenue

    3,626,317       3,060,304     3,593,982     2,568,419     2,741,446
   


 

 

 

 

Gross profit

    176,312       164,086     173,900     125,957     131,847

Selling, general and administrative
expenses

    106,489       106,197     123,418     88,638     91,968
   


 

 

 

 

Income from operations

    69,823       57,889     50,482     37,319     39,879

 

Income from continuing operations

    42,011       25,797     28,032     20,344     21,371

Loss from discontinued operations

    (5,577 )                
   


 

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 36,434     $ 25,797   $ 28,032   $ 20,344   $ 21,371
   


 

 

 

 

Net income per common share—diluted:

                               

Income from continuing operations

  $ 1.72     $ 1.06   $ 1.16   $ 0.83   $ 0.87

 

     August 31, 2003

     Actual

   As Adjusted

     (in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 23,174    $             

Working capital

     206,602       

Total assets

     707,553       

Current borrowings under term loans and lines of credit

     51,447       

Long-term borrowings

     7,852       

Total stockholders’ equity

     239,538       

 

As adjusted information gives effect to the application of the net proceeds from the sale of                      shares of our common stock offered by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share and after deducting estimated offering expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions. In addition to the repayment of any outstanding borrowings under our U.S. credit facility, we intend to use the remaining portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to reduce the use of our accounts receivable securitization program. The impact to our financial statements of this reduction will be to increase our accounts receivable.

 

     Years Ended November 30,

   Nine Months Ended
August 31,


     2000

   2001

   2002

   2002

   2003

     (in thousands)

Other Data:

                                  

Depreciation and Amortization

   $ 6,753    $ 9,350    $ 8,337    $ 6,008    $ 5,685

 

4


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider all of the risks of our business, including those described below, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus. Our business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We anticipate that our revenue and operating results will fluctuate, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

 

Our operating results have fluctuated and will fluctuate in the future as a result of many factors, including:

 

    general economic conditions and weakness in IT spending;

 

    the loss or consolidation of one or more of our significant original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, suppliers or customers;

 

    market acceptance and product life of the products we assemble and distribute;

 

    competitive conditions in our industry, which may impact our margins;

 

    pricing, margin and other terms with our OEM suppliers;

 

    variations in our levels of excess inventory and doubtful accounts, and changes in the terms of OEM supplier-sponsored programs, such as price protection and return rights;

 

    changes in our costs and operating expenses; and

 

    the contribution to our total revenue of our international operations.

 

Although we attempt to control our expense levels, these levels are based, in part, on anticipated revenue. Therefore, we may not be able to control spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected revenue shortfall.

 

Our operating results also are affected by the seasonality of the IT products industry. We have historically experienced higher sales in our fourth fiscal quarter due to patterns in the capital budgeting and purchasing cycles of end-users. These patterns may not be repeated in subsequent periods.

 

You should not rely on period-to-period comparisons of our operating results as an indication of future performance. The results of any quarterly period are not indicative of results to be expected for a full fiscal year. In future quarters, our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts or investors, which would likely cause our share price to decline.

 

We depend on a small number of OEMs to supply the IT products that we sell and the loss of, or a material change in, our business relationship with a major OEM supplier could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

 

Our future success is highly dependent on our relationships with a small number of OEM suppliers. Sales of HP products represented approximately 35.0% of our total revenue in fiscal 2002 and 31.5% in the nine months ended August 31, 2003. Our OEM supplier agreements typically are short-term and may be terminated without cause upon short notice. The loss or deterioration of our relationships with a major OEM supplier, the authorization by OEM suppliers of additional distributors, the sale of products by OEM suppliers directly to our reseller customers and end users, or our failure to establish relationships with new OEM suppliers or to expand the distribution and supply chain services that we provide OEM suppliers could adversely affect our business,

 

5


Table of Contents

financial position and operating results. In addition, OEM suppliers may face liquidity or solvency issues which in turn could negatively affect our business and operating results.

 

Our business is also highly dependent on the terms provided by our OEM suppliers. Generally, each OEM supplier has the ability to change the terms and conditions of their sales agreements, such as reducing the amount of price protection and return rights or reducing the level of purchase discounts, rebates and marketing programs available to us. If we are unable to pass the impact of these changes through to our reseller customers, our business, financial position and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

Our gross margins are low, which magnifies the impact of variations in revenue or costs on our operating results.

 

As a result of intense price competition in the IT products industry, our gross margins are low, and we expect them to continue to be low in the future. Increased competition arising from industry consolidation and low demand for certain IT products may hinder our ability to maintain or improve our gross margins. These low gross margins magnify the impact of variations in revenue, operating costs, bad debts and interest expense on our operating results. A portion of our operating expenses is relatively fixed, and planned expenditures are based in part on anticipated orders that are forecasted with limited visibility of future demand. As a result, we may not be able to reduce our operating expenses as a percentage of revenue to mitigate any further reductions in gross margins in the future. If we cannot proportionately decrease our cost structure in response to competitive price pressures, our business and operating results could suffer.

 

We also receive purchase discounts and rebates from OEM suppliers based on various factors, including sales or purchase volume and breadth of customers. A decrease in net sales could negatively affect the level of volume rebates received from our OEM suppliers and thus, our gross margins. Because some purchase discounts and rebates from OEM suppliers are based on percentage increases in sales of products, it may become more difficult for us to achieve the percentage growth in sales required for larger discounts due to the current size of our revenue base. A decrease or elimination of purchase discounts and rebates from our OEM suppliers could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

Because we sell on a purchase order basis, we are subject to uncertainties and variability in demand by our reseller and contract assembly customers, which could decrease revenue and adversely affect our operating results.

 

We sell to our reseller and contract assembly customers on a purchase order basis rather than pursuant to long-term contracts or contracts with minimum purchase requirements. Consequently, our sales are subject to demand variability by our reseller and contract assembly customers. The level and timing of orders placed by our reseller and contract assembly customers vary for a variety of reasons, including seasonal buying by end-users, the introduction of new hardware and software technologies and general economic conditions. Customers submitting a purchase order may cancel, reduce or delay their orders. If we are unable to anticipate and respond to the demands of our reseller and contract assembly customers, we may lose customers because we have an inadequate supply of products, or we may have excess inventory, either of which may harm our business, financial position and operating results.

 

We are subject to the risk that our inventory value may decline, and protective terms under our OEM supplier agreements may not adequately cover the decline in value.

 

The IT products industry is subject to rapid technological change, new and enhanced product specification requirements, and evolving industry standards. These changes may cause inventory on hand to decline substantially in value or to rapidly become obsolete. Most of our OEM suppliers offer limited protection from the loss in value of inventory. For example, we can receive a credit from many OEM suppliers for products held in inventory in the event of a supplier price reduction. In addition, we have a limited right to return a certain percentage of purchases to most OEM suppliers. These policies are subject to time restrictions and do not protect

 

6


Table of Contents

us in all cases from declines in inventory value. In addition, our OEM suppliers may become unable or unwilling to fulfill their protection obligations to us. The decrease or elimination of price protection or the inability of our OEM suppliers to fulfill their protection obligations could lower our gross margins and cause us to record inventory write-downs. If we are unable to manage our inventory with our OEM suppliers with a high degree of precision, we may have insufficient product supplies or we may have excess inventory, resulting in inventory write downs, either of which may harm our business, financial position and operating results.

 

We depend on OEM suppliers to maintain an adequate supply of products to fulfill customer orders on a timely basis, and any supply shortages or delays could cause us to be unable to fulfill orders on a timely basis, which in turn could harm our business, financial position and operating results.

 

Our ability to obtain particular products in the required quantities and to fulfill reseller customer orders on a timely basis is critical to our success. In most cases, we have no guaranteed price or delivery agreements with our OEM suppliers. We occasionally experience a supply shortage of certain products as a result of strong demand or problems experienced by our OEM suppliers. If shortages or delays persist, the price of those products may increase, or the products may not be available at all. In addition, our OEM suppliers may decide to distribute, or to substantially increase their existing distribution business, through other distributors, their own dealer networks, or directly to resellers. Accordingly, if we are not able to secure and maintain an adequate supply of products to fulfill our reseller customer orders on a timely basis, our business, financial position and operating results may be adversely affected.

 

A portion of our revenue is financed by floor plan financing companies and any termination or reduction in these financing arrangements could harm our business and operating results.

 

A portion of our distribution revenue is financed by floor plan financing companies. Floor plan financing companies are engaged by our customers to finance, or “floor,” the purchase of products from us. In exchange for a fee, we transfer the risk of loss on the sale of our products to the floor plan companies. We currently receive payment from these financing companies within approximately 15 business days from the date of the sale, which allows our business to operate at much lower relative working capital levels than if such programs were not available. If these floor plan arrangements are terminated or substantially reduced, the need for more working capital and the increased financing cost could harm our business and operating results. We have not experienced any termination or significant reduction in floor plan arrangements in the past.

 

We have significant credit exposure to our reseller customers, and negative trends in their businesses could cause us significant credit loss.

 

We extend credit to our reseller customers for a significant portion of our sales to them. Resellers have a period of time, generally 30 days after the date of invoice, to make payment. As a result, we are subject to the risk that our reseller customers will not pay for the products they purchase. Our credit exposure risk may increase due to liquidity or solvency issues experienced by our resellers as a result of an economic downturn, including the current downturn, or a decrease in IT spending by end-users. If we are unable collect payment for products we ship to our reseller customers or if our reseller customers are unable to timely pay for the products we ship to them, it will be more difficult or costly to utilize receivable-based financing, which could negatively impact our cash flow and liquidity position.

 

We may be unable to recover amounts lost due to recent incidents of theft.

 

We recently experienced theft as a result of break-ins at three of our warehouses in which approximately $9.6 million of inventory was stolen. Based on our investigation, discussions with local law enforcement and meetings with federal authorities, we believe the thefts at our warehouses, which occurred between February and May 2003, were part of an organized crime effort that targeted a number of technology equipment warehouses throughout the United States. As a result of the loss, we reduced our inventory value by $9.6 million, expensed

 

7


Table of Contents

the deductible of $75,000 and recorded the net amount as a receivable from our insurance company, within “other current assets” on our balance sheet. Our insurance carrier has paid $0.4 million, is in the adjustment process for $1.4 million and has reserved its rights with respect to and has not paid the remaining $7.8 million of the claim. If we do not receive insurance proceeds to cover the loss, we would incur a charge equal to the difference of our loss and the actual insurance proceeds received, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, these incidents may make it more difficult or expensive for us to obtain theft coverage in the future. We have from time to time also experienced incidents of theft at various facilities. There is no assurance that future incidents of theft will not re-occur.

 

A significant portion of our contract assembly revenue comes from a single customer, and any decrease in sales from this customer could adversely affect our revenue.

 

Our primary contract assembly customer, Sun Microsystems, accounted for approximately 54.5% of our contract assembly revenue in fiscal 2002 and approximately 96.1% of our contract assembly revenue in the nine months ended August 31, 2003. Sun Microsystems accounted for less than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003. Revenue from Sun Microsystems has decreased over the past three years and could decrease in the future. Our business with Sun Microsystems is dependent upon obtaining new orders from this customer. In addition, the future success of our relationship with Sun Microsystems depends on MiTAC International continuing to work with us to service Sun Microsystems’ needs. If we are unable to obtain assembly contracts for new and successful products as a result of the current economic downturn or other reasons, our business and operating results would suffer. For example, our loss of contract assembly business from Compaq Computer Corporation, or Compaq, in fiscal 2001 had a material adverse effect on our revenue and operating results in subsequent periods.

 

We have pursued and intend to continue to pursue strategic acquisitions or investments in new markets and may encounter risks associated with these activities which could harm our operations.

 

The distribution and contract assembly industries have experienced significant consolidation due to price erosion and market competition, augmented by the economic downturn. We expect this consolidation to continue. We have in the past pursued and in the future expect to pursue acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses and assets in new markets, either within or outside the IT products industry, that complement or expand our existing business. Our acquisition strategy involves a number of risks, including:

 

    difficulty in successfully integrating acquired operations, IT systems, customers, OEM supplier and partner relationships, products and businesses with our operations;

 

    loss of key employees of acquired operations or inability to hire key employees necessary for our expansion;

 

    diversion of our capital and management attention away from other business issues;

 

    an increase in our expenses and working capital requirements;

 

    in the case of acquisitions that we may make outside of the United States, difficulty in operating in foreign countries and over significant geographical distances; and

 

    other financial risks, such as potential liabilities of the businesses we acquire.

 

Our growth may be limited and our competitive position may be harmed if we are unable to identify, finance and complete future acquisitions. We believe that further expansion may be a prerequisite to our long-term success as some of our competitors in the IT product distribution industry have larger international operations, higher revenues and greater financial resources than us. We have incurred costs and encountered difficulties in the past in connection with our acquisitions and investments. For example, our operating margins were adversely affected as a result of our acquisition of Merisel Canada Inc. and we have written off substantial investments in

 

8


Table of Contents

the past, one of which was eManage.com. Future acquisitions may result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of additional debt, large write-offs, a decrease in future profitability, or future losses. The incurrence of debt in connection with any future acquisitions could restrict our ability to obtain working capital or other financing necessary to operate our business. Our recent and future acquisitions or investments may not be successful, and if we fail to realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions or investments, our business and operating results could be harmed.

 

We are dependent on a variety of IT and telecommunications systems, and any failure of these systems could adversely impact our business.

 

We depend on IT and telecommunications systems for our operations. These systems support a variety of functions, including inventory management, order processing, shipping, shipment tracking and billing.

 

Failures or significant downtime of our IT or telecommunications systems could prevent us from taking customer orders, printing product pick-lists, operating our automated product pick machinery, shipping products or billing customers. Sales also may be affected if our reseller customers are unable to access our price and product availability information. We also rely on the Internet, and in particular electronic data interchange or EDI, for a large portion of our orders and information exchanges with our OEM suppliers and reseller customers. The Internet and individual websites have experienced a number of disruptions and slowdowns, some of which were caused by organized attacks. In addition, some websites have experienced security breakdowns. If we were to experience a security breakdown, disruption or breach that compromised sensitive information, it could harm our relationship with our OEM suppliers or reseller customers. Disruption of our website or the Internet in general could impair our order processing or more generally prevent our OEM suppliers or reseller customers from accessing information. The occurrence of any of these events could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

We rely on independent shipping companies for delivery of products, and price increases or service interruptions from these carriers could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

We rely almost entirely on arrangements with independent shipping companies, such as FedEx and UPS, for the delivery of our products from OEM suppliers and delivery of products to reseller customers. Freight and shipping charges are a substantial portion of our cost of goods sold. As a result, an increase in freight surcharges due to rising fuel cost or general price increases will have an immediate adverse effect on our margins, unless we are able to pass the increased charges to our reseller customers or renegotiate terms with our OEM suppliers. In addition, in the past, UPS has experienced work stoppages due to labor negotiations with management. The termination of our arrangements with one or more of these independent shipping companies, the failure or inability of one or more of these independent shipping companies to deliver products, or the unavailability of their shipping services, even temporarily, could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

Part of our business is conducted outside of the United States, exposing us to additional risks that may not exist in the United States.

 

We have international operations in Canada, China, Japan, Mexico and the United Kingdom. In fiscal 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, approximately 21% and 22%, respectively, of our total revenue was generated outside the United States. In fiscal 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, approximately 13% of our total revenue was generated in Canada. No other country or region accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue. Our international operations are subject to risks, including:

 

    political or economic instability;

 

    changes in governmental regulation;

 

    changes in import/export duties;

 

    trade restrictions;

 

9


Table of Contents
    difficulties and costs of staffing and managing operations in certain foreign countries;

 

    work stoppages or other changes in labor conditions;

 

    difficulties in collecting of accounts receivables on a timely basis or at all;

 

    taxes; and

 

    seasonal reductions in business activity in some parts of the world, such as Europe.

 

We may continue to expand internationally to respond to competitive pressure and customer and market requirements. For example, we commenced our Mexico operations in April 2002. Establishing operations in any other foreign country or region presents risks such as those described above as well as risks specific to the particular country or region. In addition, until a payment history is established over time with customers in a new geography or region, the likelihood of collecting receivables generated by such operations could be less than our expectations. As a result, there is a greater risk that reserves set with respect to the collection of such receivables may be inadequate. We have established and subsequently ceased operations in foreign countries in the past, which caused us to incur additional expense and loss. If our international expansion efforts in any foreign country are unsuccessful, we may decide to cease operations, which would likely cause us to incur similar additional expenses and loss.

 

In addition, changes in policies and/or laws of the United States or foreign governments resulting in, among other things, higher taxation, currency conversion limitations, restrictions on fund transfers or the expropriation of private enterprises, could reduce the anticipated benefits of our international expansion. Furthermore, any actions by countries in which we conduct business to reverse policies that encourage foreign trade or investment could adversely affect our business. If we fail to realize the anticipated revenue growth of our future international operations, our business and operating results could suffer.

 

Because we conduct substantial operations in China, our business and results of operations are subject to economic, political and social events in China.

 

A substantial portion of our IT systems operations, including our IT systems support and software development operations, are located in China. As of August 31, 2003, we had 130 personnel in IT systems support and software development, of which 70 are located in China. In addition, we also conduct general and administrative activities from our facility in China. We expect to increase our operations in China in the future. Our operations in China are subject to a number of risks relating to China’s economic and political systems, including:

 

    a government fixed foreign exchange rate and limitations on the convertibility of the Chinese renminbi;

 

    extensive government regulation;

 

    changing governmental policies relating to tax benefits available to foreign-owned businesses;

 

    the telecommunications infrastructure;

 

    a relatively uncertain legal system; and

 

    uncertainties related to continued economic and social reform, including the effect of China’s recent entry into the World Trade Organization.

 

In addition, external events in Asia, such as the recent outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS, or heightened political tensions in this region may adversely affect our business by disrupting the IT supply chain, restricting travel or interfering with the electronic and communications infrastructure.

 

Our IT systems are an important part of our global operations. Any significant interruption in service, whether resulting from any of the above uncertainties, natural disasters or otherwise, could result in delays in our inventory purchasing, errors in order fulfillment, reduced levels of customer service and other disruptions in operations, any of which could cause our business and operating results to suffer.

 

10


Table of Contents

Changes in foreign exchange rates and limitations on the convertibility of foreign currencies could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

In fiscal 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, approximately 21% and 22%, respectively, of our total revenue was generated outside the United States. Our international revenue, cost of revenue and operating expenses are denominated in foreign currencies. We presently have currency exposure arising from both sales and purchases denominated in foreign currencies. Changes in exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar may adversely affect our operating margins. For example, if these foreign currencies appreciate against the U.S. dollar, it will make it more expensive in terms of U.S. dollars to purchase inventory or pay expenses with foreign currencies. In addition, currency devaluation can result in a loss to us if we hold deposits of that currency as well as make our products, which are usually purchased by us with U.S. dollars, relatively more expensive than products manufactured locally. We currently conduct only limited hedging activities, which involve the use of currency forward contracts. Hedging foreign currencies can be risky, especially if the currency is not freely or actively traded. In addition, some currencies, such as the Chinese renminbi, are subject to limitations on conversion into other currencies, which can limit our ability to hedge or to otherwise react to rapid foreign currency devaluations. We cannot predict the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our business and operating results.

 

Loss of any of our key personnel could hurt our business because of their experience in the IT products industry and their technological expertise.

 

We operate in the highly competitive IT products industry. We are dependent in large part on our ability to retain the services of our key senior executives and other technical experts and personnel. Our employees and executives do not have employment agreements. Furthermore, we do not carry “key person” insurance coverage for any of our key executives. We compete for qualified senior management and technical personnel. The loss of, or inability to hire, key executives or qualified employees could inhibit our ability to operate and grow our business successfully.

 

We may become involved in intellectual property or other disputes that could cause us to incur substantial costs.

 

We may from time to time receive notifications alleging infringements of intellectual property rights allegedly held by others relating to our business or the products we sell or assemble for our OEM suppliers and others. Litigation with respect to patents or other intellectual property matters could result in substantial costs and diversion of management and other resources and could have an adverse effect on our business. Although we generally have various levels of indemnification protection from our OEM suppliers and contract assembly customers, in many cases any indemnification to which we may be entitled is subject to maximum limits or other restrictions. In addition, we have developed proprietary IT systems that play an important role in our business. If any infringement claim is successful against us and if indemnification is not available or sufficient, we may be required to pay substantial damages or we may need to seek and obtain a license of the other party’s intellectual property rights. We may be unable to obtain such a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

 

We are from time to time involved in other litigation in the ordinary course of business. For example, we are currently defending a trademark infringement action, a civil matter involving third party investors in eManage.com and various bankruptcy preference actions. We may not be successful in defending these or other claims. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can result in substantial expense and could divert the efforts of our management.

 

11


Table of Contents

Because of the capital-intensive nature of our business, we need continued access to capital which, if not available to us, could harm our ability to operate or expand our business.

 

Our business requires significant levels of capital to finance accounts receivable and product inventory that is not financed by trade creditors. If cash from available sources is insufficient, or if cash is used for unanticipated needs, we may require additional capital sooner than anticipated. In the event we are required, or elect, to raise additional funds, we may be unable to do so on favorable terms, or at all. Our current and future indebtedness could adversely affect our operating results and severely limit our ability to plan for, or react to, changes in our business or industry. We could also be limited by financial and other restrictive covenants in any credit arrangements, including limitations on our borrowing of additional funds and issuing dividends. Furthermore, the cost of debt financing could significantly increase, making it cost prohibitive to borrow, which could force us to issue new equity securities.

 

If we issue new equity securities, existing stockholders may experience additional dilution, or the new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing holders of common stock. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated requirements. Any inability to raise additional capital when required could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

The terms of our indebtedness agreements impose significant restrictions on our ability to operate.

 

As of August 31, 2003, we had approximately $59.3 million in outstanding short and long-term borrowings under term loans and lines of credit, excluding trade payables. As of August 31, 2003, approximately $196.5 million of our accounts receivable were sold to and held by General Electric Capital Corporation under our accounts receivable securitization program. The terms of our current indebtedness agreements restrict, among other things, our ability to:

 

    incur additional indebtedness;

 

    pay dividends or make certain other restricted payments;

 

    consummate certain asset sales or acquisitions;

 

    enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and

 

    merge, consolidate or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.

 

We are also required to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy certain financial condition tests, including minimum net worth and fixed charge coverage ratio as outlined in our senior secured revolving line of credit arrangement. We may be unable to meet these ratios and tests, which could result in the acceleration of the repayment of the related debt, the termination of the facility or the increase in our effective cost of funds. As a result, our ability to operate may be restricted and our ability to respond to business and market conditions limited, which could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

We have significant operations concentrated in Northern California, South Carolina and Toronto and any disruption in the operations of our facilities could harm our business.

 

Our worldwide operations could be subject to natural disasters and other business disruptions, which could seriously harm our revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. We have significant operations in our facilities located in Fremont, California, Greenville, South Carolina and Toronto. As a result, any prolonged disruption in the operations of our facilities, whether due to technical difficulties, power failures, destruction or damage to the facilities as a result of a natural disaster, fire or any other reason, could harm our operating results. For example, the California energy crisis in 2001 affected our ability to meet our customer obligations. Should an energy crisis occur again, it could harm our business and operating results. In addition,

 

12


Table of Contents

some of our OEM suppliers are located in areas geographically close to us. We currently do not have a formal disaster recovery plan and may not have sufficient business interruption insurance to compensate for losses that could occur.

 

Global health, economic, political and social conditions may have a material negative impact on our business.

 

External factors such as the SARS virus, potential terrorist attacks, acts of war or geopolitical and social turmoil in many parts of the world could prevent or hinder our ability to do business, increase our costs and negatively affect our stock price. For example, increased instability may adversely impact the desire of employees and customers to travel, the reliability and cost of transportation, our ability to obtain adequate insurance at reasonable rates or require us to incur increased costs for security measures for our domestic and international operations. These uncertainties make it difficult for us and our customers to accurately plan future business activities. More generally, these geopolitical social and economic conditions could result in increased volatility in the United States and worldwide financial markets and economy. We are predominantly uninsured for losses and interruptions caused by terrorist acts and acts of war.

 

If we account for employee stock option and employee stock purchase plans using the fair value method, it could significantly reduce our net income and earnings per share.

 

There has been ongoing public debate whether employee stock option and employee stock purchase plans shares should be treated as a compensation expense and, if so, how to properly value these charges. If we elected or were required to record a non-cash expense for our stock-based compensation plans using the fair value method, we could have significant accounting charges. For example in fiscal 2002, had we accounted for stock-based compensation plans under Statement 123 as amended by Statement 148, earnings per share would have been reduced by $0.07 per share. Although we are not currently required to record any compensation expense using the fair value method in connection with option grants that have an exercise price at or above fair market value and for shares issued under our employee stock purchase plan, it is possible that future laws or regulations will require us to treat all stock-based compensation as a compensation expense using the fair value method.

 

Risks Related to Our Relationship with MiTAC and its Affiliated Entities

 

We rely on MiTAC International for certain manufacturing and assembly services and the loss of such services would require us to seek alternate providers which may charge us more for their services.

 

We rely on MiTAC International to manufacture and supply subassemblies and components for some of our contract assembly customers, including Sun Microsystems, currently our primary contract assembly customer, and our reliance on MiTAC International may increase in the future. Our relationship with MiTAC International has been informal and is not governed by long-term commitments or arrangements with respect to pricing terms, revenue or capacity commitments. Accordingly, we negotiate manufacturing and pricing terms on a project-by-project basis, based on manufacturing services rendered by each entity, with MiTAC International and our contract assembly customers for a given project. In the event MiTAC International no longer provides such services and components to us, we would need to find an alternative source for these services and components. There can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain alternative services and components on similar terms, which may in turn increase our manufacturing costs. In addition, we may not find manufacturers with sufficient capacity, which may in turn lead to shortages in our product supplies. Increased costs and products shortages could harm our business and operating results.

 

Our business relationship with MiTAC International has been and will continue to be negotiated as related parties and therefore may not be the result of arms’-length negotiations between independent parties. We do not currently anticipate entering into any long-term commitments or arrangements with MiTAC International. We

 

13


Table of Contents

have adopted a policy requiring material transactions in which any of our directors has a potential conflict of interest to be approved by our Audit Committee, which is composed of disinterested members of the board. Fred Breidenbach, David Rynne and Dwight Steffensen are the current members of our Audit Committee.

 

Some of our customer relationships evolved from relationships between such customers and MiTAC International and the loss of such relationships could harm our business and operating results.

 

Our relationship with Sun Microsystems and some of our other customers evolved from customer relationships that were initiated by MiTAC International. Our relationship with Sun Microsystems is a joint relationship with MiTAC International and us, and the future success of our relationship with Sun Microsystems depends on MiTAC International continuing to work with us to service Sun Microsystems’ requirements. If we are unable to maintain our relationship with MiTAC International, our relationship with Sun Microsystems could suffer and we could lose other customer relationships or referrals, which in turn could harm our business, financial position and operating results.

There could be potential conflicts of interest between us and affiliates of MiTAC International, which could impact our business and operating results.

 

MiTAC International’s and its affiliates’ continuing beneficial ownership of our common stock could create conflicts of interest with respect to a variety of matters, such as potential acquisitions, competition, issuance or disposition of securities, election of directors, payment of dividends and other business matters. Similar risks could exist as a result of Matthew Miau’s positions as our Chairman, the Chairman of MiTAC International and as a director or officer of MiTAC International’s affiliated companies. In fiscal 2002, Mr. Miau received a discretionary bonus of $550,000 for his performance of Chairman and it is expected that Mr. Miau will receive a similar discretionary bonus in fiscal 2003. We have adopted a policy requiring material transactions in which any of our directors has a potential conflict of interest to be approved by our Audit Committee, which is composed of disinterested members of the board. Fred Breidenbach, David Rynne and Dwight Steffensen are the current members of our Audit Committee.

 

Synnex Technology International Corp., or Synnex Technology International, a publicly traded company based in Taiwan and affiliated with MiTAC International, currently provides distribution and fulfillment services to various markets in Asia and Australia, and is also a potential competitor of ours. Prior to this offering, Synnex Technology International indirectly through its ownership of Peer Developments Limited owns approximately 24% of our outstanding common stock. Neither MiTAC International nor Synnex Technology International is restricted from competing with us. In the future, we may increasingly compete with Synnex Technology International, particularly if our business in Asia expands or Synnex Technology International expands its business into geographies or customers we serve. Moreover, we cannot limit or control the use of the Synnex name by Synnex Technology International or MiTAC International, and our use of the Synnex name may be restricted as a result of registration of the name by Synnex Technology International or their prior use in jurisdictions where they currently operate.

 

After completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will own approximately     % of our common stock and this concentration of ownership will allow them to control all matters requiring stockholder approval and could delay or prevent a change in control of SYNNEX.

 

Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will beneficially own approximately       % of our outstanding common stock. In particular, upon completion of this offering, MiTAC International, through its affiliates, will beneficially own approximately      % of our outstanding common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, and approximately      % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. All selling stockholders in this offering are affiliates of MiTAC International. The beneficial ownership of MiTAC International and its affiliates will decrease as a result of this offering and it will decrease further if MiTAC International or any of its

 

14


Table of Contents

affiliates elects to sell additional shares of our common stock or we issue additional shares for capital purposes, strategic acquisitions or otherwise.

 

Despite the decrease in their ownership percentage as a result of the offering, MiTAC International and its affiliates will continue to own a controlling interest in us upon completion of the offering. As a result, MiTAC International’s interests and ours may increasingly conflict. For example, we rely on MiTAC International for certain manufacturing and supply services and for relationships with certain key customers. As a result of the decrease in their ownership in us, we may lose these services and relationships which may lead to increased costs to replace the lost services and the loss of certain key customers. We cannot predict the likelihood that we may incur increased costs or lose customers if MiTAC International’s ownership percentage of us decreases in the future.

 

15


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Industry

 

The recent economic downturn in the IT industry could continue to have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

The IT industry in which we operate has experienced a decrease in demand. Softening demand for our products and services caused by the ongoing economic downturn and over-capacity was responsible in part for a decline in our revenue in fiscal 2001, as well as problems with the saleability of inventory and collection of reseller customer receivables.

 

The global economy may remain weak and market conditions continue to be challenging in the IT industry. As a result, individuals and companies may continue delaying or reducing expenditures, including those for IT products. While in the past we may have benefited from the consolidation in our industry resulting from the slowdown, further delays or reductions in IT spending in particular, and economic weakness generally, could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

Our distribution business may be adversely affected by OEM suppliers increasing their commitment to direct sales.

 

Consolidation of OEM suppliers has resulted in fewer sources for some of the products that we distribute. This consolidation has also resulted in larger OEM suppliers that have significant operating and financial resources. OEM suppliers, including the leading OEM suppliers that we service, have been selling a greater volume of products directly to end-users, thereby limiting our business opportunity. If large OEM suppliers continue the trend to sell directly to our resellers, rather than use us as the distributor of their products, our business and operating results will suffer.

 

OEMs are limiting the number of supply chain service providers with which they do business, which in turn would negatively impact our business and operating results.

 

Currently, there is a trend towards reducing the number of authorized distributors used by the OEM suppliers. As a smaller market participant in the IT product distribution and contract assembly industries, than some of our competitors, we may be more susceptible to loss of business from further reductions of authorized distributors or contract assemblers by IT product OEMs. For example, the termination of Compaq’s contract assembly business with us in fiscal 2001 had a significant negative effect on our revenue and operating results. A determination by any of our primary OEMs to consolidate their business with other distributors or contract assemblers would negatively affect our business and operating results.

 

The IT industry is subject to rapidly changing technologies and process developments, and we may not be able to adequately adjust our business to these changes, which in turn would harm our business and operating results.

 

Dynamic changes in the IT industry, including the consolidation of OEM suppliers, reductions in the number of authorized distributors used by OEM suppliers and the general slowdown of the economy, have resulted in new and increased responsibilities for management personnel and have placed, and continue to place, a significant strain upon our management, operating and financial systems and other resources. We may be unable to successfully respond to and manage our business in light of industry developments and trends. Also crucial to our success in managing our operations will be our ability to achieve additional economies of scale. Our failure to achieve these additional economies of scale or to respond to changes in the IT industry could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

16


Table of Contents

We are subject to intense competition in the IT industry, both in the United States and internationally, and if we fail to compete successfully, we will be unable to gain or retain market share.

 

We operate in a highly competitive environment, both in the United States and internationally. The IT product distribution and contract assembly industries are characterized by intense competition, based primarily on product availability, credit availability, price, speed of delivery, ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs, quality and depth of product lines, pre-sale and post-sale technical support, flexibility and timely response to design changes, technological capabilities, product quality, service and support. We compete with a variety of regional, national and international IT product distributors and contract manufacturers and assemblers. In some instances, we also compete with our own customers, our own OEM suppliers and MiTAC International.

 

Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have greater financial, operating, manufacturing and marketing resources than us. Some of our competitors may have broader geographic breadth and range of services than us and may have more developed relationships with their existing customers. We may lose market share in the United States or in international markets, or may be forced in the future to reduce our prices in response to the actions of our competitors and thereby experience a reduction in our gross margins.

 

We may initiate other business activities, including the broadening of our services, and may face competition from companies with more experience in those new areas. In addition, as we enter new areas of business, we may also encounter increased competition from current competitors and/or from new competitors, including some who may once have been our OEM suppliers or reseller customers. Increased competition and negative reaction from our OEM suppliers or reseller customers resulting from our expansion into new business areas may harm our business and operating results.

 

17


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Offering

 

There may not be an active market for our common stock, making it difficult for you to sell your shares.

 

This is our initial public offering, which means that there is no current market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which shares of our common stock will trade upon completion of this offering. Our common stock may not be traded actively after this offering. An illiquid market for shares of our common stock may result in lower trading prices and increased volatility, which could negatively affect the value of your investment.

 

Our common stock will likely be subject to substantial price and volume fluctuations due to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control.

 

Share prices and trading volumes for many distribution and contract assembly service related companies fluctuate widely for a number of reasons, including some reasons which may be unrelated to their businesses or results of operations. This market volatility, as well as general domestic or international economic, market and political conditions, could materially adversely affect the price of our common stock without regard to our operating performance. In addition, our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. If this were to occur, the market price of our common stock would likely decrease.

 

Significant fluctuations in the market price of our common stock could result in securities class action claims against us, which could seriously harm our business.

 

Securities class action claims have been brought against companies in the past where volatility in the market price of that company’s securities has taken place. This kind of litigation could be very costly and divert our management’s attention and resources, and any adverse determination in this litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities, any or all of which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our certificate of incorporation may make it more difficult for someone to acquire us in a hostile takeover.

 

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority to issue up to                  shares of preferred stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, of those shares without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The rights of the holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that we may issue in the future. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of our outstanding voting shares. We have no current plans to issue any shares of the preferred stock.

 

In addition, our certificate of incorporation contains certain provisions that, together with the ownership position of our officers, directors and their affiliates, could discourage potential takeover attempts and make attempts by stockholders to change management more difficult, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

The sale of shares eligible for future sale in the open market could depress our share price.

 

Sales of substantial amounts of common stock (including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options) in the public market after this offering could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Those sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity-related securities in the future or reduce the price at which we could sell any such equity-related securities.

 

18


Table of Contents

All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless those shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Of the outstanding shares not sold in this offering, 105,994 shares will be immediately eligible for sale as of the date of this prospectus, 38,862 shares will become eligible for sale between the date of this prospectus and 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and 20,122,935 shares will be eligible for sale in the public markets 180 days after the date of this prospectus pursuant to Rules 701 or 144 upon expiration of the lock-up agreement with our underwriters, a portion of which will be subject to Rule 144 volume limitations. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. may, in its sole discretion at any time without public notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to lockup agreements.

 

Of the 20,122,935 shares eligible for sale upon expiration of the underwriters’ lock-up and assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders, 19,838,550 shares are held by MiTAC International and its affiliates. MiTAC International and its affiliates have advised us that they presently do not intend to distribute or dispose of their shares of our common stock held upon completion of this offering. However, following the lock-up period with the underwriters, and prior thereto with the consent of the Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., MiTAC International and its affiliates may elect to distribute or sell some or all of their shares. In this regard, MiTAC International and its affiliates could effect a pro rata distribution of its shares to their public and private shareholders without compliance with Rule 144 or further registration under the Securities Act. These shares also may be resold in the public market pursuant to the volume, reporting and other requirements of Rule 144 or by registration. We have entered into a registration rights agreement with MiTAC International and its affiliates requiring us to register these shares for resale to the public.

 

As of August 31, 2003, options to purchase a total of 8,502,497 shares of our common stock were outstanding, of which 6,003,836 are currently exercisable. We intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register all of the shares issuable under our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and our Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Accordingly, the shares underlying these options will be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions or the lock-up agreements described above.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will depend on the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

Being a public company will increase our administration costs.

 

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, have required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. In addition to final rules and rule proposals already made by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the New York Stock Exchange has proposed revisions to its requirements for companies that are NYSE-listed. We expect these new rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, and to make some activities more time consuming and/or costly. We also expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These new rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and qualified executive officers.

 

 

19


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

We have made forward-looking statements in this prospectus, including in the sections entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding:

 

    our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive position and industry environment;

 

    the anticipated impact on our business and financial results of recent and future acquisitions;

 

    potential growth opportunities; and

 

    the effects of competition.

 

Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and generally can be identified by the use of terminology such as the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “potential,” “continue,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates” or similar expressions.

 

Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements for a number of reasons, including those appearing elsewhere in this prospectus under the caption “Risk Factors.” Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus.

 

20


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The net proceeds to us from this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, are estimated to be approximately $         million ($         million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares offered by the selling stockholders. We intend to use all of the net proceeds received by us from this offering first to repay outstanding borrowings under our U.S. credit facility, if any, and then to reduce the use of our accounts receivable securitization program. From time to time thereafter, we may increase the amounts outstanding under our term loans and lines of credit and accounts receivable securitization program and use the proceeds therefrom for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including:

 

    to finance our growth;

 

    for capital expenditures made in the ordinary course of business; and

 

    for acquisitions of businesses and assets that complement and expand our supply chain service capabilities.

 

At August 31, 2003, we had no outstanding borrowings under our U.S. revolving credit facility, which expires in 2008. Our effective borrowing cost under this facility at August 31, 2003 was 3.10% per annum.

 

At August 31, 2003, the amount of our accounts receivable sold to and held by General Electric Capital Corporation under our revolving accounts receivable securitization program, which expires in 2008, was $196.5 million. Our effective borrowing cost under the program at August 31, 2003 was 1.95% per annum. A description of our accounts receivable securitization program is contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends since our inception. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in our operations and the expansion of our business. If we elect to pay cash dividends in the future, payment will depend on our financial condition, results of operations and capital requirements, as well as other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. In addition, our credit facilities place restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

 

21


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth, as of August 31, 2003, our capitalization:

 

    on an actual basis; and

 

    on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of              shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the estimated net proceeds from this offering to reduce the amounts outstanding under our U.S. credit facility, if any, and to reduce the use of our accounts receivable securitization program.

 

This information should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto and pro forma financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     August 31, 2003

     Actual

     As Adjusted

     (in thousands,
except share and
per share data)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 23,174      $               
    


  

Borrowings under term loans and lines of credit

   $ 51,447      $  

Long-term borrowings

     7,852         

Minority interest in subsidiaries

     2,733         

Stockholders’ equity:

               

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized,
no shares issued and outstanding, actual or as adjusted

             

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized,
22,090,291 shares issued and outstanding, actual;
and              shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

     44         

Additional paid-in capital

     79,260         

Unearned stock-based compensation

     (340 )       

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     3,645         

Retained earnings

     156,929         
    


  

Total stockholders’ equity

     239,538         
    


  

Total capitalization

   $ 301,570      $  
    


  

 

In addition to the repayment of any outstanding borrowings under our U.S. credit facility we intend to use the remaining portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to reduce the use of our accounts receivable securitization program. At August 31, 2003, the amount of our accounts receivable sold to and held by General Electric Capital Corporation under our accounts receivable securitization program was $196.5 million. The impact to our financial statements of this reduction will be to increase our accounts receivable by approximately $         million.

 

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding excludes the following:

 

    8,502,497 shares issuable upon exercise of options outstanding at August 31, 2003 under our stock option plans, with a weighted average exercise price of $7.37 per share;

 

    5,533,903 shares reserved for future grant under our stock option plans at August 31, 2003; and

 

    500,000 shares reserved for issuance under our employee stock purchase plan.

 

22


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

Our net tangible book value as of August 31, 2003 was approximately $219.7 million, or $9.95 per share. Net tangible book value per share is calculated by subtracting our total liabilities, including minority interest, from our total tangible assets, which equals total assets less intangible assets, and dividing this amount by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at August 31, 2003.

 

Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering. Assuming the sale by us of              shares of common stock offered in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses and taking into account our intended application of the estimated net proceeds from the offering, our as adjusted net tangible book value at August 31, 2003 would have been $             million, or $             per share. Assuming completion of this offering, there will be an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in the net tangible book value of $             per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

          $         

Net tangible book value per share as of August 31, 2003

   $ 9.95       

Increase per share attributable to new investors

             
    

      

As adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering

             
           

Dilution per share to new investors

          $  
           

 

The following table summarizes the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors, in each case based upon the number of shares of common stock outstanding at August 31, 2003.

 

     Shares Purchased

  Total
Consideration


  Average Price
Per Share


     Number

   Percent

  Amount

   Percent

 

Existing stockholders

   22,090,291            %   $                     %   $         

New investors

            %   $          %   $  
    
  
 

  
     

Total

            %   $          %      
    
  
 

  
     

 

Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to             , or         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to             , or         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders after this offering would be reduced to             , or         % and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to             , or         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

The tables and calculations above assume no exercise of outstanding options. At August 31, 2003, there were 8,502,497 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of $7.37 per share and 5,533,903 shares reserved for future issuance under our stock option plans. To the extent that these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. In addition, 500,000 shares are reserved for issuance under our employee stock purchase plan.

 

23


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes to those statements, pro forma financial information and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations and cash flow data presented below for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations and other data for the fiscal years ended November 30, 1998 and 1999 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of November 30, 1998, 1999 and 2000 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The consolidated financial statements of operations and other data for the nine months ended August 31, 2002 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. These unaudited consolidated financial statements include all adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of that information. These adjustments are only of a normal and recurring nature. The consolidated statement of operations data generally include the operating results from our acquisitions from the closing date of each acquisition. Historical operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and note 2 and note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of factors such as business combinations that affect the comparability of the following selected consolidated financial data.

 

    Years Ended November 30,

    Nine Months Ended
August 31,


 
    1998

    1999

    2000

    2001

    2002

    2002

    2003

 
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Statement of Operations Data:

                                                       

Revenue

  $ 2,422,832     $ 3,173,602     $ 3,802,629     $ 3,224,390     $ 3,767,882     $ 2,694,376     $ 2,873,293  

Cost of revenue

    2,313,019       3,039,923       3,626,317       3,060,304       3,593,982       2,568,419       2,741,446  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Gross profit

    109,813       133,679       176,312       164,086       173,900       125,957       131,847  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    79,839       90,016       106,489       106,197       123,418       88,638       91,968  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income from operations

    29,974       43,663       69,823       57,889       50,482       37,319       39,879  

Interest expense, net

    (1,559 )     (1,111 )     (452 )     (1,397 )     (1,422 )     (1,069 )     (1,437 )

Other income (expense), net

    (7,371 )     (3,946 )     6,845       (12,813 )     (4,207 )     (3,347 )     (4,901 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest

    21,044       38,606       76,216       43,679       44,853       32,903       33,541  

Provision for income taxes

    9,006       15,680       33,373       17,608       16,837       12,735       12,276  

Minority interest in subsidiaries

          329       832       274       (16 )     (176 )     (106 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income from continuing operations

    12,038       22,597       42,011       25,797       28,032       20,344       21,371  

Loss from discontinued operations

          (921 )     (5,577 )                        
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

  $ 12,038     $ 21,676     $ 36,434     $ 25,797     $ 28,032     $ 20,344     $ 21,371  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share, basic:

                                                       

Income from continuing
operations

  $ 0.61     $ 1.15     $ 1.96     $ 1.18     $ 1.27     $ 0.92     $ 0.97  

Loss from discontinued operations

          (0.05 )     (0.26 )                        
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share, basic

  $ 0.61     $ 1.10     $ 1.70     $ 1.18     $ 1.27     $ 0.92     $ 0.97  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share, diluted:

                                                       

Income from continuing
operations

  $ 0.60     $ 1.10     $ 1.72     $ 1.06     $ 1.16     $ 0.83     $ 0.87  

Loss from discontinued operations

          (0.05 )     (0.23 )                        
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share, diluted

  $ 0.60     $ 1.05     $ 1.49     $ 1.06     $ 1.16     $ 0.83     $ 0.87  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

24


Table of Contents
     November 30,

   August 31,
2003


     1998

   1999

   2000

   2001

   2002

  
     (in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data:

                                         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,020    $ 33,487    $ 20,564    $ 15,730    $ 15,503    $ 23,174

Working capital

     53,436      73,164      116,292      187,235      200,021      206,602

Total assets

     437,083      505,272      636,434      565,034      629,075      707,553

Current borrowings under term loans and lines of credit

     49,382      34,833      32,121      18,104      19,685      51,447

Long-term borrowings

     1,631      2,175      2,090      43,036      38,714      7,852

Total stockholders’ equity

     89,663      112,718      157,823      183,372      213,218      239,538

 

     Years Ended November 30,

   Nine Months
Ended
August 31,


     1998

   1999

   2000

   2001

   2002

   2002

   2003

     (in thousands)

Other Data:

                                                

Depreciation and Amortization

   $ 5,656    $ 5,460    $ 6,753    $ 9,350    $ 8,337    $ 6,008    $ 5,685

 

25


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion of the financial condition and results of operations of SYNNEX should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including but not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors,” “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Overview

 

We are a global information technology, or IT, supply chain services company. We offer a comprehensive range of services to IT original equipment manufacturers and software publishers, collectively OEMs, and reseller customers worldwide. The supply chain services that we offer include product distribution, related logistics services and contract assembly.

 

We have been in the IT distribution business since 1980 and are one of the largest IT product distributors based on 2002 reported revenue. We focus our core wholesale distribution business on a limited number of leading IT OEMs, which allows us to enhance and increase the value of our services to our OEM suppliers and reseller customers.

 

Because we offer distribution, contract assembly and complementary supply chain services, OEM suppliers and resellers can outsource to us multiple areas of their business outside of their core competencies. This model allows us to provide services at several points along the IT product supply chain. We believe that the combination of our broad array of services, our focus on servicing the leading IT OEMs and our efficient operations enables us to realize strong relationships with our OEM suppliers and reseller customers. We are headquartered in Fremont, California and have distribution, sales and assembly facilities in Asia, Europe and North America.

 

Revenue and Cost of Revenue

 

We derive our revenue primarily through the distribution of IT systems, peripherals, system components, software and networking equipment, and, to a lesser extent, from contract assembly services. We recognize revenue in both our distribution and contract assembly operations as products are shipped, provided that a purchase order exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured, risk of loss and title have transferred and product returns are reasonably estimable. Our distribution sales are made to reseller customers on a purchase order basis and generally relate to a specific order from a reseller’s end-user customer. Our contract assembly sales are generated from specific purchase orders received from our OEM customers for a specified unit quantity. We do not have long-term sales agreements with our reseller or contract assembly customers.

 

Revenue from our distribution business represented 57.2%, 76.4% and 90.1% of our total revenue in fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and 95.2% for the nine months ended August 31, 2003. In our distribution business, our primary customers are resellers. None of our reseller customers accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2000, 2001 or 2002, or for the nine months ended August 31, 2003, and we do not expect any reseller customer to account for more than 10% of our total revenue for the remainder of fiscal 2003. Approximately 23.5%, 30.4% and 35.0% of our total revenue in fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and 31.5% for the nine months ended August 31, 2003, was derived from the sale of HP products. Most of our remaining revenue is derived from the distribution and assembly of the IT products of a relatively small number of other suppliers.

 

26


Table of Contents

Approximately 42.8%, 23.6% and 9.9% of our total revenue in fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and 4.8% of our total revenue for the nine months ended August 31, 2003, was derived from our contract assembly business. We provide contract assembly services primarily to IT product OEMs. Our contract assembly revenue is dependent on a small number of customers. Revenue from contract assembly services to Sun Microsystems accounted for approximately 15.2% and 10.9% of our total revenue in fiscal 2000 and 2001, respectively, and accounted for less than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003. In fiscal 2000 and 2001, revenue from contract assembly services to Compaq accounted for approximately 22.7% and 5.8% of our total revenue, respectively, and we derived no revenue from contract assembly services to Compaq in fiscal 2002. Compaq notified us in November 2000 that it would no longer need our contract assembly services and subsequently our contract assembly revenue has been materially adversely affected.

 

The market for IT products is generally characterized by declining unit prices and short product life cycles. Our distribution business is also highly competitive on the basis of price. We set our sales price based on the market supply and demand characteristics for each particular product or bundle of products we distribute. From time to time, we also participate in the incentive and rebate programs of our OEM suppliers. These programs are important determinants of the final sales price we charge to our reseller customers. To mitigate the risk of declining prices and obsolescence of our distribution inventory, our OEM suppliers generally offer us limited price protection and return rights for products that are marked down or discontinued by them. We carefully manage our inventory to maximize the benefit to us of these supplier provided protections.

 

A significant portion of our cost of distribution revenue is the purchase price we pay our OEM suppliers for the products we sell, net of any rebates and purchase discounts received from our OEM suppliers. Cost of distribution revenue also consists of provisions for inventory losses and write-downs, and freight expenses associated with the receipt in and shipment out of our inventory. Our contract assembly cost of revenue consists primarily of cost of materials, labor and overhead.

 

Margins

 

The IT product distribution and contract assembly industries in which we operate are characterized by low gross profit as a percentage of revenue, or gross margin, and low income from operations as a percentage of revenue, or operating margin. Our gross margin has fluctuated between 4.2% and 5.1% annually over the past five years due to the mix of products, customers, seasonality and the general economic environment. Increased competition arising from industry consolidation and low demand for IT products may hinder our ability to maintain or improve our gross margin. Generally, when our revenue becomes more concentrated on limited products or customers, our gross margin tends to decrease due to increased pricing pressure from OEM suppliers or reseller customers. Our operating margin has also fluctuated between 1.2% and 1.8% annually over the past five years, based primarily on our ability to achieve economies of scale, the management of our operating expenses, the relative mix of our distribution and contract assembly revenue and the timing of our acquisitions and investments.

 

Recent Acquisitions

 

We seek to augment our organic growth with strategic acquisitions of businesses and assets that complement and expand our supply chain service capabilities. Our historical acquisitions have brought us new reseller customers and OEM suppliers, extended the geographic reach of our operations, particularly in international markets, and expanded the services we provide to our OEM suppliers and customers. All of our acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and are included within our consolidated financial statements from the closing date of the acquisition, except for our acquisition of Mitac Europe Ltd. The acquisition of Mitac Europe Ltd. was accounted for as a transfer of assets under common control and is included within our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

 

Gates/Arrow Distributing .    On May 31, 2002, we acquired substantially all of the net working capital assets, approximately $44.5 million, of Gates/Arrow Distributing, a business unit of Arrow Electronics, Inc., for

 

27


Table of Contents

approximately $44.5 million. Gates/Arrow was a full-line IT product distributor servicing value-added resellers across North America and was located in Greenville, South Carolina. The Gates/Arrow acquisition further expanded our distribution market share in North America, increased the number of OEM software publishers we distribute for and also increased the number of value-added enterprise level resellers we serve. Our balance sheet as of May 31, 2002 gives effect to the acquisition of Gates/Arrow. Because of the timing of the acquisition, our operating results through May 31, 2002 were not affected.

 

License Online, Inc.     On May 10, 2002, we acquired the assets of License Online, Inc., a provider of Web-based software licensing technology to IT consultants focused on small- to medium-sized businesses, for approximately $3.3 million in cash. We acquired License Online to broaden our software offerings in our distribution business and to extend our service offerings to our reseller customers.

 

Merisel Canada Inc.     On July 28, 2001, we acquired Merisel Canada Inc., an indirect subsidiary of Merisel, Inc., which now operates as SYNNEX Canada, for approximately $19.9 million. We acquired Merisel Canada in order to enter the Canadian IT product distribution market as part of our expansion effort in North America.

 

Mitac Europe Ltd.     On September 15, 2000, we completed the acquisition of Mitac Europe Ltd, which now operates as SYNNEX UK, from Silver Star Developments Ltd., a company controlled by our largest indirect stockholder, MiTAC International, for 1.6 million shares of our common stock. The acquisition was accounted for as a transfer of assets under common control and the net tangible assets acquired were recorded at their historical cost of $7.6 million and the assets and liabilities and financial results of Mitac Europe Ltd are included within the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. We acquired Mitac Europe Ltd as part of our international expansion effort to enable us to more effectively provide contract assembly services to the European market.

 

MiTAC Industrial Corp.     On August 31, 2000, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of MiTAC Industrial Corp. from MIX System Holdings Ltd., an affiliate of MiTAC International, in exchange for 322,500 shares of our common stock. We acquired this company to expand our U.S. systems integration business.

 

Economic and Industry Trends

 

The IT products industry has experienced a significant downturn since 2000. Our revenue is highly dependent on the end-market demand for the IT products that we distribute and assemble. This end-market demand is influenced by many factors including the introduction of new IT products and software by OEMs, replacement cycles for existing IT products and overall economic growth and general business activity. Though the economy and information technology sector appear to have stabilized recently, if demand decreases, we may not be able to achieve in fiscal 2003 the revenue levels we experienced in fiscal 2002. This challenging economic environment may also lead to additional consolidation in the IT distribution industry and increased price-based competition.

 

Investments

 

In the past we have invested in the following entities in an attempt to expand our offerings and to capitalize on industry trends. We currently do not hold any significant equity investments.

 

VA Software Corporation, formerly VA Linux .    During fiscal 1999, we invested $800,000 in VA Software Corporation, or VA Linux. At the time of our investment, VA Linux had outsourced their systems manufacturing exclusively to us. Subsequent to its initial public offering in December 1999, we sold our investment in VA Linux for a pre-tax gain of approximately $7.6 million.

 

28


Table of Contents

eManage.com.     During fiscal 1999 and 2000, we invested a total of $6.5 million in the equity capital of eManage.com, or eManage. During fiscal 2000, eManage also received equity investments, totaling $5.7 million, from management of eManage, executive officers of SYNNEX, affiliates of SYNNEX and unrelated investors. As a result of our majority ownership of eManage, we consolidated its financial results in our financial statements. eManage was unable to compete profitably in the very difficult web hosting and services marketplace and eventually filed for bankruptcy in November 2000. In addition to a $6.5 million loss on our investment, we incurred a loss of $3.4 million on accounts receivable due from eManage at the time of the bankruptcy filing. As a result of the bankruptcy filing, we treated eManage as a discontinued operation in fiscal 2000. eManage ceased all operations in February 2001.

 

Converge, Inc.     During fiscal 2000, we invested $3.3 million in the equity capital of Converge, Inc., an electronic global trading exchange for electronics components and computer products. Affiliates of SYNNEX invested an additional $3.3 million. Converge, Inc. substantially reduced its operations in September 2001, and as a result we reduced the value of our investment to zero.

 

Deferred Compensation Plan

 

We have a deferred compensation plan for a limited number of our directors and employees. We maintain a liability on our balance sheet for salary and bonus amounts deferred by participants and we accrue interest expense on unpaid amounts. Interest expense on the deferred amounts is classified in “interest expenses, net” on our consolidated statement of income. The plan allows for the participants to direct investment of deferred amounts in equity securities. These equity investments are classified as trading securities. Generally accepted accounting principles require that gains (losses) on the deferred compensation equity securities be recorded in “other income (expense), net” and that an equal amount be charged (or credited if losses) to “selling, general and administrative expenses” relating to compensation amounts which are payable to the plan participants. In fiscal 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, our deferred compensation expense was a credit of $528,000 and $204,000, respectively. In fiscal 2000 and 2001, our deferred compensation expense was $5.2 million and $68,000, respectively.

 

Unearned Stock-Based Compensation

 

In fiscal 2000 and 2002, in connection with the granting of employee stock options that had exercise prices determined to be below fair market value on the date of grant, we have recorded unearned stock-based compensation. Unearned stock-based compensation represents the difference between the fair market value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes on the date of grant and the exercise price of these options. Unearned stock-based compensation is included as a reduction of stockholders’ equity and is amortized over the vesting period of the applicable options, generally five years, using the straight-line method. Our stock-based compensation expense relates to stock options granted to individuals and is reflected in cost of revenue and selling, general and administrative expenses. At August 31, 2003, we had unamortized stock-based compensation of $340,000. This amount will be fully amortized by the end of fiscal 2004.

 

Seasonality

 

Our operating results are affected by the seasonality of the IT products industry. We have historically experienced higher sales in our fourth fiscal quarter due to patterns in the capital budgeting and purchasing cycles of our customers and end-users. These patterns may not be repeated in subsequent periods.

 

Insurance Coverage

 

Although from time to time we have experienced incidents of theft at various facilities, we have recently experienced theft as a result of break-ins at three of our warehouses in which approximately $9.6 million of inventory was stolen. Based on our investigation, discussions with local law enforcement and meetings with

 

29


Table of Contents

federal authorities, we believe the thefts at our warehouses, which occurred between February and May 2003, were part of an organized crime effort that targeted a number of technology equipment warehouses throughout the United States. As a result of the loss, we reduced our inventory value by $9.6 million, expensed the deductible of $75,000 and recorded the net amount as a receivable from our insurance company, included within “other current assets” on our balance sheet. Our insurance carrier has paid $0.4 million, is in the adjustment process for $1.4 million and has reserved its rights with respect to and has not paid the remaining $7.8 million of the claim. We believe, based on the insurance we purchased and discussions with our insurance broker, that we should recover the full amount recorded as a receivable from the insurance company. If we do not receive insurance proceeds to cover the loss, we would incur a charge equal to the difference of our loss and the actual insurance proceeds received, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, these incidents may make it more difficult or expensive for us to obtain theft coverage in the future. There is no assurance that future incidents of theft will not re-occur.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The discussions and analyses of our consolidated financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of any contingent assets and liabilities at the financial statement date, and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we review and evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those that relate to accounts receivable, vendor programs, inventories, intangible assets and other long-lived assets, income taxes, and contingencies and litigation. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and a variety of other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making our judgment about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

We believe the following critical accounting policies are affected by our judgment, estimates and/or assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

 

Accounts Receivable.     We provide allowances for doubtful accounts on our accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, which may result in the impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. In estimating our allowance, we take into consideration the overall quality and aging of our receivable portfolio, our continuing credit evaluation of our customers’ financial conditions and collateral requirements from our customers in certain circumstances.

 

OEM Supplier Programs.     We receive funds from OEM suppliers for inventory price protection, product rebates, marketing and infrastructure reimbursement, and promotion programs. Inventory price protection and product rebates are recorded as a reduction of cost of revenue. Marketing, infrastructure and promotion programs are recorded, net of direct costs, in selling, general and administrative expense. Any excess funds associated with these programs are recorded in cost of sales. All funds received from suppliers are deferred until the related inventory is sold. We accrue rebates based on the terms of the program and sales of qualifying products. Some of these programs may extend over one or more quarterly reporting periods. Amounts received or receivable from OEM suppliers that are not yet earned are deferred in the consolidated balance sheet. Actual rebates may vary based on volume or other sales achievement levels, which could result in an increase or reduction in the estimated amounts previously accrued. In addition, if market conditions were to deteriorate due to an economic downturn, OEM suppliers may change the terms of some or all of these programs or cease them altogether. Any such change could lower our gross margins on products we sell or revenue earned. We also provide reserves for receivables on OEM supplier programs for estimated losses resulting from OEM suppliers’ inability to pay, or rejections of such claims by OEM suppliers.

 

30


Table of Contents

Inventories.     Our inventory levels are based on our projections of future demand and market conditions. Any sudden decline in demand and/or rapid product improvements and technological changes can cause us to have excess and/or obsolete inventories. On an ongoing basis, we review for estimated obsolete or unmarketable inventories and write down our inventories to their estimated net realizable value based upon our forecasts of future demand and market conditions. These write downs are reflected in our cost of revenue. If actual market conditions are less favorable than our forecasts, additional inventory reserves may be required. Our estimates are influenced by the following considerations: sudden decline in demand due to economic downturns, rapid product improvements and technological changes, our ability to return to OEM suppliers a certain percentage of our purchases, and protection from loss in value of inventory under our OEM supplier agreements.

 

Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets.     We assess potential impairment of our intangible assets and other long-lived assets when there is evidence that recent events or changes in circumstances have made recovery of an asset’s carrying value unlikely. If indicators of impairment were present in intangible assets used in operations and future cash flows were not expected to be sufficient to recover the assets’ carrying amount, an impairment loss would be charged to expense in the period identified. The amount of an impairment loss would be recognized as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value. Factors we consider important, which may cause an impairment include: significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired asset, negative industry or economic trends, and significant underperformance relative to historical or projected operating results.

 

Income Taxes.     As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we have to estimate our income taxes in each of the taxing jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax expense together with assessing any temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of certain items, such as the timing for recognizing revenue and expenses, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences may result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated balance sheet. We are required to assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets, which include net operating loss carry forwards and temporary differences that are expected to be deductible in future years, will be recoverable from future taxable income or other tax planning strategies. If recovery is not likely, we have to provide a valuation allowance based on our estimates of future taxable income in the various taxing jurisdictions, and the amount of deferred taxes that are ultimately realizable. The provision for current and deferred taxes involves evaluations and judgments of uncertainties in the interpretation of complex tax regulations by various taxing authorities. Actual results could differ from our estimates.

 

Contingencies and Litigation.     There are various claims, lawsuits and pending actions against us incident to our operations. If a loss arising from these actions is probable and can be reasonably estimated, we record the amount of the loss, or the minimum estimated liability when the loss is estimated using a range within which no point is more probable than another. Based on current available information, we believe that the ultimate resolution of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations. As additional information becomes available, we assess any potential liability related to these actions and may need to revise our estimates. Future revisions of our estimates could materially impact the results of our operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

31


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth, for the indicated periods, data as percentages of revenue:

 

     Years Ended November 30,

    Nine Months Ended
August 31,


 
     2000

    2001

    2002

    2002

    2003

 

Revenue

   100.00 %   100.00 %   100.00 %   100.00 %   100.00 %

Cost of revenue

   95.36     94.91     95.38     95.33     95.41  
    

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

   4.64     5.09     4.62     4.67     4.59  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   2.80     3.29     3.28     3.29     3.20  
    

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

   1.84     1.80     1.34     1.38     1.39  

Interest expense, net

   (0.00 )   (0.04 )   (0.04 )   (0.04 )   (0.05 )

Other income (expense), net

   0.18     (0.40 )   (0.11 )   (0.12 )   (0.17 )
    

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest

   2.00     1.36     1.19     1.22     1.17  

Provision for income taxes

   0.88     0.55     0.45     0.47     0.43  

Minority interest in subsidiaries

   0.02     0.01     0.00     (0.01 )   (0.00 )
    

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   1.10     0.80     0.74     0.76     0.74  

Loss from discontinued operations

   0.14     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    

 

 

 

 

Net income

   0.96 %   0.80 %   0.74 %   0.76 %   0.74 %
    

 

 

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended August 31, 2003 Compared to Nine Months Ended August 31, 2002

 

Revenue.     Our revenue increased 6.6% to $2.87 billion in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 from $2.69 billion in the nine months ended August 31, 2002. On a segmented basis, our distribution revenue increased 14.8% from $2.38 billion in the nine months ended August 31, 2002 to $2.74 billion in the nine months ended August 31, 2003, and our contract assembly revenue decreased 55.8% to $137.0 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 from $310.0 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2002. The increase in distribution revenue was attributable primarily to the acquisition of Gates/Arrow Distributing in May 2002 and market shares increases through increased selling efforts. The increase was also attributable to the commencement of our Mexico distribution operations in April 2002. Our Mexico operations accounted for $70.0 million of the distribution revenue increase in the period ending August 31, 2003 versus the same period in 2002. The increase in distribution revenue was somewhat mitigated by a continued general decline in demand for IT products. The decline in contract assembly revenue was the result of a decline in demand for IT products that we assemble for our primary OEM customer, Sun Microsystems.

 

Gross Margin.     Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including competition, the mix and average selling prices of products we sell and the mix of customers to whom we sell, rebate and discount programs from our suppliers, freight costs and reserves for inventory losses. Gross margins decreased to 4.6% of revenue for the nine months ended August 31, 2003 from 4.7% for the nine months ended August 31, 2002. The decrease in gross margin was a result of the increase in our lower gross margin distribution business and a decrease in our higher gross margin contract assembly business. Distribution gross margin was essentially unchanged for the nine months ended August 31, 2003 as compared with the nine months ended August 31, 2002. We expect that our total gross margins may decrease further in future periods as a result of the relative mix of our distribution and contract assembly revenue.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.     Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, commissions, bonuses, and related expenses for personnel engaged in sales, product marketing, distribution and contract assembly operations and administration. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include stock-based compensation expense, deferred compensation expense, temporary personnel

 

32


Table of Contents

fees, the costs of our facilities, utility expense, professional fees, depreciation expense on our capital equipment and amortization expense on our intangible assets. As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses declined slightly in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 to 3.2% from 3.3% for the nine months ended August 31, 2002. Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $3.3 million or 3.8% to $92.0 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 as compared with the nine months ended August 31, 2002. The increase was primarily a result of the April 2002 commencement of our Mexico distribution operations, which accounted for $3.3 million of the selling, general and administrative expense increase, and, a loss on disposition of property and equipment of $933,000. These amounts were partly offset by decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses in geographies outside of North America and Mexico of $1.0 million. Netted against selling, general and administrative expenses are reimbursements from OEM suppliers of $9.9 million for fiscal the period ended August 31, 2003, compared to $7.1 million for the period ended August 31, 2002. If our OEM suppliers had not offered reimbursements for marketing, infrastructure and promotion programs, then we might have chosen to not incur the associated costs.

 

Income from Operations.     Income from operations as a percentage of revenue was unchanged at 1.4% for the nine months ended August 31, 2003 and 2002. On a segmented basis, our distribution operating income as a percentage of distribution revenue was relatively unchanged at 1.4% for the nine months ended August 31, 2003 as compared to 1.3% for the nine months ended August 31, 2002, and our contract assembly operating income as a percentage of contract assembly revenue was 0.9% for the nine months ended August 31, 2003, down from 2.2% for the nine months ended August 31, 2002. The decrease in contract assembly operating margin was primarily due to the decrease in contract assembly revenue, as discussed above.

 

Interest Expense, net.     Amounts recorded in interest expense, net are primarily interest expense paid on our lines of credit, long-term debt and deferred compensation liability offset by income earned on our excess cash investments. Interest expense, net increased to $1.4 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 from $1.1 in the nine months ended August 31, 2002. The increase in interest expense, net was primarily the result of increased borrowing activity in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 versus the nine months ended August 31, 2002 in order to support our increase in revenue and operations.

 

Other Income (Expense), net.     Amounts recorded in other income (expense), net include fees associated with third party accounts receivable flooring arrangements, fees associated with the sale of accounts receivable through our securitization facility, foreign currency transaction gains and losses, investment gains and losses, including those in our deferred compensation plan and other non-operating gains and losses. Other income (expense), net increased by 46.4% to an expense of $4.9 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 from an expense of $3.3 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2002. This increase was primarily related to an increase in foreign currency transaction losses from gains of $88,000 for the nine months ended August 31, 2002 to losses of $629,000 for the nine months ended August 31, 2003. The increase was also due to a decrease in miscellaneous gains of $605,000 and an increase in flooring and securitization fees of $374,000.

 

Provision for Income Taxes.     Income taxes consist of our current and deferred tax expense resulting from our income earned in domestic and foreign jurisdictions. Our provision for income taxes decreased 3.6% to $12.3 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 from $12.7 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2002. Our effective tax rate was 37.7% for the nine months ended August 31, 2003 as compared with an effective tax rate of 38.5% for the nine months ended August 31, 2002. The decrease in our income tax provision and effective tax rate was primarily a result of the lower effective tax rate of our subsidiaries in Canada and China.

 

Minority Interest.     Minority interest is the portion of earnings from operations from subsidiaries of our company attributable to others. Our subsidiaries in Japan and Mexico have minority stockholders. Minority interest decreased by $70,000 to a benefit of $106,000 in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 as compared to a benefit of $176,000 for the nine months ended August 31, 2002 due to increased profits at our Japan subsidiary.

 

33


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2002 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2001

 

Revenue.     Our revenue increased 16.9% to $3.77 billion in fiscal 2002 from $3.22 billion in fiscal 2001. On a segmented basis, our distribution revenue increased 37.8% from $2.46 billion in fiscal 2001 to $3.39 billion in fiscal 2002 and our contract assembly revenue decreased 50.9% from $760.0 million in fiscal 2001 to $373.0 million in fiscal 2002. The increase in our distribution revenue was primarily attributable to market share increases through increased selling efforts, the acquisition of Merisel Canada in July 2001, the acquisition of Gates/Arrow Distributing in May 2002 and the commencement of our Mexico distribution operations in April 2002. The acquisition of Merisel Canada and the commencement of our Mexico distribution operations accounted for $349.4 million and $44.0 million, respectively, of the distribution revenue increase in fiscal 2002 as compared to fiscal 2001. The decline in contract assembly revenue was primarily attributable to the termination of our contract assembly contract with Compaq in 2001 as well as the general decline in demand for technology products that affected our other OEM customers.

 

Gross Margin.     Gross margin decreased to 4.6% of total revenue in fiscal 2002 from 5.1% in fiscal 2001. The decrease in gross margin was primarily due to the increase in our lower gross margin distribution business and a decrease in our higher margin contract assembly business. Distribution gross margin was relatively unchanged in fiscal 2002 versus fiscal 2001.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.     Total selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $17.2 million, or 16.2%, to $123.4 million in fiscal 2002 as compared to $106.2 million in fiscal 2001. The increase in selling, general and administrative expense was primarily a result of a full year of expenses, contributing an incremental $11.3 million in expense in fiscal 2002, from our subsidiary in Canada, which was acquired in July 2001, and increased expenses associated with the acquisition of Gates/Arrow Distributing and the commencement of our subsidiary in Mexico, which contributed an increase of $1.2 million in expense in fiscal 2002. Incremental expense associated with our increased revenue contributed to the rise in selling, general and administrative as well. Included in fiscal 2001 selling, general and administrative expense was $2.1 million of accelerated depreciation expense related to the impairment of assembly assets associated with the loss of our Compaq assembly business and $2.8 million in stock-based compensation expense, compared to $495,000 in fiscal 2002. Netted against selling, general and administrative expenses are reimbursements from OEM suppliers of $9.5 million for fiscal 2002, compared to $6.3 million for fiscal 2001. If our OEM suppliers had not offered reimbursements for marketing, infrastructure and promotion programs, then we might have chosen to not incur the associated costs.

 

Income from Operations.     Income from operations as a percentage of revenue decreased to 1.3% in fiscal 2002 from 1.8% in fiscal 2001. The decrease in our income from operations, on a percentage basis, was primarily due to the increase in our lower operating margin distribution business and a decrease in our higher margin contract assembly business. On a segmented basis, our distribution operating income as a percentage of distribution revenue was unchanged at 1.3% in fiscal 2002, and our contract assembly operating income as a percentage of contract assembly revenue decreased to 2.0% in fiscal 2002 from 3.4% in fiscal 2001.

 

Interest Expense, net.     Interest expense, net was relatively unchanged at $1.4 million in fiscal 2002 compared to fiscal 2001. Higher interest expense at our subsidiary in Canada, due to its acquisition in July 2001, was offset by an increase in interest income.

 

Other Income (Expense), net.     Other income (expense), net decreased by $8.6 million to an expense of $4.2 million in fiscal 2002 from an expense of $12.8 million in fiscal 2001. Expense in fiscal 2002 consisted primarily of fees of $4.8 million associated with our accounts receivable flooring arrangements and the sale of accounts receivable through our securitization facility and foreign currency transaction losses of $177,000 offset by other income of $1.0 million. Expense in fiscal 2001 consisted primarily of fees of $5.8 million associated with third party accounts receivable flooring arrangements and the sale of accounts receivable through our securitization facility, foreign currency transaction losses of $3.4 million and the write-off of our investment in Converge in the amount of $3.3 million.

 

34


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes.     Our provision for income taxes decreased 4.4% to $16.8 million in fiscal 2002 from $17.6 million in fiscal 2001. Our effective tax rate was 37.5% in fiscal 2002 compared to 40.3% in fiscal 2001. The decrease in our income tax provision and our effective tax rate was primarily a result of the lower effective tax rate of our subsidiary in Canada.

 

Minority Interest.     Minority interest decreased by $290,000 to a benefit of $16,000 in fiscal 2002 from an expense of $274,000 in fiscal 2001 due to a decrease in the profits of our subsidiary in Japan as a result of continued weak economic conditions in Japan.

 

Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2001 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2000

 

Revenue.     Our revenue decreased 15.2% to $3.22 billion in fiscal 2001 from $3.80 billion in fiscal 2000. On a segmented basis our distribution revenue increased 13.3% from $2.17 billion to $2.46 billion and our contract assembly revenue decreased 53.3% from $1.63 billion to $760.0 million. The increase in our distribution revenue was attributable to the acquisition of Merisel Canada in July 2001, which contributed approximately $144.3 million of revenue in fiscal 2001, and market share increases through increased selling efforts. The increase in distribution revenue was somewhat mitigated by a general decline in demand for IT products. The decline in contract assembly revenue was primarily the result of the decrease in revenue from the termination of our contract assembly agreement with Compaq in 2001 of $675.0 million, as well as the general decline in demand for technology products that affected our other OEM customers.

 

Gross Margin.     Gross margin increased to 5.1% of total revenue in fiscal 2001 from 4.6% in fiscal 2000. The increase in gross margin was primarily due to improved purchasing and management of the product costs associated with our contract assembly business and the loss of the lower margin Compaq contract assembly business.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.     Total selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $292,000, or 0.3%, to $106.2 million in fiscal 2001 as compared to $106.5 million in fiscal 2000. Selling, general and administrative expenses associated with acquired subsidiaries were $7.3 million higher in fiscal 2001 than in fiscal 2000 primarily due to the acquisition of Merisel Canada on July 28, 2001. Selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2001 also included $2.1 million for accelerated deprecation of impaired assets associated with the terminated Compaq business. Deferred compensation charges were $7.5 million higher in fiscal 2000 than in fiscal 2001 because of appreciation of investments held on behalf of officers in fiscal 2000. Stock-based compensation charges were $2.9 million higher in fiscal 2000 than in fiscal 2001 primarily due to the issuance of vested options. Netted against selling, general and administrative expenses are reimbursements from OEM suppliers of $6.3 million for fiscal 2001, compared to $4.3 million for fiscal 2000. If our OEM suppliers had not offered reimbursements for marketing, infrastructure and promotion programs, then we might have chosen to not incur the associated costs.

 

Income from Operations.     Income from operations as a percentage of revenue increased to 1.8% in fiscal 2001 from 1.7% in fiscal 2000. The increase in our income from operations, on a percentage basis, was primarily due to the increase in our gross margin in fiscal 2001 as compared to fiscal 2000, partially offset by the increase in our selling, general and administrative expense as a percent of revenue in fiscal 2001 as compared to fiscal 2000, in each case as discussed above. On a segmented basis, our distribution operating income as a percentage of distribution revenue decreased to 1.3% in fiscal 2001 from 1.7% in fiscal 2000, and our contract assembly operating income as a percentage of contract assembly revenue increased to 3.4% in fiscal 2001 from 1.8% in fiscal 2000. The decrease in distribution margin was due to overall lower gross margins and the selling, general and administrative expenses associated with the acquisition of Merisel Canada, as discussed above. The increase in contract assembly margin was primarily due to higher gross margins, as discussed above.

 

Interest Expense, net.     Interest expense, net increased to $1.4 million in fiscal 2001 from $452,000 in fiscal 2000. The increase in interest expense, net was primarily a result of the acquisition of Merisel Canada and the resultant interest expense from its secured credit facility.

 

35


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), net.     Other income (expense), net changed by $19.7 million to an expense of $12.8 million in fiscal 2001 from income of $6.8 million in fiscal 2000. Expense in fiscal 2001 consisted primarily of fees of $5.8 million associated with third party accounts receivable flooring arrangements and the sale of accounts receivable through our securitization facility and foreign currency transaction losses of $3.4 million. The income in fiscal 2000 was primarily a result of a gain of approximately $7.6 million from the sale of our investment in VA Linux as well as gains of $5.2 million on equity investments associated with deferred compensation accounts. These amounts were partially offset by fees of $9.6 million in fiscal 2000 associated with our accounts receivable flooring arrangements and the sale of accounts receivable through our securitization facility.

 

Provision for Income Taxes.     Our provision for income taxes decreased 47.3% to $17.6 million in fiscal 2001 from $33.4 million in fiscal 2000 primarily due to the 42.7% decrease in our income before taxes. Our effective tax rate was 40.3% in fiscal 2001 compared to 43.8% in fiscal 2000. The decrease in the fiscal 2001 effective tax rate was primarily a result of a decrease in stock-based compensation expenses, which are not deductible for tax purposes.

 

Minority Interest.     Minority interest decreased by $558,000, to an expense of $274,000 in fiscal 2001 from an expense of $832,000 in fiscal 2000 due to a reduced amount of income generated by our subsidiary in Japan as a result of weak economic conditions in Japan.

 

36


Table of Contents

Quarterly Financial Data

 

The following tables set forth certain unaudited statements of operations, balance sheet and other data, in thousands, for the eleven quarters ended August 31, 2003. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements contained herein have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of such information when read together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results for any quarter should not be considered indicative of results of any future period.

 

   

Fiscal 2001

Three Months Ended


   

Fiscal 2002

Three Months Ended


   

Fiscal 2003

Three Months Ended


 
    Feb. 28,
2001


    May 31,
2001


    Aug. 31,
2001


   

Nov. 30,

2001


   

Feb. 28,

2002


   

May 31,

2002


   

Aug. 31,

2002


   

Nov. 30,

2002


   

Feb. 28,

2003


   

May 31,

2003


   

Aug. 31,

2003


 
    (in thousands)  

Statement of Operations Data:

                                                                                       

Revenue

  $ 876,697     $ 754,052     $ 736,901     $ 856,740     $ 817,756     $ 867,475     $ 1,009,145     $ 1,073,506     $ 892,924     $ 945,104     $ 1,035,265  

Cost of revenue

    831,466       711,598       698,643       818,597       778,719       825,350       964,350       1,025,563       850,936       902,261       988,249  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Gross profit

    45,231       42,454       38,258       38,143       39,037       42,125       44,795       47,943       41,988       42,843       47,016  

Selling, general and administrative
expenses

    28,239       25,483       24,885       27,590       26,690       29,690       32,258       34,780       29,894       29,689       32,385  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income from operations

    16,992       16,971       13,373       10,553       12,347       12,435       12,537       13,163       12,094       13,154       14,631  

Interest expense, net

    (61 )     (289 )     (497 )     (550 )     (470 )     (290 )     (309 )     (353 )     (589 )     (496 )     (352 )

Other income (expense), net

    (3,821 )     (2,281 )     (2,103 )     (4,608 )     (1,751 )     (785 )     (811 )     (860 )     (1,268 )     (1,703 )     (1,930 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income before income taxes and minority interest

    13,110       14,401       10,773       5,395       10,126       11,360       11,417       11,950       10,237       10,955       12,349  

Provision for income taxes

    5,285       5,805       4,342       2,176       3,902       4,431       4,402       4,102       3,493       3,950       4,833  

Minority interest in subsidiaries

    105       160       74       (65 )     (7 )     22       (191 )     160       43       (15 )     (134 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

  $ 7,720     $ 8,436     $ 6,357     $ 3,284     $ 6,231     $ 6,907     $ 7,206     $ 7,688     $ 6,701     $ 7,020     $ 7,650  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Other Data:

                                                                                       

Distribution revenue

  $ 559,531     $ 548,739     $ 610,584     $ 745,532     $ 722,417     $ 745,030     $ 916,969     $ 1,010,311     $ 850,440     $ 902,472     $ 983,381  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Contract assembly revenue

    317,166       205,313       126,317       111,208       95,339       122,445       92,176       63,195       42,484       42,632       51,884  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Depreciation expense

    3,257       1,321       1,328       1,269       1,180       1,136       1,298       1,421       1,189       1,118       1,012  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Amortization of intangible assets

    377       348       401       484       599       631       756       755       762       761       430  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

37


Table of Contents
    Fiscal 2001

    Fiscal 2002

    Fiscal 2003

 
    Feb. 28,
2001


    May 31,
2001


    Aug. 31,
2001


    Nov. 30,
2001


    Feb. 28,
2002


    May 31,
2002


   

Aug. 31

2002


   

Nov. 30,

2002


    Feb. 28,
2003


    May 31,
2003


    Aug. 31,
2003


 
    (in thousands)        

Balance Sheet Data:

                                                                                       

Assets

                                                                                       

Current assets:

                                                                                       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,163     $ 22,635     $ 22,041     $ 15,730     $ 16,342     $ 23,258     $ 22,730     $ 15,503     $ 27,204     $ 17,293     $ 23,174  

Restricted cash

                      1,002       2,010       2,020       5,531       5,561       6,587       6,603       4,333  

Short-term investments

    2,314       1,178       1,039       1,499       5,232       5,238       4,205       3,830       4,012       4,236       4,670  

Accounts receivable, net

    227,728       163,247       230,358       204,624       227,012       203,380       250,452       221,432       235,616       176,482       191,056  

Receivable from vendors, net

    40,950       37,298       39,534       34,886       33,645       42,292       45,769       35,162       39,117       50,415       52,522  

Receivable from affiliates

    6,510       6,038       6,400       7,637       7,031       7,906       1,412       2,138       996       804       866  

Inventories

    235,385       206,707       241,861       236,127       245,838       256,587       277,743       261,498       262,103       280,520       353,229  

Deferred income taxes

    13,801       13,359       15,026       13,535       13,464       14,536       15,392       13,805       13,049       13,571       14,573  

Other current assets

    5,781       4,458       9,008       7,366       14,710       11,018       11,242       13,511       21,914       21,330       17,761  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total current assets

    548,632       454,920       565,267       522,406       565,284       566,235       634,476       572,440       610,598       571,254       662,184  

Long-term investments

    208       49       49       49                                            

Property and equipment, net

    17,652       16,627       16,946       16,616       15,653       19,856       22,630       25,295       24,675       24,392       22,921  

Intangible assets

    18,810       18,420       21,901       21,321       20,525       25,119       24,500       23,769       23,116       22,327       19,865  

Deferred income taxes

    475       447       881       874       859       525       532       529       556       593       590  

Other assets

    6,695       6,211       5,778       3,768       3,366       3,728       5,081       7,042       5,395       5,348       1,993  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total assets

  $ 592,472     $ 496,674     $ 610,822     $ 565,034     $ 605,687     $ 615,463     $ 687,219     $ 629,075     $ 664,340     $ 623,914     $ 707,553  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

                                                                                       

Current liabilities:

                                                                                       

Borrowings under term loans and lines of credit

  $ 39,832     $ 34,148     $ 28,329     $ 18,104     $ 21,339     $ 19,047     $ 30,536     $ 19,685     $ 50,021     $ 42,838     $ 51,447  

Payable to affiliates

    71,898       47,117       30,835       24,968       20,336       25,595       16,120       16,817       18,578       16,297       26,348  

Accounts payable

    247,620       165,717       256,911       248,307       281,637       271,181       341,008       269,608       291,846       256,535       327,158  

Accrued liabilities

    58,341       60,272       60,546       42,901       39,457       56,785       55,678       66,202       60,909       55,418       49,568  

Income taxes payable

    4,028       1,107       2,252       891       2,274       2,107       1,420       107       2,713       2,097       1,061  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total current liabilities

    421,719       308,361       378,873       335,171       365,043       374,715       444,762       372,419       424,067       373,185       455,582  

Long-term borrowings

    2,048       10,745       47,411       43,036       48,383       39,056       32,822       38,714       13,772       13,580       7,852  

Other long-term liabilities

                                              1,535       1,550       1,534       1,053  

Deferred income taxes

    1,282       1,251       1,231       1,007       1,007       850       873       579       312       458       795  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total liabilities

    425,049       320,357       427,515       379,214       414,433       414,621       478,457       413,247       439,701       388,757       465,282  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Minority interest in subsidiaries

    2,279       2,439       2,513       2,448       2,441       2,544       3,031       2,610       2,624       2,593       2,733  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Stockholders’ equity:

                                                                                       

Common stock

    44       44       44       44       44       44       44       44       44       44       44  

Additional paid-in-capital

    78,532       78,629       78,989       78,982       78,981       79,171       79,050       79,229       79,260       79,260       79,260  

Unearned stock-based compensation

    (1,790 )     (1,592 )     (1,447 )     (1,283 )     (1,143 )     (1,007 )     (871 )     (753 )     (615 )     (477 )     (340 )

Receivables from stockholders

                      (300 )     (300 )     (300 )                              

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (1,091 )     (1,088 )     (1,034 )     (1,597 )     (2,526 )     (274 )     (361 )     (860 )     1,067       4,458       3,645  

Retained earnings

    89,449       97,885       104,242       107,526       113,757       120,664       127,869       135,558       142,259       149,279       156,929  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total stockholders’ equity

    165,144       173,878       180,794       183,372       188,813       198,298       205,731       213,218       222,015       232,564       239,538  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 592,472     $ 496,674     $ 610,822     $ 565,034     $ 605,687     $ 615,463     $ 687,219     $ 629,075     $ 664,340     $ 623,914     $ 707,553  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

38


Table of Contents

Our operating results have fluctuated, and will likely fluctuate in the future, as a result of many factors. Although we attempt to control our expense levels, these levels are based, in part, on anticipated revenue. Therefore we may not be able to control spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected revenue shortfall. We believe that you should not rely on period-to-period comparisons of our operating results as an indication of future performance. The results of any quarterly period are not indicative of results to be expected for a full fiscal year. In future quarters, our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts or investors, which would adversely impact our share price.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Cash Flows

 

Our business is working capital intensive. Our working capital needs are primarily to finance accounts receivable and inventory. We rely heavily on debt, accounts receivable flooring programs and the sale of our accounts receivable under our securitization program for our working capital needs.

 

We have financed our growth and cash needs to date primarily through working capital financing facilities, bank credit lines and cash generated from operations. The primary uses of cash have been to fund increases in inventory and accounts receivable resulting from increased sales, and for acquisitions.

 

We had positive net working capital of $206.6 million, $200.0 million and $187.2 million at August 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002 and 2001, respectively. We believe that cash flows from operations, our current cash balance and funds available under our working capital and credit facilities will be sufficient to meet our working capital needs and planned capital expenditures for the next 12 months.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.5 million for the nine months ended August 31, 2003. Cash provided by operating activities in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 was primarily attributable to cash generated from net income of $21.4 million and depreciation and amortization of $5.7 million partially offset by the use of cash for working capital of $26.6 million. The cash used for working capital in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 was primarily due to increases in receivables from vendors and inventory as well as a decrease in accrued liabilities, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable and a decrease in accounts receivable. The fluctuations in these working capital balances were primarily due to the increase in our revenue and a net increase in sales of accounts receivable to General Electric Capital Corporation under our securitization program of $38.5 million. Absent the increase in accounts receivable sold under our securitization program, our use of cash for working capital would have been $65.1 million and net cash used in operating activities would have been $37.0 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2003.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $69.3 million in fiscal 2002. Cash provided by operations in fiscal 2002 was primarily attributable to net income of $28.0 million plus depreciation and amortization of $8.3 million. Also contributing to the cash provided by operations was an increase in cash from net working capital of $32.7 million. The increase in cash from working capital was primarily attributable to a net increase in sales of our accounts receivable under our accounts receivable securitization program of $86.0 million in fiscal 2002. Absent this increase in accounts receivable sold under our securitization program, our use of cash for working capital would have been $53.3 million and net cash used in operating activities would have been $16.7 million in fiscal 2002. The cash used for working capital in fiscal 2002, excluding the impact of the increase in accounts receivable sold under our securitization program, was primarily due to increases in accounts receivable, inventory and other assets as well as a decrease in payable to affiliates, partially offset by increases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The fluctuations in our accounts receivable, inventory, other assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities were primarily related to the increase in our distribution revenue in the period. The decrease in payable to affiliates was primarily related to the decline in our contract assembly operations in fiscal 2002.

 

39


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities was $11.5 million in fiscal 2001. Cash provided by operations in 2001 was primarily attributable to net income of $25.8 million plus depreciation and amortization of $9.4 million and impairment of investments of $3.7 million partially offset by the use of cash for working capital of $27.3 million. The use of cash for working capital was primarily attributable to a net reduction in sales of our accounts receivable to a financial institution under our accounts receivable securitization program of $78.0 million in fiscal 2001. Excluding this reduction, our cash generated from working capital reduction would have been $50.7 million and cash provided by operations would have been $89.5 million in fiscal 2001. The positive cash generated from working capital reductions in fiscal 2001, excluding the impact of the reduction in accounts receivable sold under our securitization program, was primarily attributable to decreases in inventory and accounts receivable, partially offset by lower accounts payable, due to the decrease in revenue and our improved management of working capital in the period.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $2.5 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2003, $63.0 million in fiscal 2002 and $20.8 million in fiscal 2001. The use of cash in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 was primarily the result of a final payment of $1.5 million to Arrow Electronics for our Gates/Arrow Distributing acquisition and capital expenditures of $1.7 million. The use of cash in fiscal 2002 was primarily a result of our acquisition of Gates/Arrow Distributing and License Online for $42.9 million and $3.2 million, respectively, net of cash acquired, and capital expenditures of $8.9 million. The use of cash in fiscal 2001 was primarily a result of our acquisition of Merisel Canada for $17.1 million, net of cash acquired, and capital expenditures of $3.3 million.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $8.2 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 and was primarily related to our cash overdraft of $11.8 million offset by net repayment of borrowings under our credit facilities. Net cash used in financing activities of $7.3 million in fiscal 2002 was primarily due to the net repayment of borrowings under our credit facilities. Net cash provided by financing activities was $5.2 million in fiscal 2001, and consisted primarily of the increase in our cash overdraft balance at November 30, 2001 as compared to November 30, 2000.

 

To increase our market share and better serve our customers, we plan to further expand our international operations. We expect that this expansion will require an initial investment in personnel, facilities and operations, which may be more costly than similar investments in domestic operations. As a result of these investments, we may experience an increase in cost of sales and operating expenses that is disproportionate to revenue from those operations.

 

Capital Resources

 

Our cash and cash equivalents totaled $23.2 million, $15.5 million and $15.7 million at August 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Effective August 30, 2002, we entered into a revolving accounts receivable securitization program in the United States, which provides for the sale of up to $200.0 million of U.S. trade accounts receivable to General Electric Capital Corporation. On June 30, 2003, we amended our accounts variable securitization program to provide for the sale of up to $210.0 million of U.S. trade accounts receivable and extend the maturity for one additional year to August 30, 2008. In connection with this program substantially all of our U.S. trade accounts receivable are transferred without recourse to our wholly-owned subsidiary, which, in turn, sells the accounts receivables to the financial institution. Sales of the accounts receivables to the financial institution under this program result in a reduction of total accounts receivable in our consolidated balance sheet. The remaining accounts receivables not sold to General Electric Capital Corporation are carried at their net realizable value, including an allowance for doubtful accounts. Our effective borrowing cost under the program is the prevailing commercial paper rate of return plus 0.90% per annum. At August 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002, the amount

 

40


Table of Contents

of our accounts receivable sold to and held by General Electric Capital Corporation under this accounts receivable securitization program totaled $196.5 million and $158.0 million, respectively. The increase in fiscal 2003 reflected our higher financing needs as a result of our higher volume of business. We believe that available funding under our accounts receivable financing programs provides us increased flexibility to make incremental investments in strategic growth initiatives and to manage working capital requirements, and that there are sufficient trade accounts receivable to support the U.S. financing programs.

 

Under the program, we continue to service the accounts receivable, and receive a service fee from General Electric Capital Corporation. The program contains customary financial covenants, including, but not limited to, requiring us to maintain on a consolidated basis:

 

    a minimum net worth at the end of each fiscal quarter in each fiscal year ending after November 30, 2003 of not less than the sum of (i) the minimum net worth required under the Arrangement for the immediately preceding fiscal year plus (ii) an amount equal to 50% of the positive net income of us and our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the immediately preceding fiscal year plus (iii) an amount equal to 100% of the amount of any equity raised by or capital contributed to us during the immediately preceding fiscal year and

 

    certain fixed charge ratios and net worth percentages.

 

We are also obligated to provide periodic financial statements and investment reports, notices of material litigation and any other information relating to our U.S. trade accounts receivables as requested by General Electric Capital Corporation.

 

As is customary in trade accounts receivable securitization arrangements, a credit rating agency’s downgrade of the third party issuer of commercial paper or of a back-up liquidity provider (which provides a source of funding if the commercial paper market cannot be accessed) could result in an adverse change or loss of our financing capacity under these programs if the commercial paper issuer and/or liquidity back-up provider is not replaced. Loss of such financing capacity could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our securitization balance consists of accounts receivable sold to and held by a financial institution under our accounts receivable securitization program. Sales of accounts receivables under this program result in a reduction of total accounts receivable on our consolidated balance sheet. At February 28, 2001, May 31, 2001, August 31, 2001 and November 30, 2001, our securitization balance was $56.0 million, $43.0 million, $36.0 million and $72.0 million, respectively. At February 28, 2002, May 31, 2002, August 31, 2002 and November 30, 2002, our securitization balance was $71.0 million, $134.5 million, $126.0 million and $158.0 million, respectively. At February 28, 2003, May 31, 2003 and August 31, 2003, our securitization balance was $94.0 million, $177.0 million and 196.5 million, respectively.

 

We have also issued guarantees to certain SYNNEX Canada vendors and resellers for the total amount of $23.2 million as of August 31, 2003 and $15.4 million as of November 30, 2002.

 

We have also issued guarantees to certain SYNNEX Mexico vendors and resellers for the total amount of $18.9 million as of August 31, 2003 and $24.3 million as of November 30, 2002.

 

We have also issued guarantees of C$75.0 million in relation to a revolving loan agreement between SYNNEX Canada and a financial institution and $15.0 million in relation to a revolving loan agreement between SYNNEX Mexico and a financial institution.

 

We are obligated under these guarantees to pay amounts due should our subsidiaries not pay valid amounts owed to their vendors or lenders. The vendor guarantees are typically one year arrangements, with 30 day cancellation clauses and the lender guarantees are typically for the term of the loan agreement.

 

41


Table of Contents

On Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

In December 1997, we entered into a senior secured revolving line of credit arrangement, or the Revolver, with a financial institution, which is secured by our inventory. The Revolver’s maximum commitment is 50% of eligible inventory valued at the lower of cost or market up to a maximum borrowing of $10.0 million. In July 2002, the Revolver was amended and extended for an additional five-year period, and the credit limit was increased to $15.0 million. In June 2003, the Revolver was amended to increase the credit limit to $25.0 million and to extend the maturity to 2008. Interest on borrowings under the Revolver is based on the prime rate plus 1.0% or LIBOR plus 2.0% at our option. There were no borrowings outstanding under the Revolver at August 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002.

 

Upon our acquisition of SYNNEX Canada, we assumed a three-year C$100.0 million revolving loan agreement with a financial institution due January 2004. In August 2001, the revolving loan agreement was amended to reduce the credit limit to C$75.0 million. In April 2002, the agreement was further amended to increase the credit limit back to C$100.0 million. Borrowings under the loan agreement are collateralized by substantially all of SYNNEX Canada’s assets, including inventories and accounts receivable. Borrowings bear interest at the prime rate of a Canadian bank designated by the financial institution plus 0.75% for Canadian Dollar denominated loans (totaling 5.50% at August 31, 2003), at the prime rate of a U.S. bank designated by the financial institution plus 0.25% (totaling 4.25% at August 31, 2003) or at LIBOR plus 2.00% for U.S. Dollar denominated loans. The balance outstanding at August 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002 was $26.9 million and $26.4 million, respectively.

 

We also have other lines of credit and revolving facilities with financial institutions, which provide for borrowing capacity aggregating approximately $45.0 million and $43.7 million at August 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002, respectively. At August 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002, we had borrowings of $15.9 million and $17.8 million, respectively, outstanding under these facilities. The expiration dates of these facilities range from 2004 to 2011.

 

We also have various term loans, bonds and mortgages with financial institutions. Future principal payments due under these term loans, bonds and mortgages and payments due under our operating lease arrangements after November 30, 2002 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Payments Due By Period

Contractual obligations


   2003

   2004

   2005

   2006

   2007

Principal debt payments

   $ 2,982    $ 9,685    $ 2,839    $ 1,127    $ 1,127

Non-cancelable operating leases

     8,920      6,692      5,546      5,128      4,651
    

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 11,902    $ 16,377    $ 8,385    $ 6,285    $ 5,778
    

  

  

  

  

 

We are in compliance with all covenants or other requirements set forth in our accounts receivable financing programs and credit agreements discussed above.

 

Qualitative and Quantitative Market Risks

 

Foreign Currency Risk

 

We are exposed to foreign currency risk in the ordinary course of business. We hedge cash flow exposures for our major countries using a combination of forward contracts. Principal currencies hedged are the British pound, Canadian dollar, Mexican peso and Japanese yen. We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. These instruments are generally short-term in nature, with typical maturities of less than one year.

 

42


Table of Contents

The following table presents the hypothetical changes in fair values in our outstanding derivative instruments at August 31, 2003 that are sensitive to the changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The modeling technique used measures the change in fair values arising from an instantaneous strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar by 5%, 10% and 15% (in thousands).

 

    

Loss on Derivative

Instruments Given a

Weakening of U.S. dollar

by X Percent


    Gain
Assuming
No Change
in Exchange
Rate


   Gain on Derivative
Instruments Given a
Strengthening of U.S. dollar
by X Percent


     15%

    10%

    5%

       5%

   10%

   15%

Forward contracts

   $ (7,241 )   $ (4,819 )   $ (2,398 )   $ 23    $ 2,445    $ 4,866    $ 7,287

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

During the last two years, the majority of our debt obligations have been short-term in nature and the associated interest obligations have floated relative to major interest rate benchmarks, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate. While we have not used derivative financial instruments to alter the interest rate characteristics of our investment holdings or debt instruments in the past, we may do so in the future.

 

The fair value of our outstanding borrowing that is sensitive to changes in interest rates is $9.0 million at August 31, 2003. A 150-basis point increase or decrease in rates at August 31, 2003 would not result in any material change in the fair value of this obligation.

 

The following table presents the hypothetical changes in interest expense related to our outstanding borrowings for the nine months ending August 31, 2003 that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The modeling technique used measures the change in interest expense arising from hypothetical parallel shifts in the respective countries’ yield curves, of plus or minus 5%, 10% and 15% for the nine months ended August 31, 2003 (in thousands).

 

     Interest Expense Given an
Interest Rate Decrease
by X Percent


   Actual Interest
Expense
Assuming No
Change in
Interest Rate


   Interest Expense Given an
Interest Rate Increase
by X Percent


     15%

   10%

   5%

      5%

   10%

   15%

SYNNEX US

   $ 346    $ 366    $ 386    $ 406    $ 427    $ 447    $ 467

SYNNEX Canada 

     629      666      703      740      777      813      850

SYNNEX Japan

     197      209      220      232      243      255      266

SYNNEX Mexico

     14      15      16      17      17      18      19
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 1,186    $ 1,256    $ 1,325    $ 1,395    $ 1,464    $ 1,533    $ 1,602
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Equity Price Risk

 

The equity price risk associated with our marketable equity securities at November 30, 2001, 2002 and August 31, 2003 is not material in relation to our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flow. Marketable equity securities include shares of common stock. The investments are classified as either trading or available-for-sale securities. Securities classified as trading are recorded at fair market value, based on quoted market prices and unrealized gains and losses are included in results of operations. Securities classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair market value, based on quoted market prices and unrealized gains and losses are included in other comprehensive income. Realized gains and losses, which are calculated based on the specific identification method, are recorded in operations as incurred.

 

43


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In July 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities” which addresses the recognition, measurement and reporting of costs associated with exit or disposal activities. SFAS No. 146 requires the recognition of a liability for a disposal activity, including those related to employee termination benefits and obligations under operating leases and order contracts, and that the liability be recognized when incurred and not necessarily on the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan. SFAS No. 146 also establishes that the initial measurement of a liability be based on fair value. The provisions of SFAS No. 146 are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. We have not had any exit on disposal activities since the adoption of the standard.

 

In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” FIN No. 45 requires that a liability be recorded in the guarantor’s balance sheet upon issuance of a guarantee. In addition, FIN No. 45 requires disclosures about the guarantees that an entity has issued, including a reconciliation of changes in the entity’s product warranty liabilities. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN No. 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002, irrespective of the guarantor’s fiscal year-end. The disclosure requirements of FIN No. 45 are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The adoption of this standard did not have any material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

 

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure.” SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS No. 148 also requires that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more prominently and in a tabular format. Additionally, SFAS No. 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect in interim financial statements. The transition and annual disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 148 are effective for fiscal years ended after December 15, 2002. The interim disclosure requirements are effective for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002. We have applied the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51.” Fin No. 46 requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. FIN No. 46 is effective immediately for all new variable interest entities created or acquired after January 31, 2003. For variable interest entities created or acquired prior to February 1, 2003, the provisions of FIN No. 46 must be applied for the first interim or annual period ending after December 15, 2003. We believe that the adoption of this standard will have no material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

 

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting of derivative instruments and hedging activities under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 149 amends SFAS No. 133 for decisions made: (a) as part of the Derivatives Implementation Group process that require amendment to SFAS No. 133; (b) in connection with other FASB projects dealing with financial instruments; and (c) in connection with the implementation issues raised related to the application of the definition of a derivative. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for designated hedging relationships after June 30, 2003. We believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 149 will not have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

 

44


Table of Contents

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” The Statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity and further requires that an issuer classify as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances) financial instruments that fall within its scope because that financial instrument embodies an obligation of the issuer. Many of these instruments were previously classified as equity. The statement is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. We believe that the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

 

In November 2002, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21 (“EITF No. 00-21”), “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements.” EITF No. 00-21 addresses how to account for arrangements that may involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services, and/or rights to use assets. The consensus mandates how to identify whether goods or services or both that are to be delivered separately in a bundled sales arrangement should be accounted for separately because they are separate units of accounting. The guidance can affect the timing of revenue recognition for such arrangements, even though it does not change rules governing the timing or pattern of revenue recognition of individual items accounted for separately. The final consensus is applicable to agreements entered into in fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2003 with early adoption permitted. Additionally, companies will be permitted to apply the consensus guidance to all existing arrangements as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in accordance with APB No. 20, “Accounting Changes.” We are assessing the impact of EITF No. 00-21 and believe that the adoption will not have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

 

In March 2003, the EITF finalized Issue No. 02-16 (“EITF No. 02-16”), “Accounting for Consideration Received from a Vendor by a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products).” EITF No. 02-16 requires that consideration received from vendors, such as advertising support funds, be accounted for as a reduction to cost of sales when recognized in the reseller’s income statement unless certain conditions are met showing that the funds are used for a specific program entirely funded by an individual vendor. If these specific requirements related to individual vendors are met, the consideration is accounted for as a reduction in the related expense category, such as advertising or selling and administrative expense. EITF No. 02-16 applies to all agreements modified or entered into on or after January 1, 2003. Adopting EITF No. 02-16 had no material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

 

45


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are a global information technology, or IT, supply chain services company. We offer a comprehensive range of services to IT original equipment manufacturers and software publishers, collectively OEMs, and reseller customers worldwide. The supply chain services that we offer include product distribution related logistics services and contract assembly.

 

We have been in the IT distribution business since 1980 and are one of the largest IT product distributors based on 2002 reported revenue. We focus our core wholesale distribution business on a limited number of leading IT OEMs, which allows us to enhance and increase the value of our services to our OEM suppliers and reseller customers.

 

We distribute IT systems, peripherals, system components, software and networking equipment for OEM suppliers such as HP, IBM, Intel, Microsoft Corporation and Seagate. Our reseller customers include value added resellers, or VARs, corporate resellers, government resellers, system integrators, direct marketers and retailers. We currently distribute and market approximately 15,000 products (as measured by active SKUs) from over 100 OEM suppliers to more than 15,000 resellers.

 

Our contract assembly services are generally related to building IT systems such as personal computers, workstations and servers. By leveraging the inventory management capabilities and system component supplier relationships of our distribution business, we provide cost-effective IT system assembly services.

 

Because we offer distribution, contract assembly and complementary logistics services, OEM suppliers and resellers can outsource to us multiple areas of their business outside of their core competencies. This model allows us to provide services at several points along the IT product supply chain. We believe that the combination of our broad array of services, our focus on servicing the leading IT OEMs and our efficient operations enables us to realize strong and expanding relationships with these OEMs and our reseller customers.

 

46


Table of Contents

Our Industry

 

The information technology, or IT, product supply chain generally consists of original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, contract manufacturers, distributors, resellers and end-users. The roles of these participants are described in the table below:

 

IT Product Supply Chain

 

Participant    Description    Companies

IT OEMs   

•   Design IT systems, system components, peripherals and software.

 

•   Manufacture IT products, directly or on an outsourced basis.

 

•   Market and sell IT products directly or through distributors to resellers, retailers and large end-users.

  

Systems (including PCs, servers, storage systems, workstations):  Apple, Dell, EMC, HP, IBM, Sun Microsystems, Toshiba

 

Peripherals (including monitors, printers, supplies): APC, HP, Lexmark, NEC, ViewSonic, Xerox

 

System Components (including CPUs, memory, hard disk drives): Asus, Intel, Micron, Seagate, Western Digital

 

Software (including applications, operating systems): Adobe, Computer Associates, IBM, Intuit, Microsoft, Oracle, Symantec

 

Networking Equipment (including network interface cards, routers, switches, hubs, wireless products): Cisco, Intel, Lucent, Nortel, 3COM


Contract Manufacturers/ Assemblers   

•   Design IT products.

 

•   Source product materials.

 

•   Manufacture and assemble printed circuit boards.

 

•   Assemble and test finished products.

   Benchmark, Celestica, Flextronics, Foxconn, MiTAC International, Sanmina-SCI, Solectron, SYNNEX

Distributors   

•   Purchase IT products from OEMs.

 

•   Sell IT products to resellers.

 

•   Provide logistics, marketing, financial, technical support and other supply chain services.

   Arrow, Avnet, Bell Micro, Ingram Micro, Pioneer-Standard, ScanSource, SYNNEX, Tech Data, Westcon

Resellers   

•   Sell IT products directly to end-users.

 

•   Provide value added services, including design, installation, integration and training.

  

Value Added Resellers and Solution Providers: small- to medium-sized business focused, local, regional and industry specific resellers

 

Corporate Resellers: Amherst, ASAP, CompuCom, EnPointe, Pomeroy, TIG

 

Government Resellers: Government Micro Resources , GTSI, PlanetGov, TELOS, Westwood Computer

 

Systems Integrators: AMAX, Comptech Micro System, Equus Computer Systems, Hatch Associates, Premio Computer

 

Direct Marketers: CDW, Creative Computer, Insight, PC Connection

 

Retailers: Amazon.com, Best Buy, Circuit City, CompUSA, Fry’s Electronics


End-Users   

•   Use IT products for commercial or personal use.

   Large corporations, governments and educational institutions, small- to medium-sized businesses, personal users

 

47


Table of Contents

The IT product supply chain is fluid as participants assume changing roles in the chain based on their various products, customer demands and business objectives. For example, a contract manufacturer may perform design features for some OEM products while solely manufacturing products for the same or other OEMs. Similarly, OEMs may elect to sell products directly to resellers or end-users without the use of a distributor, particularly in the case of larger volume end-user purchasers.

 

Distribution

 

OEMs rely on distributors because of the wide range and high complexity of IT products, the short product life cycle of some products and the desire of end-users to integrate solutions from multiple OEMs. Distributors provide an efficient and cost-effective means for OEMs to reach a broad range of resellers who sell to a large number of end-users. In addition, distributors provide OEMs with demand creation marketing, inventory management, logistics services, and pre- and post-sale technical support.

 

Resellers depend on distributors for product information, real-time price and availability information, system configuration, marketing, credit, logistics and technical support needs. Resellers also rely on distributors for inventory management services. These services allow resellers to reduce their inventory, staffing levels and warehouse requirements, thereby lowering their invested capital requirements and reducing their costs.

 

In October 2003, IDC estimated that the total worldwide IT spending on hardware and packaged software was $519.9 billion in 2002 and would grow to $657.2 billion by 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of 4.8%. IDC also estimated that IT spending on hardware and packaged software in the U.S. was $214.2 billion in 2002 and would grow to $263.7 billion by 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of 4.2%. In doing so, IDC makes assumptions about economic conditions that may or may not prove accurate. The distribution business in which we and our competitors operate addresses only a portion of this total market.

 

The IT product distribution industry has undergone significant consolidation as a result of several factors. These factors include the current economic downturn, reductions in IT spending, overcapacity, more restrictive terms and conditions from OEMs, reductions in the number of OEM-authorized distributors, a high level of price competition among distributors and evolving OEM business models such as direct sales initiatives.

 

Contract Manufacturing and Assembly

 

In addition to using wholesale distributors, OEMs in the IT industry have increasingly outsourced their manufacturing and product assembly. Historically, OEMs were vertically integrated and invested significantly in equipment and facilities to manufacture, service and distribute their products. Contract manufacturers originated to provide additional capacity during periods of high demand by assembling and testing printed circuit boards that typically form the backbone of electronic devices and have evolved to provide full system assembly. Recently, contract manufacturers have also expanded their electronic manufacturing services to include design, component procurement, inventory management, logistics and after-market services.

 

OEMs use contract manufacturers and assemblers for many reasons including to reduce their time to market by using a contract manufacturer’s established manufacturing expertise, broad capabilities, global presence and infrastructure, reduce the OEMs’ overall capital equipment requirements, allow OEMs to focus on core technologies and activities such as product development and marketing and to reduce production and inventory costs by using a contract manufacturer’s volume procurement capabilities and expertise in inventory management.

 

Our Solution

 

We distribute the products of leading IT product OEMs and provide complementary contract assembly and supply chain services. Our comprehensive services are an essential part of our OEM suppliers’ and reseller

 

48


Table of Contents

customers’ supply chains that enable them to meet their specific sales, distribution, manufacturing and logistics objectives. The key components of our IT supply chain solution are as follows:

 

Distribution

 

Focus on leading OEMs.     We primarily serve leading OEMs in selected IT product categories. This OEM focus enables us to dedicate teams that work directly with these OEMs and develop in-depth knowledge of the OEMs’ products. Because of our intimate knowledge of the products we distribute, we are able to provide effective product marketing services for our OEM suppliers in order to help them meet their sales objectives. In addition, our in-depth product knowledge enables us to deliver solutions to our reseller customers that integrate several products, sometimes from multiple OEMs.

 

Broad Market Reach.     Through our network of more than 15,000 reseller customers, we offer our OEM suppliers access to customers they could not reach cost-effectively otherwise. Our reseller relationships provide an important sales channel for these OEMs to connect with small- to medium-sized businesses, government agencies and educational institutions that generally buy IT products through intermediaries.

 

Low Cost Solutions.     Our ability to effectively market and sell products for leading OEMs can save our OEM suppliers money relative to selling direct. OEMs can streamline their sales organization by using us to expand their reach to additional IT product resellers. OEMs can also reduce their costs associated with warehouse facilities by utilizing our inventory management and logistics services.

 

Financing Options for Resellers.     Many resellers have limited working capital and rely on us to provide them with financing alternatives. By offering these alternatives, we enable our reseller customers to fulfill larger orders than their resources otherwise would allow.

 

Demand Creation Marketing.     We offer our OEM suppliers a full range of demand creation marketing services targeted to specific resellers. These services include trade publication advertising, direct mail, e-mail marketing, national and regional trade show events and many Web-based marketing offerings.

 

Local Points of Presence.     Our sales and distribution centers are geographically dispersed. Our regional locations enable us to work closely with our reseller customers to better serve them and their end-users. Our regional distribution centers also allow us to deliver products quickly. In addition, because shipping companies generally charge based on the distance shipped, our approach allows us to reduce our shipping costs, a significant component of our cost of sales.

 

Electronic Commerce.     We maintain EDI, or electronic data interchange, and web-based communication links with many of our reseller customers. These links improve the speed and efficiency of our transactions with our reseller customers by enabling them to:

 

    search for products;

 

    check inventory availability;

 

    configure systems;

 

    price systems and products;

 

    place and track orders;

 

    receive invoices; and

 

    process returns.

 

Competitive Pricing.     We are able to offer our reseller customers competitive prices due to our high volume purchasing, low cost structure, efficient distribution methods and focus on leading OEM suppliers.

 

49


Table of Contents

Other Supply Chain Services.     We provide both OEMs and resellers logistics services such as outsourced fulfillment, virtual distribution and direct ship to end-users. We also offer our reseller customers outsourced back-office support services, including management of sales and purchase orders, inventory, invoicing and collections, vendor claims and returns. Furthermore, we provide our reseller customers with pre- and post-sale technical support services.

 

Contract Assembly

 

Efficient System Components Sourcing.     We distribute many of the system components used in the assembly of our OEM customers’ products. As a result, our assembly customers are able to minimize their inventory risk because they can take advantage of the terms and conditions of our distribution relationships. A primary benefit of our distribution relationships is vendor provided price protection that allows our OEM customers to benefit from declines in component prices. We also offer increased inventory availability to our OEM customers because we stock items for both distribution and assembly. In addition, we generally can use our distribution services to provide logistics services, drop shipments to end-user customers and to sell excess system components ordered by our OEM assembly customers.

 

Flexible Product Assembly.     We provide our OEM customers with a high degree of flexibility with our build-to-order or configure-to-order capabilities. By focusing only on system-level assembly and outsourcing more capital intensive contract manufacturing activities, such as printed circuit board assembly, we are able to maintain a flexible operating structure that allows us to rapidly increase or decrease production volumes and deliver customized assembly solutions.

 

Joint Design and Manufacturing Services.     We offer contract design and manufacturing services to OEMs through our relationship with our largest indirect stockholder, MiTAC International. These services complement our system assembly capabilities and allow us to deliver a complete design-to-delivery solution for our OEM customers. MiTAC International is a leading original design manufacturing company based in Taiwan, specializing in product design, printed circuit board assembly, power supply manufacturing, and plastic and sheet metal molding. We work closely with MiTAC International to collaborate on OEM outsourcing opportunities.

 

Product Return Services.     We provide our OEM customers with product return services for the IT systems we build for them in our contract assembly facilities. These services allow for the management of product returns directly from the OEM’s customer to us. These services include refurbishment of these systems to a like-new condition as well as the ability to re-sell the refurbished systems through authorized sales channels.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our objective is to continue to expand our business by providing IT product OEMs and other suppliers outsourcing solutions including distribution, assembly and supply chain services, and by providing our reseller customers outstanding execution, service and support. In particular, we intend to achieve this objective by pursuing the following strategies:

 

Deepen Relationships with Our Existing OEM Suppliers and Reseller Customers

 

We believe our present OEM and reseller relationships represent significant opportunities for growth. We seek to increase business opportunities with our existing OEM suppliers by expanding the distribution, assembly and supply chain services that we provide to them. We work closely with these suppliers to ensure that our service offerings meet their evolving needs. We aim to provide a complete supply chain solution to our OEM suppliers to decrease the costs associated with assembling, selling and distributing IT products.

 

50


Table of Contents

Establish New Strategic Relationships with Leading OEMs

 

We intend to establish additional relationships with select leading IT product OEMs to increase the breadth of products we distribute. We will offer these OEMs our comprehensive range of global distribution and supply chain services, our ability to deliver services anywhere along the IT supply chain, our ability to assist OEMs in reaching a broad range of resellers and their end user customers.

 

Increase Our Reseller Customer Base

 

We seek to grow by increasing the number of reseller customers to which we sell IT products. Our depth of product knowledge resulting from our focus on leading OEM vendors enables us to provide a high level of service to resellers. Our efficient operating disciplines have permitted us to profitably sell IT products at competitive prices. We also seek opportunities to increase the number of resellers that buy from us by expanding the breadth of products that we distribute.

 

Expand Our Contract Assembly Services

 

We intend to expand our contract assembly services business as the continuing trend of OEMs outsourcing of production activities creates a growing market opportunity. Our strategy is to remain focused on system level assembly services delivered to IT product OEMs. Within the broad spectrum of IT products, we have targeted the non-branded, or white-box, segment of the IT product market as a focus of our assembly expansion efforts. We believe the white-box market has growth potential. We are also continuing to work with MiTAC International to jointly pursue contract manufacturing opportunities where we can combine MiTAC International’s design and printed circuit board assembly operations with our system assembly capabilities to deliver an integrated, cost-effective solution to OEMs.

 

Control Costs

 

We intend to maintain our low cost operations and seek ways to further reduce costs in all areas of our operations. Our low cost structure is predicated upon our management of facility costs, capital outlays, and our effective use of IT systems and temporary labor. We also manage our costs by locating some professional and administrative functions, such as IT development, materials management and accounts payable, in low cost geographic regions, like China. Our strategy to operate numerous distribution centers that are geographically dispersed also helps us to control costs by reducing shipping costs.

 

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions and Investments

 

Over the last three years, we have completed a number of acquisitions and investments. We intend to continue to grow our business through strategic acquisitions or investments of complementary businesses or assets in order to increase our OEM and reseller relationships, enhance our service offerings and expand our geographic reach. Additionally, we plan to capitalize on the trend toward consolidation in the distribution and contract manufacturing industries. We believe that a critical part of any acquisition is proper management of the post-acquisition process. We intend to continue to devote attention and resources to the integration of management, personnel, culture, IT systems, products, customer relationships and other issues arising from recent and future acquisitions. We also intend to pursue strategic investments to leverage our core competencies in areas such as execution, IT management, logistics and systems manufacturing.

 

51


Table of Contents

Our Products and Suppliers

 

We distribute a full range of IT products, including IT systems, peripherals, system components, software and networking equipment for more than 100 OEM suppliers, enabling us to offer comprehensive solutions to our reseller customers. Our primary OEM suppliers for fiscal 2002 and representative products we currently distribute for them include the following:

 

Supplier


  

Representative Products


HP

  

Desktop and Notebook PCs, Printers, Imaging Products, Supplies, Servers, Storage Products

IBM 

  

Desktop and Notebook PCs, Servers, Storage Systems, Software

Intel 

  

CPUs, Motherboards, Networking Products

Lexmark

  

Printers and Supplies

Microsoft

  

Operating Systems, Application Software

NEC-Mitsubishi

  

Displays and Monitors

Panasonic 

  

Ruggedized Notebook PCs

Seagate

  

Hard Disk Drives

Toshiba America

  

Notebook PCs

Xerox

  

Printers and Supplies

 

Our largest OEM supplier is HP. Revenue from the sale of HP products represented approximately 23.5%, 30.4% and 35.0% of our revenue for fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and approximately 31.5% of our revenue in the nine months ended August 31, 2003. As is typical with our OEM supplier agreements, our contractual relationship with HP is short-term and may be terminated by either party upon 30 days notice.

 

During fiscal 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, our distribution product mix by category was in the following ranges:

 

Product Category:


    

Peripherals 

   32%-36%

System Components

   24%-28%

IT Systems 

   20%-24%

Software 

   11%-15%

Networking Equipment 

     3%-  7%

 

In our contract assembly business we primarily assemble IT systems.

 

We have distribution agreements with many of our suppliers. These agreements usually provide for nonexclusive distribution rights and pertain to specific geographic territories. The agreements are also generally short term, subject to periodic renewal, and often contain provisions permitting termination by either us or our supplier without cause upon relatively short notice. An OEM supplier that elects to terminate a distribution agreement will generally repurchase its products carried in our inventory.

 

Our IT distribution and assembly business subjects us to the risk that the value of our inventory will be affected adversely by suppliers’ price reductions or by technological changes affecting the usefulness or desirability of the products comprising our inventory. Many of our OEM suppliers offer us limited protection from the loss in value of our inventory due to technological change or a supplier’s price reductions. Under many of these agreements, we have a limited period of time to return or exchange products or claim price protection credits. We monitor our inventory levels and attempt to time our purchases to maximize our protection under supplier programs.

 

52


Table of Contents

Our OEM suppliers generally warrant the products we distribute and allow returns of defective products, including those returned to us by our reseller customers. We generally do not independently warrant the products we distribute; however, we warrant our services with regard to products that we configure for our reseller customers, and the products that we assemble from components purchased from other sources. A provision for estimated warranty costs is recorded at the time of sale and periodically adjusted to reflect actual experience. Historically, our warranty expense has not been material.

 

Our Customers

 

Distribution

 

We distribute IT products to more than 15,000 resellers. Resellers are classified primarily by the end-users to which they sell as well as the services they provide. End-users include large corporations, governments, small- to medium-sized businesses, or SMBs, and personal users. In addition, resellers vary greatly in size and geographic reach. No reseller accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2002 or for the nine months ended August 31, 2003. Our reseller customers buy from us and other distributors. Some of our larger reseller customers also buy certain products directly from OEM suppliers. Some of our largest reseller customers include Business Depot, CDW, EnPointe, Insight and PlanetGov.

 

Contract Assembly

 

The customers of our contract assembly business are IT product OEMs seeking to outsource product assembly and production logistics. Currently our primary contract assembly customer is Sun Microsystems. No contract assembly customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2002 or for the nine months ended August 31, 2003.

 

Our Services

 

We offer a variety of services to our distribution and contract assembly customers, including the following:

 

Distribution

 

Distribution Services.     We have sophisticated pick, pack and ship operations, which allows us to efficiently receive shipments from our OEM suppliers and fill orders from our reseller customers. We generally stock or otherwise have access to the inventory of our OEM suppliers to satisfy the demands of our reseller customers.

 

Logistics Services.     We provide logistics services to our reseller customers such as outsourced fulfillment services, virtual distribution and direct ship to end users. Other logistics services we provide include generation of customized shipping documents, multi-level serial number tracking for customized, configured products and online order and shipment tracking. We also provide logistics services both individually and in bulk directly to resellers, other distributors and end users.

 

Outsourced Back-Office Services.     We offer our reseller customers outsourced back-office support services, including management of sales and purchase orders, credit verification, inventory management, invoicing and collections, vendor claims and returns. Some of our reseller customers have outsourced to us their entire order processing, shipping and billing functions, eliminating the need for them to hire and maintain staff to perform these functions.

 

Online Services.     We maintain EDI and web-based communication links with many of our reseller customers. These links improve the speed and efficiency of our transactions with our reseller customers by enabling them to search for products, check inventory availability and prices, configure systems, place and track orders, receive invoices, review account status and process returns. We also have web-application software that allows our resellers or their end-user customers to order software and take delivery online.

 

53


Table of Contents

Financing Services.     We offer our reseller customers a wide range of financing options, including net terms, third party leasing and floor plan financing, letters of credit and arrangements where we collect payment directly from the end user. The availability and terms of our financing services are subject to our credit policies or those of third party financing providers to our reseller customers.

 

Marketing Services.     We offer our OEM suppliers a full range of marketing services targeting specific resellers, including direct mail, external media advertising, reseller product training, targeted telemarketing campaigns, national and regional trade shows and web-based marketing. Web-based marketing includes customized areas of our web site that focus on an OEM suppliers’ products, programs, and services; web banners; web casts designed to allow an OEM supplier to make presentations to a targeted group of resellers; and web-based training.

 

Technical Support Services.     We provide our reseller customers technical support services, including pre- and post-sale support.

 

Contract Assembly

 

Materials Procurement and Management.     We provide our contract assembly customers with materials procurement and management services. These services include planning, purchasing, expediting and warehousing system components and materials used in the assembly process. Because we distribute many of the system components used in the assembly of our contract assembly customers’ products, our assembly customers are able to minimize their inventory risk by taking advantage of the terms and conditions of our distribution relationships. In addition, we also offer increased inventory availability to our contract assembly customers because we stock items for both distribution and assembly.

 

Assembly Services.     We provide our OEM assembly customers with build-to-order, or BTO, and configure-to-order, or CTO, assembly services. BTO assembly consists of building a group of systems with the same pre-defined specifications, generally for our OEM customers’ inventory. CTO assembly consists of building a customized system for an OEM customer’s individual order specifications. We possess adequate systems and assembly flexibility to produce both large and small volumes of products that include numerous configurations. We also offer production value added services such as kitting, reconfiguration, asset tagging and hard drive imaging.

 

Joint Design and Manufacturing Services.     We offer contract design and manufacturing services to OEMs through our relationship with our largest indirect stockholder, MiTAC International. MiTAC International’s design services complement our system assembly capabilities and allow us to deliver a complete design-to-delivery solution for our OEM customers.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

As of August 31, 2003, we employed 627 sales and marketing professionals. We serve our large government and commercial reseller customers through dedicated sales professionals. We market to smaller resellers through dedicated regional sales teams. In addition, we have dedicated product marketing and sales specialists that focus on the sale and promotion of the products of selected suppliers. These specialists are also directly involved in establishing new relationships with leading OEMs and resellers. Our sales and marketing professionals are complemented by members of our executive management team who are integral in identifying potential new customer opportunities and ensuring customer satisfaction. We have sales offices in North America and Asia and attempt to locate our sales and marketing professionals in close proximity to our reseller customers.

 

We also have a sales team dedicated to cultivating new contract assembly opportunities with IT product OEMs. On selected opportunities, this team works with MiTAC International representatives to offer OEMs comprehensive outsourced supply chain solutions. This joint sales effort enables us to deliver complete design-to-delivery solutions for our OEM customers.

 

54


Table of Contents

Our Operations

 

Distribution

 

We operate 15 distribution facilities in the United States, Canada, Japan and Mexico. Our distribution processes are highly automated to reduce errors, ensure timely order fulfillment and enhance the efficiency of our warehouse operations and back office administration. In the United States, we operate ten distribution facilities that are geographically dispersed to be near end-users. This regional strategy enables us to benefit from lower shipping costs and shorter delivery lead times to our customers. Our regional locations also enable us to make local deliveries and provide will-call fulfillment to more customers than if our distribution operations were centralized resulting in better service to our customers. Our workforce is comprised of permanent and temporary employees, enabling us to respond to short term changes in order activity. Furthermore, we track several performance measurements to continuously improve the efficiency and accuracy of our distribution operations.

 

Our proprietary IT systems and processes, along with technology solutions from leading warehouse automation providers, enable us to automate many of our distribution operations. For example, we use radio frequency and bar code scanning technologies in all of our warehouse operations to maintain real time inventory records, facilitate frequent cycle counts and improve the accuracy of order fulfillment. We use palm readers to capture real time labor cost data enabling efficient management of our daily labor costs. We also scan and archive receiving documents and generate electronic freight out vouchers to streamline our accounts payable administration.

 

To enhance the accuracy of our order fulfillment and protect our inventory from shrinkage, our systems also incorporate numerous controls. These controls include order weight checks, bar code scanning, and serial number profile verification to verify that the product shipped matches the customer order. We also use digital video imaging to record our small package shipping activities by order. These images and other warehouse and shipping data are available online to our customer service representatives enabling us to quickly respond to order inquiries by our customers.

 

Contract Assembly

 

We operate assembly facilities in the United States and the United Kingdom. In our contract assembly business, we source materials, assemble IT systems, and ship completed products on behalf of our OEM customers. We generally assemble IT systems, including personal computers, workstations and servers, incorporating system components from our distribution inventory and other sources. Additionally, we perform production value added services, including kitting, asset tagging, hard-drive imaging and reconfiguration. Our contract assembly facilities are ISO 9001:2000 certified.

 

We focus on contract assembly services rather than full service manufacturing in order to minimize our capital investments in our assembly business. Because of the variability of our assembly orders, our workforce is predominantly comprised of temporary workers. We also partner with MiTAC International to provide certain manufacturing services, including design and printed circuit board assembly as these activities require extensive capital investments and labor.

 

International Operations

 

Approximately 10%, 14% and 21% of our revenue for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and approximately 22% of our revenue for the nine months ended August 31, 2003, originated outside of the United States. A key element in our business strategy is to expand our global presence in order to provide our distribution and contract assembly services to OEMs in locations that meet their regional requirements. Consistent with this strategy, we have established international operations in Canada, China, Japan, Mexico and the United Kingdom. We plan to continue to seek strategic opportunities to expand our operations throughout the world.

 

55


Table of Contents

Purchasing

 

Product costs represent our single largest expense and IT product inventory is one of our largest working capital investments. Furthermore, product procurement from our OEM suppliers is a highly complex process that involves marketing incentive programs, rebate programs, price protection and other arrangements. Consequently, efficient and effective purchasing operations are critical to our success.

 

Our purchasing group works closely with many areas of our organization, especially our product managers who work closely with our OEM suppliers and our sales force, to understand the volume and mix of IT products that should be purchased. In addition, the purchasing group utilizes an internally developed, proprietary information systems application tool, which further aids the purchasing group in forecasting future product demand based on several factors, including past sales levels, expected product life cycle and current and projected economic conditions. Our information systems tool also tracks warehouse and channel inventory levels and open purchase orders on a real-time basis enabling us to stock inventory at a regional level closer to the customer as well as to actively manage our working capital resources. This level of automation allows for greater efficiencies of inventory management by replenishing and turning inventory as well as placing purchase orders on a more frequent basis. Furthermore, our systems tool also allows for automated checks and controls to prevent the generation of inaccurate orders.

 

The purchasing group is supported by employees based in China who handle daily back-office routine functions such as purchase order issuance, changes to purchase orders and returns. Having a purchasing support team in China allows us to benefit from highly skilled and lower cost labor.

 

Managing our OEM supplier incentive programs is another critical function of our purchasing group. We attempt to maximize the benefit of incentives, rebates and volume discounts that our OEM suppliers offer us from time-to-time. We carefully evaluate these purchasing benefits relative to our product handling and carrying costs so that we do not over-invest in our inventory. We also closely monitor inventory levels on a product-by-product basis and plan purchases to take advantage of OEM supplier provided price protection. By managing inventory levels at each of our regional distribution facilities, we can minimize our shipping costs by stocking products near to our resellers and their end-user customers.

 

Financial Services

 

We offer various credit terms to our customers as well as prepayment, credit card and cash on delivery terms. We also collect outstanding accounts receivable on behalf of our reseller customers in certain markets. In issuing credit to our reseller customers, we closely and continually monitor their credit worthiness through our information systems, which contain detailed information on each customer’s payment history, as well as through periodic detailed credit file reviews by our financial services staff. In addition, we participate in a U.S. credit association whose members exchange customer credit rating information. In our operations in Canada, we have also purchased credit insurance to further control credit risks. Finally, we establish reserves for estimated credit losses in the normal course of business.

 

We also sell to certain reseller customers where the transactions are financed by a third-party floor plan financing company. These transactions generally involve large sales and are limited to selected product lines. The expenses charged by these financing companies will be subsidized either by our OEM suppliers or paid by us. We generally receive payment from these financing institutions within 15 days from the date of sale, depending on the specific arrangement.

 

Information Technology

 

Our IT systems manage the entire order cycle, including processing customer orders, production planning, customer billing and payment tracking. These internally developed IT systems make our distribution and contract

 

56


Table of Contents

assembly operations more efficient and provide visibility into all aspects of our operations. We believe our IT infrastructure is scalable to support further growth. The continuing enhancement of our IT systems facilitates improved product and inventory management, streamlines order and delivery processes, and increases operational flexibility. Having a common enterprise resource-planning platform allows us to quickly respond to fluctuations in our customers’ orders in different parts of the world and facilitates simultaneous product introduction in multiple regions while providing visibility into product availability.

 

To allow our customers and suppliers to communicate and transact business with us in an efficient and consistent manner, we have implemented a mix of proprietary and off-the-shelf software programs which integrate our IT systems with those of our customers and suppliers. In particular, we maintain EDI and web-based communication links with many of our reseller customers to enable them to search for products, check real-time price, inventory availability and specifications, place and track orders, receive invoices and process returns. We plan to continue making significant investments in our IT systems to facilitate the flow of information, increase our efficiency and lower transaction costs.

 

Competition

 

We operate in a highly competitive environment, both in the United States and internationally. The IT product distribution and contract assembly industries are characterized by intense competition, based primarily on product availability, credit availability, price, speed of delivery, ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs, quality and depth of product lines, pre-sale and post-sale technical support, flexibility and timely response to design changes, technological capabilities, product quality, service and support. We compete with a variety of regional, national and international IT product distributors and contract manufacturers.

 

Our current major competitors in IT product distribution include Bell Microproducts, Ingram Micro and Tech Data and, to a lesser extent, regional distributors. We also face competition from our OEM suppliers, which also sell directly to resellers and end-users. The distribution industry has recently undergone, and continues to undergo, major consolidation. During this period, a number of significant players within the IT distribution industry exited or merged with other players within the distribution market. We have participated in this consolidation through our acquisitions of Merisel Canada and Gates/Arrow, and we are continuing to evaluate other opportunities.

 

Our current competitors in contract assembly include Benchmark Electronics, Celestica, Foxconn, Sanmina-SCI and Solectron. We also face competition from the manufacturing and assembly operations of our current and potential customers, which continually evaluate the relative benefits of internal manufacturing and assembly compared to outsourcing.

 

Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have greater financial, operating, manufacturing and marketing resources than us. Some of our competitors may have broader geographic breadth and range of services than us and may have more developed relationships with their existing customers.

 

Employees

 

As of August 31, 2003, we had 1,540 full-time employees, including 627 in sales and marketing, 558 in distribution and assembly operations, and 355 in executive, finance, IT and administration. Given the variability in our business and the quick response time required by customers, it is critical that we are able to rapidly ramp-up and ramp-down our production capabilities to maximize efficiency. As a result, we frequently use a significant number of temporary or contract workers. Our employees are not represented by a labor union nor are they covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our employee relations to be good.

 

57


Table of Contents

Facilities

 

Our principal executive offices are located in Fremont, California. We operate more than 25 distribution, assembly and administrative facilities in six different countries encompassing a total of approximately 1.6 million square feet. We lease each of these facilities, except a 62,500 square foot sales and marketing facility in Greenville, South Carolina, a 40,700 square foot administrative facility in China, a 9,300 square foot administrative facility in Japan and a 124,000 square foot assembly facility in the United Kingdom which we own. In the United States, we operate 12 principal facilities with a total area of approximately one million square feet of space. Leases for our current U.S. facilities expire between March 2004 and July 2013. Our principal assembly facility is located in Fremont, California and our principal distribution facilities are located in in Fremont, California and Toronto, Ontario. Our distribution facility in Fremont, California is ISO 9001:2000 certified. We have sublet unused portions of some of our facilities. We believe our facilities are well maintained and adequate for current operating needs.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. We are from time to time involved in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. For example, we are currently defending a trademark infringement action, a civil matter involving third party investors in eManage.com and various bankruptcy preference actions. We may not be successful in defending these or other claims. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can result in substantial expense and could divert the efforts of our management. See “Risk Factors—We may become involved in intellectual property or other disputes that could cause us to incur substantial costs.”

 

58


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers, key employees and directors as of September 30, 2003:

 

Name


   Age

  

Position


Matthew Miau(1)

   57   

Chairman of the Board

Robert Huang(1)

   58   

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Peter Larocque

   41   

Executive Vice President, Distribution

Dennis Polk

   37   

Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance

Simon Leung

   37   

General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

David Dennis

   42   

Senior Vice President, Product Marketing

Peggy Fong

   42   

Senior Vice President, Finance Operations

Gary Gulmon

   42   

Chief Information Officer

Stephen Ichinaga

   42   

Senior Vice President, Systems Integration

Steve Jow

   40   

Senior Vice President, Commercial Sales

Mitchell Martin

   40   

President, Sales and Marketing, SYNNEX Canada Limited

Timothy Rush

   42   

Senior Vice President, Operations

Michael Thomson

   57   

Senior Vice President, Marketing and Services

Michael Van Gieson

   46   

Senior Vice President, Product Marketing

Fred Breidenbach(2)(3)

   56   

Director

David Rynne(1)(2)(3)(4)

   63   

Director

Young Sohn(3)(4)

   47   

Director

Dwight Steffensen(2)(4)

   60   

Director


(1) Member of the Executive Committee
(2) Member of the Audit Committee
(3) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
(4) Member of the Compensation Committee

 

Matthew Miau has served as a member of our board of directors since 1992 and as a non-executive employee since 2001. Mr. Miau is the Chairman of the Board of MiTAC International Corporation, MiTAC Incorporated, Synnex Technology International and us. Mr. Miau is also the Vice Chairman of UPC Technology Corp. and the Chairman of Lien Hwa Industrial Corp. He is also a member of the Board of Directors of the Institute for Information Industry and a member of the Board of Supervisors of the Industrial Technology Research Institute, each in Taiwan. Mr. Miau received a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering/Computer Science from the University of California, Berkeley and a Master of Business degree from Santa Clara University.

 

Robert Huang founded our company in 1980 and serves as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director. Prior to founding our company, Mr. Huang served as the Headquarters Sales Manager of Advanced Micro Devices, a semiconductor company. Mr. Huang received a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Kyushyu University, Japan, Master of Science degrees in Electrical Engineering and Statistics from the University of Rochester and a Master of Science degree in Management Science from the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

 

Peter Larocque has served as our Executive Vice President of Distribution since June 2001 and previously served as our Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing from September 1997 until June 2001. Mr. Larocque is responsible for our North America distribution business. Mr. Larocque received a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics from the University of Western Ontario, Canada.

 

59


Table of Contents

Dennis Polk is our Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance and has served in this capacity since joining us in February 2002. From March 2001 through January 2002, Mr. Polk provided services, primarily in the capacity of chief financial officer, for several entities, including IPS Associates, SeeCommerce and Prestwick Partners. From February 2000 to February 2001, Mr. Polk served as the Vice President, Finance at DoveBid, Inc., a capital asset disposition and valuation firm. From December 1995 to January 2000, Mr. Polk was first the Corporate Controller and later the Senior Vice President of Finance and Principal Financial Officer of Savoir Technology Group, Inc., a computer systems distributor and contract assembler. Mr. Polk received a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Santa Clara University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

 

Simon Leung is our General Counsel and Corporate Secretary and has served in this capacity since May 2001. Mr. Leung joined us in November 2000 as Corporate Counsel. From December 1999 to November 2000, Mr. Leung was an attorney at the law firm of Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP. From May 1995 to December 1999, Mr. Leung was an attorney at the former law firm of Fotenos & Suttle, P.C. Mr. Leung received a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of California, Davis and his Juris Doctor degree from the University of Minnesota Law School.

 

David Dennis has served as our Senior Vice President of Product Marketing for HP product offerings since May 2003 and previously served as our Vice President of Product Management for the HP product lines from November 2000 to April 2003. Mr. Dennis joined us in 1994 and has held a variety of sales and product management positions. Mr. Dennis received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration and Marketing from California State University, Chico.

 

Peggy Fong has served as our Senior Vice President of Finance Operations since August 2002 and previously served as our Vice President of Finance Operations. Ms. Fong joined us in November 1999 as our Controller of Manufacturing Operations. Prior to joining us, Ms. Fong served as the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Executive Officer at Hercules Computer Technology, Inc., a leading graphics card company, from August 1992 to August 1999. Ms. Fong received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from San Jose State University.

 

Gary Gulmon has served as our Chief Information Officer since December 2000. Mr. Gulmon joined us in 1982 and has held several positions with our company. From July 1997 to December 2000, he served as Director of MIS. Mr. Gulmon received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration and Accounting from San Jose State University.

 

Stephen Ichinaga has served as our Senior Vice President of the Systems Integration Division since August 2002 and has previously served as our Senior Vice President of Business Development. Mr. Ichinaga joined us in March 1984 and has held a variety of sales positions. From October 1999 to June 2001, Mr. Ichinaga served as Vice President of Business Development. Prior to this position, Mr. Ichinaga served as Vice President of Western U.S. Sales. Mr. Ichinaga received a Bachelor of Science degree in Managerial Economics from the University of California, Davis.

 

Steve Jow has served as our Senior Vice President of Commercial Sales since May 2003 and previously served as our Vice President of Western U.S. Distribution Sales from June 2000 to April 2003. Mr. Jow joined us in 1990 and has held a variety of sales and management positions. From September 1999 to June 2000, Mr. Jow served as Associate Vice President of Distribution.

 

Mitchell Martin has served as President of Sales and Marketing, SYNNEX Canada Limited since September 2001 and previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Merisel Canada from August 2000 until our acquisition of Merisel Canada in July 2001. Prior to this, he joined the Products department at Merisel in 1989. Mr. Martin received a Master’s degree in Business Administration, with emphasis in the areas of product marketing and product management, from York University in Toronto.

 

 

60


Table of Contents

Timothy Rush has served as our Senior Vice President of Operations since July 2001. Mr Rush joined us in March 1997 as our Vice President of Operations. Prior to joining us, Mr. Rush served as the Vice President of Operations of Merisel FAB, Inc. from March 1995 to March 1997. From November 1993 to March 1995, Mr. Rush served as the Director of Procurement and Vendor Relations of Vanstar Corporation, a network integrator and computer reseller. Mr. Rush received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Management and an Associate of Science degree in Computer Studies from Keene State College.

 

Michael Thomson has served as our Senior Vice President of Marketing and Services since July 2003. From January 2002 to July 2003, Mr. Thomson served as our Senior Vice President of Eastern U.S. Sales. Mr. Thomson joined us in May 1996 as our Vice President of Eastern U.S. Sales. Prior to joining us, Mr. Thomson served as Vice President of Sales of Gates/Arrow Distributing from July 1992 until October 1995.

 

Michael Van Gieson has served as our Senior Vice President of Product Marketing since January 2002 and previously served as our Vice President of Tier One Product Marketing from May 1999 until January 2002. Mr. Van Gieson joined us in February 1997 as Associate Vice President of Product Marketing. Mr. Van Gieson received a Bachelor of Science degree in Administrative Management from Clemson University.

 

Fred Breidenbach has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2003. Mr. Breidenbach has had his own consulting firm of FA Breidenbach & Associates, LLC since November 1997. Prior to that, he served as the President and Chief Operating Officer of Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation, an aviation company, from 1993 to 1997. Prior to joining Gulfstream, Mr. Breidenbach spent 25 years in various positions at General Electric Company, including five years as an officer of the General Electric Company and two years as President, GE Aerospace Asia Pacific, responsible for business development and Asian operations. Mr. Breidenbach currently serves on the board of directors of Suntron. Mr. Breidenbach received a Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Engineering from Pennsylvania State University and a Master of Business Administration from Xavier University.

 

David Rynne has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2003. Mr. Rynne served as the Chief Executive Officer of Receipt.com, a secure data transfer company, from July 1999 until its acquisition by Vali-Cert in December 1999. From August 1998 to June 1999, he served as Vice President at Nortel Networks, a networking solutions company. Mr. Rynne served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Bay Networks from January 1997 until its merger into Nortel Networks in August 1998. From July 1982 until December 1996, Mr. Rynne was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Tandem Computers, a computer manufacturer. Prior to Tandem, Mr. Rynne spent 18 years in various financial positions including Corporate Controller at Burroughs Corporation. Mr. Rynne is on the board of directors of Zoran Corporation and two private companies. Mr. Rynne received a Bachelor of Science degree in Finance and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Buffalo.

 

Young Sohn has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2001. Mr. Sohn joined Agilent Technologies, Inc., a global diversified technology company, in August 2003 as the Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Semiconductor Products Group. From February 1999 to August 2003, Mr. Sohn was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Oak Technology, Inc. Before joining Oak Technology, Inc., Mr. Sohn served as President of the Hard Disk Drive Group of Quantum Corporation from February 1996 to February 1999. Prior to Quantum Corporation, Mr. Sohn spent ten years in various management positions at Intel Corporation, including Marketing Director of Worldwide Channel Marketing, and PC Chipset Business Unit Manager. Mr. Sohn is a member of the board of directors of Cymer, Inc. and PLX Technology, Inc. Mr. Sohn received a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania and a Master of Business Administration from the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

 

Dwight Steffensen has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2002. Mr. Steffensen served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Merisel, Inc. from February 1996 until August 2000.

 

61


Table of Contents

Prior to joining Merisel, Mr. Steffensen served as President and Chief Operating Officer at Bergen Brunswig Corporation, a healthcare company. Prior to the merger of Bergen Brunswig Corporation and Synergex Corporation, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Synergex. Mr. Steffensen received a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics from Stanford University and is a certified public accountant.

 

Director Compensation

 

Each outside member of our Board of Directors receives a cash bonus of $25,000 upon joining the Board and then receives an annual cash retainer fee of $25,000, an additional $1,000 for each meeting of the Board of Directors attended and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended. In addition, each committee chair receives an annual retainer fee of $5,000. All directors are reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in serving on the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors. Directors are eligible to receive stock options under our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and our Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and will be eligible to receive equity incentives, in the form of stock options or direct stock issuances, under our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

On the date of each annual stockholders meeting held after completion of this offering, each of our continuing non-employee board members will receive an option to purchase 5,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the automatic option grant program under our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, provided such individual has served on our board for at least six months. Each non-employee director who is first elected as a non-employee board member on or after the completion of this offering and who has not been in our prior employ will receive an option to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock on the date such individual joins the board. The options will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date, and will have a term of 10 years, subject to earlier termination following the director’s cessation of board service. The shares subject to each annual 5,000 share option grant and the shares subject to each initial 25,000 share automatic option grant will vest over five years at a rate of 20% upon the first anniversary of their vesting start dates and then at a rate of 1/60th per month thereafter. Before adoption of the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, options were generally granted to non-employee directors for the same number of shares and subject to the same basic terms as described above.

 

In fiscal 2002, Matthew Miau received a $1,000 quarterly retainer, $2,500 for board meeting fees and a 187,500 share option grant. Mr. Miau also received $550,000 for extraordinary services as our Chairman and for services as a non-officer employee. In fiscal 2002, Mr. Sohn received a $25,000 retainer, $6,000 for board meeting fees and a 5,000 share option grant. In fiscal 2002, Mr. Steffensen received a $25,000 retainer, $6,500 for board meeting fees and a 25,000 share option grant.

 

Board Structure

 

Our board of directors currently consists of five directors. We currently intend to increase the board to a total of at least six directors. All directors are elected to hold office until the next annual meeting of our stockholders and until their successors have been elected.

 

Board Committees

 

Our board of directors has an audit committee, compensation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and an executive committee.

 

Audit Committee

 

The audit committee provides assistance to the board of directors in fulfilling its legal and fiduciary obligations in matters involving our accounting, auditing, financial reporting, internal control and legal compliance functions by approving the services performed by our independent accountants and reviewing their

 

62


Table of Contents

reports regarding our accounting practices and systems of internal accounting controls. The audit committee also oversees the audit efforts of our independent accountants and takes those actions as it deems necessary to satisfy itself that the accountants are independent of management. The audit committee currently consists of Fred Breidenbach, David Rynne and Dwight Steffensen. Mr. Steffensen is the chairman of the audit committee and our audit committee financial expert as currently defined under SEC rules. We believe that the composition of our audit committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our audit committee complies with the requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the current proposed rules of the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future audit committee requirements as they become applicable to us.

 

Compensation Committee

 

The compensation committee determines our general compensation policies and the compensation provided to our directors and officers. The compensation committee also reviews and determines bonuses for our officers and other employees. In addition, the compensation committee reviews and determines equity-based compensation for our directors, officers, employees and consultants and administers our stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan. The current members of the compensation committee are David Rynne, Young Sohn and Dwight Steffensen. Mr. Sohn is the chairman of our compensation committee. We believe that the composition of our compensation committee meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our compensation committee complies with the applicable requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future compensation committee requirements as they become applicable to us.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to the board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of the board and for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and making recommendations to the board concerning corporate governance matters. The current members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are Fred Breidenbach, David Rynne and Young Sohn. Mr. Breidenbach is the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. We believe that the composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our nominating and corporation governance committee complies with the applicable requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future nominating and corporate governance committee requirements as they become applicable to us.

 

Executive Committee

 

The executive committee is responsible for identifying strategic opportunities, including but not limited to acquisitions or investments and assessing these opportunities. The executive committee is also responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding these opportunities. The current members of our executive committee are Robert Huang, Matthew Miau and David Rynne. Mr. Miau is the chairman of our executive committee.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of our executive officers serves on the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

63


Table of Contents

Corporate Governance

 

We intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees which meets the requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, SEC rules and regulations and the proposed New York Stock Exchange requirements. We intend to comply with future code of conduct requirements as they become applicable to us.

 

A copy of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website in accordance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to have in place disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 will be recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and that such information will be accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Executive Compensation

 

The following table sets forth the cash compensation paid by us, as well as certain other compensation paid or accrued, during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2002 to our Chief Executive Officer and our four next most highly compensated executive officers whose total salary and bonus for services rendered in fiscal 2002 exceeded $100,000, whom we refer to as the named executive officers.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

     Annual Compensation

    Long-term
Compensation


Name and Principal Position(s)


   Salary

   Bonus

   Other
Compensation


    Shares
Underlying
Options


Robert Huang

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

   $ 350,000    $ 1,100,000      —       375,000

Peter Larocque

Executive Vice President, Distribution

   $ 277,645    $ 300,000    $ 4,100 (1)   75,000

Dennis Polk(3)

Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance

   $ 138,836    $ 50,000    $ 500 (2)   75,000

Simon Leung

General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

   $ 148,967    $ 60,000    $ 500 (2)   20,000

Kevin Chuang

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer(4)

   $ 266,615    $ 300,000      —       75,000

(1) Represents $3,600 in automobile allowance and $500 in 401(k) plan contributions.
(2) Represents $500 in 401(k) plan contributions.
(3) Mr. Polk joined us as our Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance in February 2002. Mr. Polk’s salary for fiscal 2002 on an annualized basis was $180,000.
(4) Mr. Chuang resigned as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in June 2002.

 

64


Table of Contents

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

 

This table provides information concerning stock options granted to the named executive officers during fiscal 2002. The percentage of total options granted is based on a total of 1,397,548 options granted in fiscal 2002. The exercise price on the date of grant was equal to the fair market value on the date of grant as determined by the board of directors. Options have a maximum term of 10 years but may terminate earlier for specified events related to cessation of employment. These options were granted under our Special Executive Option Plan and our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Incentive Plan and vest over five years at a rate of 20% upon the first anniversary of their vesting start dates and then at a rate of  1 / 60 per month thereafter. The 5% and 10% assumed rates of appreciation are mandated by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent our estimate or projection of the future stock price.

 

The values reflected in the table may never be achieved. The dollar values have been calculated by determining the difference between the fair market value of the securities underlying the options at November 30, 2002 and the exercise prices of the options. Solely for purposes of determining the value of the options at November 30, 2002, we have assumed that the fair market value of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options was $         per share, the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price per share, since the common stock was not traded in an established market prior to the offering.

 

     Individual Grants

   Potential Realizable
Value at Assumed
Annual Rates of Stock
Price Appreciation
for Option Term ($)


Name


   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
Granted (#)


   Percent of
Total Options
Granted in
Fiscal 2002 (%)


    Exercise
Price Per
Share ($)


   Expiration
Date


  
              5%

   10%

Robert Huang

   375,000    26.8 %   10.00    3/29/12          

Peter Larocque

   75,000    5.3     10.00    3/29/12          

Dennis Polk

   75,000    5.3     10.00    2/15/12          

Simon Leung

   20,000    1.4     10.00    2/15/12          

Kevin Chuang

   75,000    5.3     10.00    3/29/12          

 

Aggregated Option Exercises in 2002 and Fiscal Year-End Values

 

This table sets forth with respect to the named executive officers, the number of shares acquired and the value realized upon exercise of stock options during fiscal 2002 and the exercisable and unexercisable options held by them as of November 30, 2002. The “Value Realized” and the “Value of Unexercised In-the-Money Options” shown in the table represents an amount equal to the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share and the option exercise price multiplied by the number of shares acquired on exercise and the number of unexercised in-the-money options.

 

Name


   Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)


   Value
Realized ($)


  

Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options

at November 30, 2002


  

Value of Unexercised

In-the-Money Options

at November 30, 2002


         Exercisable

   Unexercisable

   Exercisable

   Unexercisable

Robert Huang

      $ —       1,246,666    603,333    $             $         

Peter Larocque

        —       221,134    118,663    $      $  

Dennis Polk

        —       0    75,000    $      $  

Simon Leung

        —       7,667    32,333    $      $  

Kevin Chuang

         —       325,166    136,334    $      $  

 

65


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit Plans

 

2003 Stock Incentive Plan

 

General .    Our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan is intended to serve as the successor plan to our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and our 1993 Stock Option Plan, which have all been terminated in connection with this offering. Our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of directors in 2003 and is subject to approval by our stockholders. It will become effective upon completion of this offering. The plan provides for the direct award or sale of shares of common stock, the grant of options to purchase shares of common stock and the award of stock appreciation rights to employees and non-employee directors, advisors and consultants. However, incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code may be granted only to employees.

 

Administration.     The 2003 Stock Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. The compensation committee will determine which eligible individuals are to receive awards under the plan, the number of shares subject to the awards, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards and other terms of the award, subject to the limits of the plan. The compensation committee may delegate its administrative authority, subject to certain limitations, with respect to individuals who are not officers.

 

The board of directors will be able to amend or modify the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan at any time, subject to any required stockholder approval. The plan will terminate no later than September 1, 2013.

 

Authorized Shares.     5,533,903 shares of common stock have been authorized for issuance under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan. However, no participant in the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan may receive option grants or stock appreciation rights for more than 1,500,000 shares per calendar year, or more than 2,500,000 shares in the participant’s first calendar year of service.

 

Plan Features .    Under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan:

 

    Qualified employees will be eligible for the grant of incentive stock options to purchase shares of common stock.

 

    Qualified employees and non-employee directors, advisors and consultants will also be eligible for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock grants.

 

    Qualified non-employee directors will be eligible to receive automatic option grants to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of those shares on the date of grant. Non-employee directors who first join the board after the plan is effective will receive an initial option grant of 25,000 shares, and all non-employee directors will be eligible for annual option grants for 5,000 shares for each year they continue to serve.

 

    The compensation committee will determine the exercise price of options or the purchase price of restricted stock grants, but the option price for incentive stock options will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and the option price for nonstatutory stock options will not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant although the committee may determine that the price will vary in accordance with a predetermined formula.

 

    The exercise price or purchase price may, at the discretion of the compensation committee, be paid in cash, cash equivalents, full-recourse promissory notes, past services or future services.

 

    Qualified employees and non-employee directors, advisors and consultants will also be eligible for the award of stock appreciation rights, which enable the holder to realize the value of future appreciation in our common stock, payable in cash or shares of common stock.

 

Vesting .    The 2003 Stock Incentive Plan includes change in control provisions that may result in accelerated vesting of outstanding awards. The committee may also grant options, restricted stock or stock

 

66


Table of Contents

appreciation rights in which all or some of the shares shall become vested if we have a change in control. Change in control is defined under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan as:

 

    a change in the composition of the board of directors, as a result of which fewer than one-half of the incumbent directors are directors who either:

 

    had been directors on our board 24 months before the change; or

 

    were elected, or nominated for election, to the board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the directors who had been directors 24 months before the change and who were still in office at the time of the election or nomination and the directors whose election or nomination was previously so approved; or

 

    an acquisition or aggregation of securities by a person, including two or more persons acting together, as a result of which the person becomes the beneficial owner of 50% or more of the voting power of our outstanding securities; or

 

    a merger in which our stockholder do not continue to own more than 50% of our stock.

 

Upon a corporate reorganization, outstanding awards may accelerate vesting or be settled for cash if not assumed by the acquiring company.

 

2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

General .    The board of directors adopted our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan in 2003, to be effective upon completion of this offering. Our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is subject to approval by our stockholders. A total of 500,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

Administration.     Our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, is administered by the board of directors or by a committee appointed by the board. Employees in the U.S. or Canada other than officers and employee directors who constitute “highly compensated employees” under Section 414 (q) of the Internal Revenue Code and 5% or greater stockholders, are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week and for more than five months in any calendar year. Our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 15% of an employee’s total compensation. The maximum number of shares a participant may purchase during a single accumulation period is 1,250 shares.

 

Offering and Accumulation Periods.     The 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be implemented by a series of overlapping offering periods of 24 months’ duration, with new offering periods, other than the first offering period, beginning in October and April each year. Each offering period will consist of four accumulation periods of up to six months each. During each accumulation period, payroll deductions will accumulate, without interest. On the last trading day of each accumulation period, accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase common stock. The initial offering period is expected to begin on the date of this offering and end on September 30, 2005. The initial accumulation period is expected to begin on the date of this offering and end on March 31, 2004.

 

The purchase price will equal 85% of the fair market value per share of common stock on either the first trading day of the offering period or on the last trading day of the accumulation period, whichever is less. If the fair market value of our stock at the start of an offering period is higher than the fair market value at the start of a subsequent offering period, then the first offering period will automatically terminate and participants will be automatically re-enrolled in the new offering period.

 

67


Table of Contents

Employees may withdraw their accumulated payroll deductions at any time. Participation in our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan ends automatically on termination of employment. Immediately before the effective time of a corporate reorganization, the accumulation period then in progress will terminate and stock will be purchased with the accumulated payroll deductions, unless the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent corporation under the plan of merger or consolidation.

 

The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the plan at any time. However, certain amendments may require stockholder approval. Unless earlier terminated, the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will terminate on September 1, 2013.

 

Deferred Compensation Plan

 

Introduction.     Our Deferred Compensation Plan became effective on January 1, 1994. The plan is designed to permit designated employees to accumulate additional income for retirement and other personal financial goals through a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that enables the officer or director to make elective deferrals of compensation to which he or she will become entitled in the future.

 

Eligibility.     Employees designated by the company as eligible to participate in the plan may participate in the plan.

 

Elective Contributions.     Each participant executes a salary and/or bonus reduction agreement to reduce a specified amount or salary and/or bonus for any calendar year. Such salary reduction agreement must be executed no later than the last day of the preceding calendar year, except that a salary reduction agreement may be executed with respect to a bonus before the amount of the bonus is ascertainable. A salary reduction agreement for a participant’s initial participation in the plan must be executed no later than thirty (30) days after the participant becomes eligible to participate in the plan and will be applied only to compensation earned after its execution or to a bonus before the amount of the bonus is ascertainable. No salary reduction agreement may be amended or revoked with respect to base salary after it has been earned, or with respect to a bonus after the amount of the bonus is ascertainable.

 

Account.     An account is maintained for each participant for the purpose of recording the current value of his or her elective contributions, including earnings credited thereto. The account is maintained on our books only, and we are under no obligation to segregate any assets to provide for the plan liabilities. The participant may designate one or more investments as the measure of investment return on the participant’s account. The participant’s account is adjusted monthly to reflect earnings and losses on the participant’s designated investments. If the participant does not designate one or more investments as the measure of the investment return on the participant’s account, then such participant’s account will be credited with interest at a rate determined by our compensation committee.

 

Distributions.     The amount credited to the participant’s account will be distributed as soon as practicable after the earlier of the participant’s termination of employment or attainment of age sixty-five (65). The distribution of benefits to the participant will be made in accordance with the election made by the participant in a lump sum or in equal monthly or annual installments over a period not to exceed fifteen (15) years.

 

The participant may apply for a hardship distribution in limited circumstances in the event of such participant’s immediate and substantial financial need and participant’s account will be reduced by the amount of any such hardship withdrawal. A hardship distribution will be distributed at such time or times as the compensation committee determines.

 

In the event the participant requests a distribution other than a hardship distribution, the compensation committee may distribute any portion of the participant’s account, provided the participant’s account is debited an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the amount of the requested distribution, in addition to the amount of the requested distribution. Such distribution will be in the form of a lump sum cash payment.

 

68


Table of Contents

Amendment and Termination.     We have the right to refuse to allow a participant to make additional income deferrals under the plan at any time. The plan may be amended or terminated in whole or in part at any time by the Board in its sole discretion. Any amendment or termination will not affect the rights of any participant under the plan other than as may be required by law.

 

401(k) Plan

 

In 1993, we adopted a 401(k) profit sharing plan for which our employees generally are eligible. The plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, so that contributions to the plan by employees or us and the investment earnings on the contributions are not taxable to the employees until withdrawn. Our contributions are deductible when made. Our employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by an amount equal to the maximum of 20% of total annual compensation or the annual limit permitted by law ($11,000 in 2002) and to have those funds contributed to the plan. We make contributions to the plan which match 25% of each participant’s contribution for the year to the extent that the participant’s contribution does not exceed 4% of the participant’s salary for the year. However, the maximum matching contribution for a participant in any year is $500. A participant vests in his or her matching contribution account in annual increments over three years of service.

 

Profit Sharing Program

 

We have a profit sharing program under which we have historically accrued 15% of our pre-tax, before profit sharing accrual, profits for bonus allocation purposes. Under this program, bonuses granted to officers at the Senior Vice President level and above are determined by our compensation committee. Bonus allocations to all other employees are granted at our discretion. Payments under this program are based on rewarding employees for individual contribution. Our compensation committee has determined that for fiscal 2003, the bonus for Mr. Huang, our Chief Executive Officer, will be an amount equal to 16.7% of the bonus pool under this program subject to certain criteria related to our performance. Our compensation committee has also determined that for fiscal 2003, the bonus for Mr. Miau, our Chairman, will be an amount equal to 50% of the bonus amount granted to our Chief Executive Officer. Any future compensation payable to Mr. Miau will be based upon the recommendation of the compensation committee and subject to the approval of the board of directors.

 

Indemnification under our Certificate of Incorporation

 

Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director shall be personally liable to the company or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of a fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or stock repurchases or redemptions or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Our certificate of incorporation requires us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors. Indemnification may not apply in certain circumstances to actions arising under federal securities laws. We believe that the limitation of liability provisions in our certificate of incorporation and indemnification agreements may enhance our ability to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors.

 

Employment Agreements, Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements

 

In connection with his termination of employment with us, on or before this offering, Kevin Chuang, our former Chief Operating Officer will execute a severance and non-competition agreement with, and a release in favor of, us in exchange for cash payments totaling $1,671,000. In addition to the cash payments, the agreement

 

69


Table of Contents

accelerates the vesting and extends the exercise period, of certain options previously issued to Mr. Chuang. We estimate the non-cash expense related to the change in options terms will be approximately $355,000. The net, after-tax, effect of the cash payments and option acceleration expense will be approximately $1.2 million. This amount is expected to be incurred in our fiscal fourth quarter.

 

In addition, if any of the following officers are terminated without cause within two months before or 12 months after a change in control of us (including a voluntary termination because of a reduction in salary or position or a relocation), the officer would be entitled to the following post-termination salary and benefits arrangements:

 

    Executive Vice Presidents would be entitled to receive salary continuation at the rate equal to the average of such officer’s total salary and bonus over the prior three years for a minimum of 18 months plus one month per year of employment with us after the eighteenth year of such employment, up to a maximum of 24 months, and paid COBRA for two years; and

 

    Senior Vice Presidents and the Chief Information Officer would be entitled to receive salary continuation at the rate equal to the average of such officer’s total salary and bonus over the prior three years for a minimum of 12 months plus one month per year of employment with us after the thirteenth year of such employment, up to a maximum of 18 months, and paid COBRA for one year.

 

70


Table of Contents

OWNERSHIP BY MITAC INTERNATIONAL AND ITS AFFILIATES

 

In 1992, MiTAC International, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Silver Star Development, Ltd., acquired a controlling interest in us. Since 1992, MiTAC International, through its affiliates, has increased its beneficial ownership interest in us to approximately 98%.

 

MiTAC International, established in 1982, is a publicly held, original design manufacturing company based in Taiwan. MiTAC International specializes in the development and manufacturing of motherboards, servers, LCD PCs, mobile wireless handheld devices, such as wireless PDAs and smart phones. In the last 20 years, MiTAC International has expanded its presence in more than 20 countries around the world.

 

After completion of this offering, MiTAC International, through its affiliates, will beneficially own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, and approximately     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. MiTAC International and its affiliates will continue to control us upon completion of the offering. As a result of MiTAC International’s and its affiliates’ continuing beneficial ownership of our common stock, as well as Mr. Miau’s position as Chairman of our board of directors and as chairman, director or officer of MiTAC International and some of its affiliates, MiTAC International and its affiliates will be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder action. Other than shares sold by the selling stockholders in this offering, MiTAC International and its affiliates have advised us that they do not presently intend to distribute or dispose of their shares of our common stock held upon completion of this offering. However, following the 180 day lock-up period with the underwriters, and prior thereto with the consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., MiTAC International and its affiliates may elect to distribute or dispose of some or all of their shares.

 

The following table sets forth the ownership of our shares by the various entities affiliated with, or which may be considered to be affiliated with, MiTAC International.

 

Name of our current stockholders


   Percentage
ownership
of us before
offering


    Percentage ownership of us
after this offering,
assuming the underwriters
do not exercise their
over-allotment option


  

Percentage ownership of us

after this offering, if the

underwriters exercise their

over-allotment option in full


Silver Star Developments Ltd.(1)

   55 %   %    %

Peer Developments Ltd.(2)

   24 %   %    %

Constant Holdings Ltd.(3)

   14 %   %    %

Abundant Investment Group Limited

   2 %   %    %

MIX System Holdings Ltd.

   1 %   %    %

Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corp. 

   *     %    %

Budworth Investments Ltd. 

   *     %    %

(1) MiTAC International owns 100% of Silver Star Developments Ltd.
(2) Synnex Technology International indirectly owns 100% of Peer Developments Ltd.
(3) UPC Technology Corp. owns 100% of Constant Holdings Ltd.
* Less than 1%.

 

The above-listed entities are all owned or controlled directly or indirectly by MiTAC International or its significant stockholders, Lien Hwa Industrial Corp., UPC Technology Corp. and Mitac Incorporated, each of which is based in Taiwan. MiTAC International, Lien Hwa Industrial Corp. and UPC Technology Corp. are listed on the Taiwan Stock Exchange. Mitac Incorporated is a privately held company. Our Chairman serves as the chairman, a member of the board of directors or an executive officer of each of the above MiTAC affiliated entities or their parent company.

 

Synnex Technology International, a publicly traded company based in Taiwan affiliated with MiTAC International, currently provides distribution and fulfillment services to various markets in Asia and Australia,

 

71


Table of Contents

and is also a potential competitor of ours. MiTAC Incorporated is a significant stockholder of both MiTAC International and Synnex Technology International. In addition, each of MiTAC International and Synnex Technology International indirectly owns 50% of Abundant Investment Group Limited, a selling stockholder. In addition, Synnex Technology International indirectly owns 100% of Peer Developments Ltd., which has an ownership interest in us as set forth in the preceding chart.

 

MiTAC International’s and its affiliates’ continuing beneficial ownership of our common stock, as well as our Chairman’s position as chairman or director or officer of these entities could create conflicts of interest with respect to a variety of matters that could have different implications for MiTAC International, its affiliates and us, including potential acquisitions of businesses, effects of competition, issuance or disposition of securities, election of directors, payment of dividends and other business matters.

 

72


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS

 

Transactions with Management and Others and Certain Business Relationships

 

Business Relationships and Agreements with MiTAC International

 

We have a business relationship with MiTAC International that began in 1992 when it, through its affiliates, became our primary investor.

 

We work closely with MiTAC International to collaborate on OEM outsourcing opportunities and jointly market MiTAC’s design and electronic manufacturing services and our contract assembly services. This relationship has enabled us to build relationships with MiTAC International’s customers and we continue to work with and depend on MiTAC International to jointly serve our shared customers.

 

In fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, we purchased inventories, including notebook computers, motherboard and other peripherals, from MiTAC International and its affiliates totaling approximately $392.0 million, $236.0 million, $142.4 million and $90.3 million, respectively. Our sales to MiTAC International and its affiliates during fiscal 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, totaled approximately $8.6 million, $4.7 million, $2.4 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

 

Our business relationship to date with MiTAC International has been informal and is not governed by long-term commitments or arrangements with respect to pricing terms, revenue or capacity commitments. Accordingly, we negotiate manufacturing and pricing terms, including allocating customer revenue, on a case-by-case basis with MiTAC International and our assembly customers for a given project. Our business relationship with MiTAC International has been and will continue to be negotiated as related parties and therefore may not be the result of arms’-length negotiations between independent parties. Our relationship, including pricing and other material terms with our shared customers or with MiTAC International, may or may not be as advantageous to us as the terms we could have negotiated with unaffiliated third parties. We believe that the terms of these services in the aggregate are at least as favorable to us as those we could have obtained from unrelated third parties through arms’-length negotiations. We have adopted a policy requiring material transactions in which any of our directors has a potential conflict of interest to be approved by our Audit Committee, which is composed of disinterested members of the board. Notwithstanding this policy, MiTAC International can generally control us and can determine the outcome of all matters submitted for stockholder approval.

 

Joint Sales and Marketing Agreement with MiTAC International.     In May 2002, we entered into a joint sales and marketing agreement with MiTAC International. Pursuant to the agreement, both parties agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to promote the other party’s service offerings to their respective customers who are interested in such product offerings. This agreement does not provide for the terms upon which we negotiate manufacturing and pricing terms, including allocating customer revenue. To date, these negotiations have been on a case-by-case basis.

 

Agreement with MiTAC International and Sun Microsystems.     In August 1999, MiTAC International entered into a general agreement with Sun Microsystems. This agreement does not constitute a contract or obligation by Sun Microsystems to purchase products or services. In February 2002, the agreement was amended to include us as a supplier under the agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, the terms for the manufacture and purchase of each particular product awarded by Sun Microsystems are individually negotiated and if agreed upon by the parties, such terms are included in a product award letter. There is no minimum level of commitment required by any of the parties under the agreement. We negotiate manufacturing and pricing terms, including allocating customer revenue based on manufacturing services that each party provides, on a project-by-project basis with MiTAC International and Sun Microsystems for a given project. In the past, these negotiations with MiTAC International were not conducted on an arms’-length basis. Between February 1, 2002 and August 31, 2003, we purchased approximately $213.3 million of products from MiTAC International under this agreement.

 

73


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement.     We have entered into a registration rights agreement with certain holders of our common stock, including the MiTAC International affiliated entities. After this offering, without taking into account the amount of shares sold in this offering by the selling stockholders based on our capitalization as of August 31, 2003, the holders of an aggregate of 20,568,550 shares of our common stock will be entitled to registration rights with respect to their shares. Any group of holders of at least 30% of the securities with registration rights can require us to register all or part of their shares at any time following six months after this offering, so long as the thresholds in the registration rights agreement are met with respect to the amount of securities to be sold. After we have completed two such registrations subject to certain exceptions, we are no longer subject to these demand rights. In addition, holders of securities with registration rights may also require us to include their shares in future registration statements we file, subject to cutback at the option of the underwriters of any such offering. Subject to our eligibility to do so, holders of registrable securities may also require us to register their shares with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-3 if total proceeds are at least $500,000 and if we have not completed two such registrations in any 12-month period. Upon any of these registrations, these shares will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction.

 

Sales of Securities

 

In August 2000, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of MiTAC Industrial Corp., from MIX System Holdings Ltd., which is wholly owned by Mitac Incorporated which in turn directly owns approximately 9% of MiTAC International, for approximately $4.2 million in common stock. We acquired MiTAC Industrial Corp. as part of our U.S. contract assembly expansion efforts.

 

In September 2000, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Mitac Europe Ltd. from Silver Star Developments Ltd, a company controlled by our largest indirect stockholder, MiTAC International, for 1,637,500 shares of our common stock. We acquired Mitac Europe Ltd. as part of our international expansion effort to enable us to more effectively provide contract assembly services to the European market.

 

Additional Compensation for Mr. Miau

 

In fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002, Matthew Miau, our Chairman of the Board, received discretionary bonus payments and salary payments totaling $187,500, $500,000 and $550,000, respectively, and options to purchase an aggregate of 912,500 shares of our common stock in connection with his performance of duties as Chairman, and his services as a non-executive employee. For fiscal 2003, it is expected that Mr. Miau will receive a similar discretionary bonus as was paid in fiscal 2002 for his services as our Chairman and as a non-executive employee. Any future compensation payable to Mr. Miau will be based upon the recommendation of the compensation committee and subject to the approval of the board of directors.

 

Deferred Compensation Investment in SYNNEX Japan

 

In fiscal 1997 and 2000, pursuant to our deferred compensation plan, Matthew Miau, Robert Huang and Kevin Chuang allocated $173,228 of their deferred compensation into our investment in one of our subsidiaries, SYNNEX Japan K.K, or SYNNEX Japan. The terms of such investment were determined by the managements of SYNNEX and SYNNEX Japan. On November 30, 2002, the majority of the disinterested directors on our Board of Directors approved the divestiture by Messrs. Miau, Huang and Chuang of their interests in 200,000, 200,000 and 40,000 shares, respectively, of SYNNEX Japan at a price of $0.09 per share. In addition, we purchased the remaining shares of SYNNEX Japan held by Messrs. Miau, Huang and Chuang for $71,792, $71,792 and $17,948, respectively. The purchase price of $0.09 per share was equal to the price per share paid to an independent third party for shares in SYNNEX Japan. Although we continue to maintain our deferred compensation plan, in the future, we do not anticipate allowing our executive officers and directors to invest in our other subsidiaries through our deferred compensation plan.

 

74


Table of Contents

Stock Option Repurchase Program

 

On August 31, 2001, we implemented an option repurchase program in which we offered some of our employees, including our named executive officers and current executive officers, the right to sell certain of their unexercised fully vested stock options to us. The payment per unexercised option share was equal to the difference between $10.00, the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date we made the repurchase offer as determined by our board of directors, and the exercise price per share of the unexercised option. We recorded compensation expense of $2.6 million in respect to the payments made to our employees. Participation in the option repurchase program was voluntary, and participants were permitted to elect to have some, all or none of their eligible options repurchased pursuant to the option repurchase program. The following table summarizes the options repurchased from, and the amounts paid to, our named executive officers and current executive officers pursuant to the option repurchase program.

 

Named Executive Officers and

Current Executive Officers     


   Total Number of
Unexercised Options
Surrendered for
Repurchase


   Total Consideration
Received in Return
for Surrendering the
Unexercised Options


Matthew Miau

   8,632    $ 69,056

Robert Huang

   131,250    $ 1,155,000

Peter Larocque

   41,200    $ 313,400

Kevin Chuang

   45,999    $ 336,993

 

Separation with Former Officer

 

In October 2001, Kevin Chuang, who is the brother-in-law of Mr. Huang and who was then serving as our Chief Operating Officer, entered into a plea agreement with the United States Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of California in which he plead guilty to one felony charge of perjury relating to a customer’s 1996 bankruptcy proceeding. No charges of wrongdoing by us or any of our other officers or directors were brought in connection with this matter.

 

In June 2002, Mr. Chuang ceased to be our Chief Operating Officer. Thereafter, he has continued to serve as our employee. His employment will terminate at least five days before the completion of this offering. Upon his termination, Mr. Chuang will execute a severance and non-competition agreement with, and a release in favor of, the Company, as described under “Management—Employment Agreements, Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements.” We paid approximately $260,000 of Mr. Chuang’s legal costs and expenses in connection with this matter, including a fine and special assessment fee. As part of this settlement, Mr. Chuang will repay, prior to the closing of this offering, the amounts so advanced by us.

 

Indebtedness of Management

 

On December 31, 2002, Mr. Huang, our Chief Executive Officer, repaid the remaining balance of both promissory notes described below.

 

In January 1998, Mr. Huang issued a secured full recourse promissory note to us pursuant to which he could borrow up to $1,000,000, which note was secured by a deed of trust on real property owned by Mr. Huang. Interest was calculated based on the unpaid principal from the date of each borrowing at an annual rate of the then prevailing LIBOR rate plus 1.75% at the beginning of each calendar year, with the accrued interest payable on the last business day of the calendar year.

 

In December 2001, Mr. Huang borrowed an additional $1.1 million from us pursuant to a secured full recourse promissory note with interest at the rate of 7% per annum. The note is secured by the same deed of trust on real property which serves as collateral for Mr. Huang’s January 1998 promissory note.

 

In fiscal 2002, the largest aggregate amount outstanding under these notes was $1.7 million.

 

75


Table of Contents

On August 29, 2003, Mr. Larocque, our Executive Vice President, Distribution, repaid the promissory note described below.

 

In January 2002, Mr. Larocque borrowed $200,000 from us pursuant to a secured full recourse promissory note. The note bears interest at the rate of 7% per annum. The note is due on or before January 25, 2017. The note is secured by a deed of trust on real property owned by Mr. Larocque. In fiscal 2002, the largest aggregate amount outstanding under this note was $200,000.

 

76


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth certain information as of August 31, 2003, regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

 

    each person or entity known by us to own beneficially more than 5%, in the aggregate, of our outstanding common stock;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    the selling stockholders.

 

Except as otherwise indicated, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the shares of our common stock beneficially owned by such person, subject to applicable community property laws. Except as otherwise indicated, the address for each stockholder is c/o SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc., 3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, CA 94538. Some of the selling stockholders are or may be considered to be affiliates of MiTAC International, our majority stockholder as more fully described under “Ownership by MiTAC International and its Affiliates.”

 

The percentages shown are calculated based on 22,090,291 shares of common stock outstanding on August 31, 2003. The numbers and percentages shown include the shares actually owned as of August 31, 2003, and the shares that the identified person or group has the right to acquire within 60 days of such date. In calculating the percentage ownership, all shares that the identified person or group has the right to acquire within 60 days of August 31, 2003 upon exercise of options are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of shares owned by that person or group, but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of shares owned by any other person or group. In addition, the following table assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us and certain of the selling stockholders.

 

     Beneficial Ownership
of Shares Before
the Offering


    Number of
Shares
Offered


   Beneficial Ownership
of Shares After
the Offering


 

Name of Beneficial Owner


   Number

   Percent

       Number

   Percent

 
5% Stockholders:                            

MiTAC International Corporation and related parties(1)

   21,661,050    98.1 %   1,822,500    19,838,550       
Directors and Named Executive Officers:                            

Matthew Miau(2)

   1,306,576    5.6 %      1,306,576       

Robert Huang(3)

   1,581,249    6.7 %      1,581,249       

Peter Larocque(4)

   256,882    1.1 %      256,882       

Dennis Polk(5)

   25,000    *        25,000       

Simon Leung(6)

   18,000    *        18,000       

Kevin Chuang(7)

   378,584    1.7 %      378,584       

Fred Breidenbach

                   

David Rynne

                   

Young Sohn(8)

   15,000    *        15,000       

Dwight Steffensen(9)

   8,333    *        8,333       

All current directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)(10)

   3,211,040    12.8 %      3,211,040       
Selling Stockholders:                            

Silver Star Developments Ltd.(11)

   12,197,024    55.2 %   500,000    11,697,024       

Constant Holdings Ltd.(12)

   3,047,082    13.8 %   500,000    2,547,082       

Abundant Investment Group Limited(13)

   500,000    2.3 %   500,000          

MIX System Holdings Ltd.(14)

   322,500    1.5 %   322,500          

 

77


Table of Contents

 * Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%).

 

(1) Represents 12,197,024 shares held by Silver Star Developments Ltd., 5,024,444 shares held by Peer Developments Ltd., 3,047,082 shares held by Constant Holdings Ltd., 500,000 shares held by Abundant Investment Group Limited, 322,500 shares held by MIX System Holdings, Ltd., 200,000 shares held by Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation and 100,000 shares held by Budworth Investments Ltd. Matthew Miau, Feng-Tzu Tsai, Jhi-Wu Ho and Chi-Ying Yuan, the directors of Silver Star Developments Ltd., hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Silver Star Developments Ltd. Matthew Miau and Hermie Hoi-Ming Miu, the directors of Constant Holdings Ltd., hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Constant Holdings Ltd. Hsiang-Yun Yang and Jong-Long Tzeng, the directors of Abundant Investment Group Limited, hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Abundant Investment Group Limited. Matthew Miau and Judy B.L. Tsai, the directors of MIX System Holdings Ltd., hold shared voting and dispositive power over the share held by MIX System Holdings Ltd. C.K. Cheng and T.C. Chou, the directors of Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation, hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation and C.K. Cheng and T.C. Chou, the directors of Budworth Investments Ltd., hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Budworth Investments Ltd.

 

(2) Includes 1,295,208 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003. Excludes all securities held by Silver Star Developments Ltd., Peer Developments Ltd., Constant Holdings Ltd., Abundant Investment Group Limited, MIX System Holdings Ltd., Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation and Budworth Investments Ltd. Mr. Miau disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the above-listed entities, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(3) Includes 1,431,249 shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003.

 

(4) Represents 256,882 shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003.

 

(5) Represents 25,000 shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003.

 

(6) Represents 18,000 shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003.

 

(7) Represents 378,584 shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003.

 

(8) Represents 18,000 shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003.

 

(9) Represents 8,333 shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003.

 

(10) Includes 3,049,672 shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003.

 

(11) The principal business address of Silver Star Developments Ltd. is 6F, No. 200, Wen Hua 2nd Road, Kuei San Hsiang, Taoyuan, Taiwan, R.O.C. Excludes all securities held by Peer Developments Ltd., Constant Holdings Ltd., Abundant Investment Group Limited, MIX System Holdings Ltd., Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation and Budworth Investments Ltd. Matthew Miau, Feng-Tzu Tsai, Jhi-Wu Ho, and Chi-Ying Yuan, the directors of Silver Star Developments Ltd., hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Silver Star Developments Ltd.

 

78


Table of Contents
(12) The principal business address of Constant Holdings Ltd. is 5F, 20 Lane 478, Rueiguang Rd., Neihu 114, Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C. Excludes all securities held by Silver Star Developments Ltd., Peer Developments Ltd., Abundant Investment Group Limited, MIX System Holdings Ltd., Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation and Budworth Investments Ltd. Matthew Miau and Hermie Hoi-Ming Miu, the directors of Constant Holdings Ltd., hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Constant Holdings Ltd.

 

(13) The principal business address of Abundant Investment Group Limited is Beaufort House, P.O. Box 438, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Excludes all securities held by Silver Star Developments Ltd., Constant Holdings Ltd., Peer Developments Ltd., Abundant Investment Group Limited, MIX System Holdings Ltd., Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation and Budworth Investments Ltd. Hsiang-Yun Yang and Jong-Long Tzeng, the directors of Abundant Investment Group Limited, hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Abundant Investment Group Limited.

 

(14) The principal business address of MIX System Holdings Ltd. is c/o MiTAC, Inc., 11F, No. 187, Tiding Blvd., Sec. 2, Neihu 114, Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C. Excludes all securities held by Silver Star Developments Ltd., Peer Developments Ltd., Constant Holdings Limited, Abundant Investment Group Limited, Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation and Budworth Investments Limited. Matthew Miau and Judy B.L. Tsai, the directors of MIX System Holdings Ltd., hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by MIX System Holdings Ltd.

 

79


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following discussion summarizes our capital stock. This summary is not complete and is subject to the complete text of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

Authorized Capitalization

 

Upon the closing of this offering, our capital structure will consist of 100,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. Immediately following the completion of this offering, an aggregate of                  shares of common stock will be issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock will be issued and outstanding. As of August 31, 2003, there were approximately 50 stockholders of record.

 

Common Stock

 

The holders of our common stock are entitled to dividends as our board of directors may declare from time to time from legally available funds subject to the preferential rights of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock that we may issue in the future. The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by stockholders.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in connection with the election of directors. Accordingly, directors will be elected by a plurality of the shares voting once a quorum is present. No holder of our common stock will have any preemptive right to subscribe for any shares of capital stock issued in the future.

 

Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share, on a pro rata basis, all assets remaining after payment to creditors and subject to prior distribution rights of any shares of preferred stock that we may issue in the future. All of the outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares offered by us in this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

Preferred Stock

 

As of the closing of this offering, no shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors, without further action by our stockholders, will be authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series. The board may fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the preferred stock, along with any limitations or restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of each class or series of preferred stock. The preferred stock could have voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could also have the effect, under certain circumstances, of delaying, deferring or preventing a takeover or other transaction that holders of some or a majority of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which holder might receive a premium for their shares over the then market price of the shares. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

Certain Anti-Takeover, Limited Liability and Indemnification Provisions

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws described below may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of us.

 

80


Table of Contents

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions    

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control or an unsolicited acquisition proposal that a stockholder might consider favorable, including a proposal that might result in the payment of a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders. These provisions are summarized in the following paragraphs.

 

    Supermajority Voting .     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires the approval of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of our combined voting power to effect certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our bylaws may be amended by either a majority of the board of directors, or the holders of 66  2 / 3 % of our voting stock.

 

    Authorized but Unissued or Undesignated Capital Stock .     At the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. No preferred stock will be designated upon consummation of this offering. After this offering, we will have outstanding                          shares of common stock. The authorized but unissued (and in the case of preferred stock, undesignated) stock may be issued by the board of directors in one or more transactions. In this regard, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation grants the board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock pursuant to the board of director’s authority described above could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of common stock and adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of such holders and may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. The board of directors does not currently intend to seek stockholder approval prior to any issuance of preferred stock, unless otherwise required by law.

 

    Special Meetings of Stockholders .     Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called by the chairman of the board or by a majority of the board of directors.

 

    No Stockholder Action by Written Consent .     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that an action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of our stockholders may only be taken at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders. This provision prevents stockholders from initiating or effecting any action by written consent, and thereby taking actions opposed by the board.

 

    Notice Procedures .     Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to all stockholder proposals to be brought before meetings of our stockholders, including proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors, the removal of directors and amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws. These procedures provide that notice of such stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our Secretary prior to the meeting. The notice must contain certain information specified in the bylaws.

 

Other Anti-Takeover Provisions    

 

See “Management — Employee Benefit Plans” for a discussion of certain provisions of the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and “Management — Employment Agreements, Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements” for discussion of certain change in control arrangements which may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control or unsolicited acquisition proposals.

 

81


Table of Contents

Limitation of Director Liability

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors (in their capacity as directors but not in their capacity as officers) to us or our stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Specifically, our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of a director’s fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

 

    for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which relates to unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Indemnification Arrangements

 

Our bylaws provide that our directors and officers shall be indemnified and provide for the advancement to them of expenses in connection with actual or threatened proceedings and claims arising out of their status as such to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that provide them with rights to indemnification and expense advancement to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is EquiServe Trust Company and its telephone number is (781) 575-2717.

 

82


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Sales of substantial amounts of common stock (including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options) in the public market after this offering could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Those sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity-related securities in the future or reduce the price at which we could sell any equity-related securities.

 

All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless those shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Of the outstanding shares not sold in this offering, 105,994 shares will be eligible for sale immediately as of the date of this prospectus, 38,862 shares will become eligible for sale between the date of this prospectus and 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and 20,122,935 shares will be eligible for sale in the public markets 180 days after the date of this prospectus pursuant to Rules 701 or 144 upon expiration of lock-up agreements with our underwriters, a portion of which will be subject to Rule 144 volume limitations.

 

Lock-up Agreements

 

We have agreed, and each of our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of the outstanding shares of our common stock have agreed not to, without the prior written consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., sell or otherwise dispose of any shares or options to acquire shares of our common stock or take any action to do any of the foregoing during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements. In addition, certain of our stockholders have entered into agreements with us under which they have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares or options to purchase shares of our common stock during the 180-day period following the closing of this offering without our prior written consent.

 

Of the 20,122,935 shares eligible for sale upon expiration of the underwriters’ lock-up and assuming no exercise of the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders, 19,838,550 shares are held by MiTAC International and its affiliates. MiTAC International and its affiliates have advised us that they presently do not intend to distribute or dispose of their shares of our common stock held upon completion of this offering. However, following the lock-up period with the underwriters, and prior thereto with the consent of the Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., MiTAC International and its affiliates may elect to distribute or sell some or all of their shares. In this regard, MiTAC International and its affiliates could effect a pro rata distribution of its shares to their public and private shareholders without compliance with Rule 144 or further registration under the Securities Act. These shares also may be resold in the public markets pursuant to the volume, reporting and other requirements of Rule 144 or by registration. We have entered into a registration rights agreement with MiTAC International and its affiliates requiring us to register these shares for resale to the public.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person deemed to be our affiliate, or a person holding restricted shares who beneficially owns shares that were not acquired from us or our affiliate within the previous one year, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the then outstanding shares of common stock, or approximately                  shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

 

Sales under Rule 144 are subject to requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and availability of current public information about us.

 

83


Table of Contents

Rule 144(k)

 

A person who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding a sale and who owned shares for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner who is not an affiliate, would be entitled to sell restricted shares following this offering under Rule 144(k) without complying with the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information or notice requirements of Rule 144.

 

Rule 701 and Options

 

Rule 701 permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with some restrictions of Rule 144. Any employee, officer or director or consultant who purchased his shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Under Rule 701:

 

    affiliates can sell Rule 701 shares without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144;

 

    non-affiliates can sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144; and

 

    Rule 701 shares must be held at least 90 days after the date of this prospectus before they can be resold.

 

However, all shares issued by us under Rule 701 are subject to lock-up provisions and will only become eligible for sale 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

 

Stock Options

 

As of August 31, 2003, options to purchase a total of 8,502,497 shares of our common stock were outstanding, of which 6,003,836 are currently exercisable. We intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register all of the shares issuable under our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and our Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Accordingly, the shares underlying these options will be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions or the lock-up agreements described above.

 

Registration Rights

 

Following this offering, under specified circumstances and subject to customary conditions, holders of 20,568,550 shares of our common stock, without taking into account any shares sold in this offering by selling stockholders, will have demand registration rights with respect to their shares, subject to the 180-day lock-up arrangement described above, to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act, and rights to participate in future registrations of our securities. If the holders of these registrable securities request that we register their shares, and if the registration is effected, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

 

84


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement dated                         , 2003, each of the underwriters named below, through their representatives Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Raymond James & Associates, Inc., has severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders the aggregate number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below at the public offering price less the underwriting discount set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

Underwriter


   Number of
Shares


Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. 

    

Banc of America Securities LLC

    

Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 

    
    

Total

    
    

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters thereunder are several and subject to approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and various other conditions. Under the underwriting agreement, the underwriters are obligated to purchase and pay for all of the above shares, other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if they purchase any of the shares.

 

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to initially offer some of the shares directly to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the shares to dealers at this price less a concession not in excess of $                 per share. The underwriters may allow, and dealers may re-allow, concessions not in excess of $                 per share on sales to other dealers. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, the underwriters may change the offering price, concessions and other selling terms. The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts to exceed three percent of the total number of shares offered by them.

 

We and certain of the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days from the date of the underwriting agreement to purchase up to                  additional shares, at the offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option solely to cover over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. To the extent underwriters exercise this option in whole or in part, then each of the underwriters will become obligated, subject to conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to each underwriter’s initial purchase commitment as indicated in the preceding table.

 

We, the selling stockholders and MiTAC International have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

 

Our directors, executive officers and stockholders, who collectively hold a total of 20,122,935 shares of common stock, have agreed not to sell or offer to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., on behalf of the underwriters.

 

In addition, we have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus we will not offer, sell, or otherwise dispose of any shares our common stock, except for the shares offered in this offering and any

 

85


Table of Contents

shares offered in connection with employee benefit plans described in this prospectus, without the consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., on behalf of the underwriters.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be the following:

 

    our results of operations in recent periods;

 

    estimates of our business potential;

 

    an assessment of our management;

 

    prevailing market conditions; and

 

    the prices of similar securities of generally comparable companies.

 

We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SNX.” We cannot assure you, however, that an active or orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or that our common stock will trade in the public markets subsequent to the offering at or above the initial offering price.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters of this offering, or by their affiliates. The underwriters may allocate a number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than any prospectus made available in electronic format as described above, the information on any web site containing the prospectus is not a part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in such capacity and should not be relied on by prospectus investors.

 

In order to facilitate this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of our common stock during and after this offering. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot or otherwise create a short position in our common stock for their own account by selling more shares than we have actually sold to them. The underwriters may elect to cover any short position by purchasing shares in the open market or by exercising the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters. In addition, the underwriters may stabilize or maintain the price of our common stock by bidding for or purchasing shares in the open market and may impose penalty bids, under which selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers participating in this offering are reclaimed if shares previously distributed in this offering are repurchased in connection with stabilization transactions or otherwise. The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and these transactions may be discontinued at any time. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of shares to the extent that it discourages resales. No representation is made as to the magnitude or effect of these activities.

 

The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to                  shares for employees, directors, and other persons associated with us who express an interest in purchasing these shares in this offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase reserved shares. Any reserved shares not purchased by these persons will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares in this offering.

 

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have in the past provided, and may, from time to time, in the future provide banking and other financial services to us for which they have in the past received, and may in the future receive, customary fees and expenses.

 

86


Table of Contents

Affiliates of Banc of America Securities LLC provide banking and other financial services to our affiliates for which they have received customary interest payments, fees and expenses. These services include short term credit facilities and cash management services.

 

The following table shows the underwriting discount to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

          Total

     Per Share

   Without
Over-Allotment
Option


   With
Over-Allotment
Option


Assumed initial public offering price

   $      $      $  

Underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us

                    

Underwriting discounts and commissions payable by certain of the selling stockholders

                    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

                    

Proceeds to the selling stockholders

                    

 

Other expenses of this offering, including the registration fees and the fees of financial printers, legal counsel, and accountants, payable by us are expected to be approximately $                .

 

87


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Selected legal matters with respect to the validity of the common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Pillsbury Winthrop LLP, Palo Alto, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Palo Alto, California.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. as of November 30, 2001, November 30, 2002 and August 31, 2003 and for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered in this offering. This prospectus omits certain information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and the shares offered in this offering, reference is made to such Registration Statement, exhibits and schedules. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. After consummation of this offering we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and in accordance therewith, will be required to file annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission. The Registration Statement, including the exhibits and schedules filed therewith, as well as such reports and other information filed by us may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission, Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates and from the Commission’s Internet Web site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

88


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

    

Consolidated Financial Statements

    

Report of Independent Auditors

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

 

The reincorporation and reverse stock split described in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements have not been consummated at October 11, 2003. When they have been consummated, we will be in a position to furnish the following report:

 

“In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. (“the Company”, a majority-owned subsidiary of Silver Star Development Limited) and its subsidiaries at November 30, 2001, November 30, 2002 and August 31, 2003 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.”

 

/s/    P RICEWATERHOUSE C OOPERS LLP

 

San Jose, California

October 11, 2003

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except for share amounts)

 

     November 30,

   

August 31,

2003


 
     2001

    2002

   

ASSETS

                        

Current assets:

                        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15,730     $ 15,503     $ 23,174  

Restricted cash

     1,002       5,561       4,333  

Short-term investments

     1,499       3,830       4,670  

Accounts receivable, net

     204,624       221,432       191,056  

Receivables from vendors, net

     34,886       35,162       52,522  

Receivable from affiliates

     7,637       2,138       866  

Inventories

     236,127       261,498       353,229  

Deferred income taxes

     13,535       13,805       14,573  

Other current assets

     7,366       13,511       17,761  
    


 


 


Total current assets

     522,406       572,440       662,184  

Property and equipment, net

     16,616       25,295       22,921  

Intangible assets

     21,321       23,769       19,865  

Deferred income taxes

     874       529       590  

Other assets

     3,817       7,042       1,993  
    


 


 


Total assets

   $ 565,034     $ 629,075     $ 707,553  
    


 


 


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                        

Current liabilities:

                        

Borrowings under term loans and lines of credit

   $ 18,104     $ 19,685     $ 51,447  

Payable to affiliates

     24,968       16,817       26,348  

Accounts payable

     248,307       269,608       327,158  

Accrued liabilities

     42,901       66,202       49,568  

Income taxes payable

     891       107       1,061  
    


 


 


Total current liabilities

     335,171       372,419       455,582  

Long-term borrowings

     43,036       38,714       7,852  

Long-term liabilities

     —         1,535       1,053  

Deferred income taxes

     1,007       579       795  
    


 


 


Total liabilities

     379,214       413,247       465,282  
    


 


 


Minority interest in subsidiaries

     2,448       2,610       2,733  
    


 


 


Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)

                        

Stockholders’ equity:

                        

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding

                  

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 22,047,399 and 22,081,441 and 22,090,291 shares issued and outstanding

     44       44       44  

Additional paid-in capital

     78,982       79,229       79,260  

Unearned stock-based compensation

     (1,283 )     (753 )     (340 )

Receivables from stockholders

     (300 )     —         —    

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (1,597 )     (860 )     3,645  

Retained earnings

     107,526       135,558       156,929  
    


 


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     183,372       213,218       239,538  
    


 


 


Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 565,034     $ 629,075     $ 707,553  
    


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended November 30,

   

Nine Months Ended

August 31,


 
     2000

    2001

    2002

    2002

    2003

 
                       (unaudited)        

Revenue

   $ 3,802,629     $ 3,224,390     $ 3,767,882     $ 2,694,376     $ 2,873,293  

Cost of revenue (inclusive of stock-based compensation expense of $552, $194 and $66 in 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and $50 (unaudited) and $50 for the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively)

     (3,626,317 )     (3,060,304 )     (3,593,982 )     (2,568,419 )     (2,741,446 )
    


 


 


 


 


Gross profit

     176,312       164,086       173,900       125,957       131,847  

Selling, general and administrative expenses (inclusive of stock-based compensation expense of $5,684, $2,784 and $495 in 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively and $358 (unaudited) and $363 for the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively)

     (106,489 )     (106,197 )     (123,418 )     (88,638 )     (91,968 )
    


 


 


 


 


Income from operations

     69,823       57,889       50,482       37,319       39,879  

Interest expense, net

     (452 )     (1,397 )     (1,422 )     (1,069 )     (1,437 )

Other income (expense), net

     6,845       (12,813 )     (4,207 )     (3,347 )     (4,901 )
    


 


 


 


 


Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest

     76,216       43,679       44,853       32,903       33,541  

Provision for income taxes

     (33,373 )     (17,608 )     (16,837 )     (12,735 )     (12,276 )

Minority interest in subsidiaries

     (832 )     (274 )     16       176       106  
    


 


 


 


 


Income from continuing operations

     42,011       25,797       28,032       20,344       21,371  

Discontinued operations:

                                        

Loss from discontinued operations, adjusted for applicable benefit for income taxes of $4,600 and minority interest of $2,313

     (5,189 )                        

Loss on write-off of net assets of discontinued operations, adjusted for applicable benefit for income taxes of $345 and minority interest of $540

     (388 )                        
    


 


 


 


 


Net income

   $ 36,434     $ 25,797     $ 28,032     $ 20,344     $ 21,371  
    


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share — basic:

                                        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.96     $ 1.18     $ 1.27     $ 0.92     $ 0.97  

Loss from discontinued operations

     (0.26 )                        
    


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share — basic

   $ 1.70     $ 1.18     $ 1.27     $ 0.92     $ 0.97  
    


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share — diluted:

                                        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.72     $ 1.06     $ 1.16     $ 0.83     $ 0.87  

Loss from discontinued operations

     (0.23 )                        
    


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share — diluted

   $ 1.49     $ 1.06     $ 1.16     $ 0.83     $ 0.87  
    


 


 


 


 


Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic

     21,466,002       21,918,742       22,060,578       22,053,762       22,088,463  
    


 


 


 


 


Weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted

     24,404,129       24,391,871       24,250,528       24,396,925       24,442,652  
    


 


 


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except for share amounts)

 

    Common Stock

  Additional
Paid-In
Capital


    Unearned
Stock-based
Compensation


    Receivables
from
Stockholders


    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)


    Retained
Earnings


  Total
Stockholders’
Equity


    Comprehensive
Income


 
    Shares

    Amount

             

Balances, November 30, 1999

  21,379,551     $ 43   $ 68,220     $     $  —     $ (840 )   $ 45,295   $ 112,718          

Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisition

  322,500       1     4,211                             4,212          

Unearned stock-based compensation

            4,055       (4,055 )                              

Reversal of unearned stock-based compensation due to terminations

            (729 )     729                                

Amortization of unearned stock-based compensation

                  1,347                       1,347          

Issuance of stock options to parent company employees in exchange for services

            2,280                             2,280          

Issuance of common stock for cash on exercise of options

  84,511           357                             357          

Issuance of common stock for note receivable on exercise of options

  12,222           55             (55 )                        

Change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities

                              (1,030 )         (1,030 )   $ (1,030 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                              1,505           1,505       1,505  

Net income

                                    36,434     36,434       36,434  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 

 


 


Balances, November 30, 2000

  21,798,784       44     78,449       (1,979 )     (55 )     (365 )     81,729     157,823     $ 36,909  
                                                             


Repurchase of common stock

  (20,000 )         (128 )           55                 (73 )        

Reversal of unearned stock-based compensation due to terminations

            (131 )     131                                

Amortization of unearned stock-based compensation

                  565                       565          

Issuance of stock options to parent company employees in exchange for services

            28                             28          

Issuance of common stock for cash on exercise of options

  118,615           464                             464          

Issuance of common stock for note receivable on exercise of options

  150,000           300             (300 )                        

Change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities

                              (37 )         (37 )   $ (37 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                              (1,195 )         (1,195 )     (1,195 )

Net income

                                    25,797     25,797       25,797  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 

 


 


Balances, November 30, 2001

  22,047,399       44     78,982       (1,283 )     (300 )     (1,597 )     107,526     183,372     $ 24,565  
                                                             


Tax benefits from exercise of non-qualified employee stock options

            116                             116          

Unearned stock-based compensation

            35       (35 )                              

Reversal of unearned stock based compensation due to terminations

            (4 )     4                                

Amortization of unearned stock-based compensation

                  561                       561          

Issuance of common stock for cash on exercise of options

  34,042           100                             100          

Repayment of employee note receivable

                        300                 300          

Change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities

                              (66 )         (66 )   $ (66 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                              803           803       803  

Net income

                                    28,032     28,032       28,032  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 

 


 


Balances, November 30, 2002

  22,081,441       44     79,229       (753 )           (860 )     135,558     213,218     $ 28,769  
                                                             


Amortization of unearned stock-based compensation

                  413                       413          

Issuance of common stock for cash on exercise of options

  8,850           31                             31          

Change in unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

                              154           154     $ 154  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                              4,351           4,351       4,351  

Net income

                                    21,371     21,371       21,371  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 

 


 


Balances, August 31, 2003

  22,090,291     $ 44   $ 79,260     $ (340 )   $     $ 3,645     $ 156,929   $ 239,538     $ 25,876  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 

 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

    

Years Ended

November 30,


   

Nine Months

Ended August 31,


 
     2000

    2001

    2002

    2002

    2003

 
                       (unaudited)        

Cash flows from operating activities:

                                        

Net income

   $ 36,434     $ 25,797     $ 28,032     $ 20,344     $ 21,371  

Add: loss from discontinued operations

     5,577                          
    


 


 


 


 


Income from continuing operations

     42,011       25,797       28,032       20,344       21,371  

Adjustments to reconcile net income from continuing operations to net cash provided by continuing operations:

                                        

Depreciation expense

     3,991       7,175       5,035       3,614       3,319  

Amortization of intangible assets

     1,415       1,610       2,741       1,986       1,953  

Amortization of unearned stock-based compensation

     1,347       565       561       408       413  

Issuance of stock options to parent company employees in exchange for services

     2,280       28                    

Tax benefits from employee stock plans

                 116              

Unrealized losses on trading securities

     1,012       61       630       1,357       495  

Net realized gains on investments

     (18,672 )     (518 )     (582 )     (726 )     (292 )

Impairment of investments

     515       3,743                    

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     15       63       105       57       933  

Minority interest in subsidiaries

     832       274       (16 )     (176 )     (106 )

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions of businesses:

                                        

Accounts receivable

     (24,700 )     57,504       23,831       (3,335 )     38,703  

Receivables from vendors

     (14,334 )     20,764       (376 )     (10,505 )     (17,012 )

Receivable from affiliates

     3,189       (4,501 )     5,825       6,417       1,308  

Inventories

     (100,635 )     80,602       (9,992 )     (25,505 )     (95,627 )

Other assets

     237       5,579       (10,415 )     (7,247 )     8,711  

Payable to affiliates

     37,161       (70,958 )     (7,775 )     (8,320 )     9,642  

Accounts payable

     49,937       (90,230 )     10,363       68,034       42,343  

Accrued liabilities

     54,643       (26,081 )     21,246       10,054       (14,661 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by continuing operations

     40,244       11,477       69,329       56,457       1,493  

Net cash used in discontinued operations

     (9,929 )                        
    


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     30,315       11,477       69,329       56,457       1,493  
    


 


 


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities:

                                        

Purchases of short-term investments

     (7,480 )     (472 )     (8,406 )     (7,711 )     (2,611 )

Proceeds from sale of short-term investments

     14,526       1,494       6,016       4,498       2,045  

Purchase of additional investment in affiliates

           (333 )                  

Proceeds from sale of investment in affiliates

     3,500                          

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     3,472       (17,143 )     (47,174 )     (47,088 )     (1,525 )

Purchase of property and equipment, net

     (9,604 )     (3,296 )     (8,912 )     (4,786 )     (1,677 )

Decrease (increase) decrease in restricted cash

           (1,000 )     (4,500 )     (4,500 )     1,284  
    


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     4,414       (20,750 )     (62,976 )     (59,587 )     (2,484 )
    


 


 


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                                        

Cash overdraft

   $ (45,780 )   $ 9,658     $ (5,296 )   $ 7,353     $ 11,754  

Proceeds from revolving line of credit

     292,351       182,800       98,992       88,800       110,292  

Payments on revolving line of credit

     (292,351 )     (182,800 )     (98,992 )     (80,800 )     (110,054 )

Net proceeds (payments) under other lines of credit

     (843 )     (10,877 )     924       3,627       (5,179 )

Proceeds from bank loan

     387       162,853       517,422       411,083       419,265  

Repayments of bank loan

     (573 )     (156,794 )     (521,474 )     (421,705 )     (422,996 )

Proceeds from issuance of bonds by SYNNEX (Japan) K.K.

                             5,051  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock (including $305 from sales of SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. common stock in 2000)

     662       464       1,076       1,049       86  

Repurchase of common stock

           (73 )                  
    


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (46,147 )     5,231       (7,348 )     9,407       8,219  
    


 


 


 


 


Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (1,505 )     (792 )     768       723       443  
    


 


 


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (12,923 )     (4,834 )     (227 )     7,000       7,671  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     33,487       20,564       15,730       15,730       15,503  
    


 


 


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 20,564     $ 15,730     $ 15,503     $ 22,730     $ 23,174  
    


 


 


 


 


Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

                                        

Interest paid

   $ 1,426     $ 5,093     $ 2,443     $ 1,786     $ 1,934  
    


 


 


 


 


Income taxes paid

   $ 24,792     $ 24,301     $ 18,470     $ 13,855     $ 11,935  
    


 


 


 


 


Supplemental disclosure of non cash investing and financing activities:

                                        

Issuance of common stock for acquisition of subsidiary

   $ 4,211     $     $     $     $  
    


 


 


 


 


Unearned stock-based compensation

   $ 4,055     $     $ 35     $     $  
    


 


 


 


 


Issuance of common stock in exchange for receivables from stockholders

   $ 55     $ 300     $     $     $  
    


 


 


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION:

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, herein referred to as “SYNNEX” or the “Company”) is an information technology products supply chain services company. The Company’s supply chain outsourcing services include distribution, contract assembly and logistics. SYNNEX is headquartered in Fremont, California and has operations in North America, Asia and Europe.

 

The Company is a majority-owned subsidiary of Silver Star Development Limited (“SSDL”), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of MiTAC International Corporation, a publicly traded corporation in Taiwan. At November 30, 2002, SSDL owned approximately 55% of the Company’s common stock. At November 30, 2002, MiTAC International Corporation and its affiliates had a combined ownership of approximately 98% in the Company.

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

 

Unaudited interim financial information

 

The accompanying, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended August 31, 2002 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of August 31, 2002 and its results of operations and its cash flows for the nine months ended August 31, 2002. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to financial statements related to the nine-month period ended August 31, 2002 are unaudited.

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Principles of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and majority owned subsidiaries in which no substantive participating rights are held by minority stockholders. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Investments in 20% through 50% owned affiliated companies are included under the equity method where the Company exercises significant influence over operating and financial affairs of the investee. Investments in less than 20% owned companies or investments in 20% through 50% owned companies where the Company does not exercise significant influence over operating and financial affairs of the investee are recorded under the cost method.

 

Sale of stock by subsidiary company

 

At the time a subsidiary or investee accounted for under the consolidation or equity method of accounting sells its stock to a third party at a price per share which is different than the Company’s carrying value per share,

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

the Company’s share of the subsidiary net equity changes. Pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 84, the Company records the change in its share of the subsidiary’s net equity as a gain within “other income (expense), net”. To date, the only such transaction has been the sale of 377,000 shares of SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. common stock for $305 during 2000.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity or remaining maturity at date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist principally of money market deposit accounts that are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company’s cash management program utilizes zero balance accounts, and all book overdraft balances have been reclassified to accounts payable and amounted to $22,826, $17,530 and $29,284 at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003, respectively.

 

Restricted cash

 

The Company provides letter of credit to vendors on behalf of its subsidiaries in Asia and North America. The Company is required by the banks to maintain certain balances in its bank accounts as collateral for such credit arrangements. At November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003, the Company had restricted cash balances of $1,002, $5,561 and $4,333, respectively.

 

Investments

 

Short-term investments include equity instruments which are expected to be sold during the normal operating cycle of the business (within twelve months). The Company classifies its investments in marketable securities as trading and available-for-sale. Securities classified as trading are recorded at fair value, based on quoted market prices, and unrealized gains and losses are included in results of operations. Securities classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair market value, based on quoted market prices, and unrealized gains and losses are included in other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses, which are calculated based on the specific identification method, and declines in value judged to be other than temporary, if any, are recorded in operations as incurred.

 

To determine whether a decline in value is other-than-temporary, the Company evaluates current factors, including current economic environment, market conditions, operational and financial performance of the investee, and other specific factors relating to the business underlying the investment, including business outlook of the investee, future trends in the investee’s industry and the Company’s intent to carry the investment for a sufficient period of time for any recovery in fair value. If a decline in value is deemed as other-than-temporary, the Company records reductions in carrying values to estimated fair values, which are determined based on quoted market prices if available or on one or more of the valuation methods such as pricing models using historical and projected financial information, liquidation values, and values of other comparable public companies.

 

Long-term investments include instruments that the Company has the ability and intent to hold for more than twelve months. The Company classifies its long-term investments as available-for-sale if a readily determinable fair value is available.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

The Company has investments in equity instruments of privately-held companies. These investments are included in other assets and are accounted for under the cost method as the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence over operations. The Company monitors its investments for impairment by considering current factors, including economic environment, market conditions, operational performance and other specific factors relating to the business underlying the investment, and records reductions in carrying values when necessary.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is computed based on the weighted average method. Inventories consist of finished goods purchased from various manufacturers for distribution resale and components for contract assembly and logistics services.

 

Property and equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method based upon the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets, or the lease term of the respective assets, if applicable. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements and betterments are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations in the period realized. The depreciation and amortization periods for property and equipment categories are as follows:

 

Equipment 

   5 years

Software

   3 years

Furniture

   7 years

Building

   39 years

 

Intangible assets

 

Intangible assets consist of vendor lists, customer lists, trade names and land rights, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated lives. Intangible assets acquired in the years ended November 30, 2001 and 2002 are amortized over 8 years. Vendor and customer lists acquired prior to November 30, 2000 were initially amortized over 15 years. Effective December 1, 2001, the remaining useful lives of these assets were reduced to 8 years. The effect of the change was to increase the amortization of intangible assets by $513,000 per year for the eight years beginning in the year ended November 30, 2002.

 

Software Costs

 

The Company develops software for internal use only. The payroll and other costs of the Company’s software department have been expensed as incurred. Excluding the costs of support, maintenance and training functions that are not subject to capitalization, the costs of the software department were not material for the periods presented. If the internal software development costs become material, the Company will capitalize the costs based on the defined criteria for capitalization in accordance with Statement of Position (“SOP”) 98-1 “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.”

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

The Company reviews the recoverability of its long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. The assessment of possible impairment is based on the Company’s ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future pre-tax cash flows, undiscounted and without interest charges, of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such assets, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The measurement of impairment requires management to estimate future cash flows and the fair value of long-lived assets.

 

Concentration of credit risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are maintained with high quality institutions, the compositions and maturities of which are regularly monitored by management. Through August 31, 2003, the Company had not experienced any losses on such deposits.

 

Accounts receivable include amounts due from customers in the technology industry. The Company believes that the concentration of credit risk on its accounts receivable is substantially mitigated by the Company’s evaluation process and relatively short collection terms. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customer’s financial condition and limits the amount of credit extended when deemed necessary, but generally requires no collateral. The Company also maintains allowances for potential credit losses when deemed necessary. Through August 31, 2003, such losses had been within management’s expectations.

 

Two customers accounted for 22.7% and 15.2% of the Company’s revenue in 2000. One customer accounted for 10.9% of the Company’s revenue in 2001. In 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003 the Company did not have sales to any one customer comprising 10% or more of the Company’s total revenues. At November 30, 2001, the Company had no accounts receivable balance from any one customer which represented more than 10% of the total consolidated accounts receivable balance. At November 30, 2002, one customer comprised 12% of the total consolidated accounts receivable balance. At August 31, 2003, one customer comprised 11% of the total consolidated account receivable balance.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue as products are shipped, if a purchase order exists, the sale price is fixed or determinable, collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured, risk of loss and title have transferred and product returns are reasonably estimable. The shipping terms are F.O.B. the Company’s warehouse. Provisions for sales returns are estimated based on historical data and are recorded concurrently with the recognition of revenue. These provisions are reviewed and adjusted periodically by the Company. Revenue is reduced for early payment discounts and volume incentive rebates offered to customers.

 

The Company purchases licensed software products from OEM vendors and distributes them to customers. Revenues are recognized upon shipment of software products when a purchase order exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collection is determined to be probable. Subsequent to the sale of software products,

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

the Company has no obligation to provide any modification, customization, upgrades, enhancements, or any other post-contract customer support.

 

Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) supplier programs

 

Funds received from OEM suppliers for inventory volume promotion programs, price protection and product rebates are recorded as adjustments to cost of revenue. The Company tracks vendor promotional programs for volume discounts on a program-by-program basis. Once the program is implemented, the expected benefit of the program based on the estimated volume is recorded as a receivable from vendors with a corresponding reduction in the cost of inventories. As the inventories are sold, the benefit is earned and reflected as a reduction in the cost of sales. Concurrently, the vendor receivable is realized, generally through reductions authorized by the vendor to accounts payable. The Company monitors the balances of vendor receivables on a quarterly basis and adjusts the allowance for differences between expected and actual volume sales. For price protection programs, the Company records a reduction in the payable to the vendor and a reduction in the related inventory. Funds received for specific marketing and infrastructure reimbursements are recorded as adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses, and any excess reimbursement amount is recorded as an adjustment to cost of revenue.

 

Royalties

 

The Company purchases licensed software products from OEM vendors and distributes to resellers. Royalties to OEM vendors are accrued for and recorded in cost of revenue when software products are shipped and revenue is recognized.

 

Warranties

 

The Company’s OEM suppliers generally warrant the products distributed by the Company and allow returns of defective products. The Company generally does not independently warrant the products it distributes; however, the Company does warrant the following: (1) its services with regard to products that it assembles for its customers, and (2) products that it builds to order from components purchased from other sources. An accrual for estimated warranty costs is recorded at the time of sale and periodically adjusted to reflect actual experience. Neither warranty expense nor the accrual for warranty costs is material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Advertising

 

Costs related to advertising and promotion expenditures of products are charged to selling, general and administrative expense as incurred. To date, costs related to advertising and promotion expenditures has not been material.

 

Income taxes

 

The asset and liability method is used in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements using enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the difference is expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided against assets which are not likely to be realized.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

For certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short maturities. The amount shown for borrowings also approximates fair value because current interest rates offered to the Company for debt of similar maturities are approximately the same. The estimated fair value of foreign exchange contracts are based on market prices or current rates offered for contracts with similar terms and maturities. The ultimate amounts paid or received under these foreign exchange contracts, however, depend on future exchange rates. The gains or losses are recognized as “Other income (expense), net” based on changes in the fair value of the contracts, which generally occur as a result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

 

Foreign currency translations

 

The functional currencies of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are their respective local currencies. The financial statements of the foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars for consolidation as follows: assets and liabilities at the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date, stockholders’ equity at the historical rates of exchange, and income and expense amounts at the average exchange rate for the year. Translation adjustments resulting from the translation of the subsidiaries’ accounts are included in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included within “Other income (expense), net”. During the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003, the Company recorded transaction losses (gain) of $709, $3,362, $177, $(88) (unaudited) and $629, respectively.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

The Company’s employee stock option plan is accounted for in accordance with Accounting Principles Board No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” (“APB No. 25”) and complies with the disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS No. 123”), and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure” (“SFAS No. 148”). Expense associated with stock-based compensation is amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the individual award.

 

The Company accounts for stock issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force Consensus No. 96-18, “Accounting for Equity Instruments That are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services” (“EITF No. 96-18”). Under SFAS No. 123 and EITF No. 96-18, stock option awards issued to non-employees are accounted for at fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

The following table illustrates the effect on net income per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to stock-based employee compensation. The estimated fair value of each Company option is calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model:

 

     Years Ended November 30,

    Nine Months Ended August 31,

 
     2000

    2001

    2002

    2002

    2003

 
                       (unaudited)        

Net income—as reported

   $ 36,434     $ 25,797     $ 28,032     $ 20,344     $ 21,371  

Plus: Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under APB No. 25, included in reported net income

     1,347       565       561       408       413  

Less: Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method

     (2,032 )     (2,001 )     (2,553 )     (1,936 )     (1,915 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net income—as adjusted

   $ 35,749     $ 24,361     $ 26,040     $ 18,816     $ 19,869  
    


 


 


 


 


Net earnings (loss) per share—basic:

                                        

As reported

   $ 1.70     $ 1.18     $ 1.27     $ 0.92     $ 0.97  

Pro forma

   $ 1.67     $ 1.11     $ 1.18     $ 0.85     $ 0.90  

Net earnings (loss) per share—diluted:

                                        

As reported

   $ 1.49     $ 1.06     $ 1.16     $ 0.83     $ 0.87  

Pro forma

   $ 1.49     $ 1.01     $ 1.09     $ 0.78     $ 0.82  

Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share—basic:

                                        

As reported

     21,466,002       21,918,742       22,060,578       22,053,762       22,088,463  

Pro forma

     21,466,002       21,918,742       22,060,578       22,053,762       22,088,463  

Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share—diluted:

                                        

As reported

     24,404,129       24,391,871       24,250,528       24,396,925       24,442,652  

Pro forma

     24,008,931       24,085,945       23,871,899       23,998,954       24,207,883  

 

Comprehensive income

 

Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. The primary components of comprehensive income for the Company includes foreign currency translation adjustments arising from the consolidation of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries and unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities. Comprehensive income is disclosed in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Net income per common share

 

Net income per common share-basic is computed by dividing the net income for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income per common share-diluted reflects the potential dilution that could occur if stock options were exercised. The calculations of net income per common share are presented in Note 13.

 

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

 

In July 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” which addresses the recognition, measurement and reporting costs associated with exit or disposal activities, and supersedes previous authoritative guidance, Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) No. 94-3. The principal difference is that the new standard requires that a liability for a disposal activity (including those related to the employee termination benefits and obligations under operation leases and other contracts) be recognized when a liability is incurred, and not necessarily the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan, as under EITF No. 94-3. SFAS No. 146 also establishes that the initial measurement of a liability recognized under SFAS No. 146 be based on fair value. The provisions of SFAS No. 146 are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. The Company has not had any exit or disposal activities since the adoption of the standard.

 

In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” FIN No. 45 requires that a liability be recorded in the guarantor’s balance sheet upon issuance of a guarantee. In addition, FIN No. 45 requires disclosures about the guarantees that an entity has issued, including a reconciliation of changes in the entity’s product warranty liabilities. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN No. 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002, irrespective of the guarantor’s fiscal year-end. The disclosure requirements of FIN No. 45 are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The adoption of this standard did not have any material impact on the Company financial position or results of operations.

 

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure.” SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS No. 148 also requires that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more prominently and in a tabular format. Additionally, SFAS No. 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect in interim financial statements. The transition and annual disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 148 are effective for fiscal years ended after December 15, 2002. The interim disclosure requirements are effective for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002. The Company has applied the disclosure provision of SFAS No. 148.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51.” FIN No. 46 requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. FIN No. 46 is effective immediately for all new variable interest entities created or acquired after January 31, 2003. For variable interest entities created or acquired prior

 

F-14


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

to February 1, 2003, the provisions of FIN No. 46 must be applied for the first interim or annual period ending after December 15, 2003. The Company believes that the adoption of this standard will have no material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

 

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting of derivative instruments and hedging activities under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 149 amends SFAS No. 133 for decisions made: (i) as part of the Derivatives Implementation Group process that require amendment to SFAS No. 133; (ii) in connection with other FASB projects dealing with financial instruments; and (iii) in connection with the implementation issues raised related to the application of the definition of a derivative. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for designated hedging relationships after June 30, 2003. The Company believes that the adoption of SFAS No. 149 will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” The Statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity and further requires that an issuer classify as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances) financial instruments that fall within its scope because that financial instrument embodies an obligation of the issuer. Many of such instruments were previously classified as equity. The statement is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company believes that the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

 

In November 2002, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21 (“EITF No. 00-21”), “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements.” EITF No. 00-21 addresses how to account for arrangements that may involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services, and/or rights to use assets. The consensus mandates how to identify whether goods or services or both that are to be delivered separately in a bundled sales arrangement should be accounted for separately because they are separate units of accounting. The guidance can affect the timing of revenue recognition for such arrangements, even though it does not change rules governing the timing or pattern of revenue recognition of individual items accounted for separately. The final consensus is applicable to agreements entered into in fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2003 with early adoption permitted. Additionally, companies will be permitted to apply the consensus guidance to all existing arrangements as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in accordance with APB No. 20, “Accounting Changes.” The Company is assessing the impact of EITF No. 00-21 and believes that the adoption will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

 

In March 2003, the EITF finalized Issue No. 02-16 (“EITF No. 02-16”), “Accounting for Consideration Received from a Vendor by a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products).” EITF No. 02-16 requires that consideration received from vendors, such as advertising support funds, be accounted for as a reduction to cost of sales when recognized in the reseller’s income statement unless certain conditions are met showing that the funds are used for a specific program entirely funded by an individual vendor. If these specific requirements related to individual vendors are met, the consideration is accounted for as a reduction in the related expense category, such as advertising or selling and administrative expense. EITF No. 02-16 applies to all agreements modified or entered into on or after January 1, 2003. Adopting EITF No. 02-16 had no material impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

NOTE 3 — BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS:

 

     November 30,

   

August 31,

2003


 
     2001

    2002

   

Accounts receivable, net:

                        

Trade accounts receivables 

   $ 219,128     $ 233,504     $ 207,727  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (7,961 )     (8,315 )     (8,581 )

Less: Allowance for sales returns

     (6,543 )     (3,757 )     (8,090 )
    


 


 


     $ 204,624     $ 221,432     $ 191,056  
    


 


 


Receivables from vendors, net:

                        

Receivables from vendors

   $ 37,562     $ 37,866     $ 56,570  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (2,676 )     (2,704 )     (4,048 )
    


 


 


     $ 34,886     $ 35,162     $ 52,522  
    


 


 


Inventories:

                        

Components

   $ 37,701     $ 6,713     $ 16,166  

Finished goods

     198,426       254,785       337,063  
    


 


 


     $ 236,127     $ 261,498     $ 353,229  
    


 


 


Property and equipment, net:

                        

Equipment and computers

   $ 32,274     $ 31,476     $ 31,581  

Furniture and fixtures

     4,024       4,295       4,632  

Vehicles

     428       515       488  

Buildings and land

     9,885       20,617       21,465  
    


 


 


       46,611       56,903       58,166  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (29,995 )     (31,608 )     (35,245 )
    


 


 


     $ 16,616     $ 25,295     $ 22,921  
    


 


 


 

Depreciation expense was $3,991, $7,175, $5,035, $3,614 (unaudited) and $3,319 for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

 

Intangible assets:

 

    November 30,

 

August 31,

2003


    2001

  2002

 
    Gross
Amount


  Accumulated
Amortization


    Net
Amount


  Gross
Amount


  Accumulated
Amortization


    Net
Amount


  Gross
Amount


  Accumulated
Amortization


    Net
Amount


Vendor lists

  $ 23,530   $ (6,629 )   $ 16,901   $ 22,482   $ (8,535 )   $ 13,947   $ 22,482   $ (10,038 )   $ 12,444

Customer lists

    1,346     (56 )     1,290     7,574     (789 )     6,785     5,490     (1,171 )     4,319

Other intangible assets 

    3,535     (405 )     3,130     3,540     (503 )     3,037     3,675     (573 )     3,102
   

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

    $ 28,411   $ (7,090 )   $ 21,321   $ 33,596   $ (9,827 )   $ 23,769   $ 31,647   $ (11,782 )   $ 19,865
   

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Amortization expense was $1,415, $1,610, $2,741, $1,986 (unaudited) and $1,953 for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Intangible assets are being amortized over estimated useful lives of eight years. Estimated future amortization expense is as follows:

 

Years ending, November 30,

      

2003

   $ 2,666

2004

     2,666

2005

     2,666

2006

     2,666

2007

     2,666

thereafter

     10,439
    

     $ 23,769
    

 

     November 30,

  

August 31,

2003


     2001

   2002

  

Accrued liabilities:

                    

Payroll related accruals

   $ 11,435    $ 12,801    $ 12,070

Deferred compensation liability 

     10,398      12,911      14,347

Royalty and warranty accruals 

     957      4,587      4,657

Sales tax payable

     770      7,971      5,183

Other accrued liabilities

     19,341      27,932      13,311
    

  

  

     $ 42,901    $ 66,202    $ 49,568
    

  

  

 

NOTE 4 — ACQUISITIONS:

 

Acquisitions during the year ended November 30, 2002

 

Gates/Arrow Distributing

 

On May 31, 2002, the Company acquired certain assets and liabilities of Gates/Arrow Distributing, a business unit of Arrow Electronics, Inc. for cash of approximately $44,487. Gates/Arrow was a distributor of computer systems, peripherals and software, serving value-added resellers across North America. The purchase enabled the Company to expand its market share in North America.

 

License Online, Inc.

 

On May 10, 2002, the Company acquired the assets of License Online, Inc., a provider of Web-based software licensing technology to small to medium-sized business (“SMB”) solution providers and their SMB customers, for $3,292 in cash.

 

Novitech, S.A. de C.V.

 

On May 7, 2002, the Company acquired certain distribution and sale assets of Novitech, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican distributor of information technology products. The purchase price for the assets was $920 in cash.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Accounting for the Acquisitions

 

All of these acquisitions have been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting; thus, the consolidated financial statements do not include the financial results of any acquired business prior to the closing date of the acquisition.

 

The aggregate purchase consideration of the three acquisitions was $48,509 plus acquisition costs of $190, and has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows:

 

Purchase Consideration


  

Fair

Value


     

Cash

   $ 48,509      

Acquisition costs

     190      
    


   
     $ 48,699      
    


   

Allocation


  

Fair

Value


    Amortization
Period


Accounts receivable

   $ 41,893    

Inventories

     15,416    

Property and equipment

     4,278    

Customer lists

     3,086     8 years

Accounts payable

     (15,974 )  
    


   
     $ 48,699      
    


   

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information combines the consolidated results of operations as if the acquisition of Gates/Arrow Distributing, License Online, Inc., and Novitech, S.A. de C.V. had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented. Pro forma adjustments include only the effects of events directly attributed to transactions that are factually supportable and expected to have a continuing impact. The pro forma results contained in the table below include pro forma adjustments for amortization of acquired intangibles and additional finance charges related to the financing of the purchase consideration of the acquisitions. The table includes pro forma information relating to the acquisition of Merisel Canada, Inc. in 2001 as if the acquisition had occurred on December 1, 2000.

 

     Years Ended November 30,

   Nine Months Ended
August 31,


     2001

   2002

   2001

   2002

     (unaudited)    (unaudited)

Revenue

   $ 4,216,141    $ 4,000,270    $ 2,858,039    $ 2,926,764

Net income

   $ 17,898    $ 26,733    $ 19,544    $ 19,123

Net income per common share — basic

   $ 0.82    $ 1.21    $ 0.89    $ 0.87

Net income per common share — diluted

   $ 0.73    $ 1.10    $ 0.80    $ 0.78

 

F-18


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Acquisition during the year ended November 30, 2001

 

On July 28, 2001, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Merisel Canada, Inc. (“Merisel Canada”) from Merisel Americas, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Merisel, Inc. Merisel Canada is a distributor of computer hardware and software products, with locations in Toronto, Ontario; Vancouver, British Columbia; and Montreal, Quebec. The purchase of Merisel Canada enables the Company to expand its market share in North America. Effective August 30, 2001, Merisel Canada changed its name to SYNNEX Canada Limited. For reporting purposes, the results of Merisel Canada have been reflected in the Distribution Business Segment. The acquisition has been accounted for by the purchase method of accounting, and the results of operations of Merisel Canada are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The source of the funds for the acquisition came from a sale of accounts receivable to a financial institution under the Company’s accounts receivable securitization program.

 

The total purchase consideration was $19,940 and has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition as follows:

 

     Fair
Value


     

Purchase consideration:

            

Cash

   $ 19,559      

Acquisition costs

     381      
    


   
     $ 19,940      
    


   
     Fair
Value


   

Amortization

Period


Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,796    

Accounts receivables 

     59,338    

Inventories

     42,210    

Other current assets

     2,109    

Vendor list 

     2,020     8 years

Customer list 

     1,346     8 years

Trade names

     500     8 years

Other long-term assets

     1,177    

Accounts payable 

     (51,037 )  

Accrued liabilities

     (4,549 )  

Other long-term liabilities

     (35,970 )  
    


   
     $ 19,940      
    


   

 

F-19


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information combines the consolidated results of operations as if the acquisition of Merisel Canada had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented. Pro forma adjustments include only the effects of events directly attributed to a transaction that are factually supportable and expected to have a continuing impact. The pro forma adjustments contained in the table below include amortization of acquired intangibles and additional finance charges related to the financing of the purchase consideration of the acquisition.

 

     Years Ended November 30,

     2000

   2001

     (unaudited)

Revenue

   $ 4,486,365    $ 3,562,289

Income from continuing operations

   $ 23,596    $ 21,849

Net income

   $ 18,019    $ 21,849

Income from continuing operations per common share — basic

   $ 1.10    $ 1.00

Income from continuing operations per common share — diluted

   $ 0.97    $ 0.90

Net income per common share — basic

   $ 0.84    $ 1.00

Net income per common share — diluted

   $ 0.74    $ 0.90

 

The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of the beginning of periods presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results.

 

Acquisitions during the year ended November 30, 2000

 

On August 31, 2000, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of MiTAC Industrial Corporation (“MID”) from MIX System Holding Limited (“MIX”) in exchange for 322,500 shares of SYNNEX common stock with a fair value of $13.06 per share. MIX is wholly owned by MiTAC, Inc., which in turn owns approximately 9% of MiTAC International Corporation, the indirect parent company of SYNNEX.

 

MID is an industrial personal computer manufacturer, located in Fremont, California that assembles special purpose equipment for industries that require rugged or heavy-duty personal computers.

 

The acquisition of MID was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, the results of operations of MID are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The $1,048 excess of the purchase price of $4,212 over the net tangible assets acquired of $3,164 was allocated to vendor lists, which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 8 years.

 

The pre-acquisition revenue and net income of MID were not material to the results of SYNNEX and accordingly, no pro forma results have been presented.

 

MID had assets of $3,969 and liabilities of $805 at the date of the acquisition. The consolidated financial statements contain the results of MID from the date of the acquisition.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

On September 15, 2000, the Company acquired MiTAC Europe Limited (“MEL”) from SYNNEX’s immediate parent company, SSDL, through the issuance of 1,637,500 shares of SYNNEX common stock. The acquisition was accounted for as a transfer under common control whereby the net tangible assets acquired were recorded at their historical cost of $7,558 and the assets and liabilities and financial results of MEL are included within the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. MEL was subsequently renamed SYNNEX Information Technologies (UK) Limited (“SYNNEX UK”).

 

NOTE 5 — INVESTMENTS:

 

The carrying amount of the Company’s investments is shown in the table below:

 

    November 30, 2001

  November 30, 2002

  August 31, 2003

    Original
Cost


 

Unrealized

Losses


    Fair
Value


  Original
Cost


 

Unrealized

Losses


    Fair
Value


  Original
Cost


  Unrealized
Losses


    Fair
Value


Short-term:

                                                           

Trading

  $ 1,259   $ (61 )   $ 1,198   $ 4,399   $ (630 )   $ 3,769   $ 5,558   $ (1,103 )   $ 4,455

Available-for-sale

    931     (630 )     301     757     (696 )     61     757     (542 )     215
   

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

    $ 2,190   $ (691 )   $ 1,499   $ 5,156   $ (1,326 )   $ 3,830   $ 6,315   $ (1,645 )   $ 4,670
   

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

Long-term:

                                                           

Available-for-sale

  $ 49   $     $ 49   $ 300   $     $ 300   $   $     $
   

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

Short-term trading securities consist of equity securities relating to the deferred compensation plan. Short-term and long-term available-for-sale securities primarily consist of investments in other companies’ equity securities.

 

Total realized gains on investments were $18,672, $518, $582 and $292 for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively.

 

During the year ended November 30, 2001, the Company performed an impairment assessment of the carrying value of its equity investments. One of these investments, Converge, Inc., substantially reduced its operations during fiscal 2001. As a result, the Company wrote down the investment amount for “other than temporary impairment” by $3,333 to zero.

 

NOTE 6 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ARRANGEMENTS:

 

Effective December 1997, the Company established a five-year revolving arrangement (the “Arrangement”) through a consolidated wholly-owned subsidiary to sell up to $150,000 of U.S. trade accounts receivables (the “Receivables”) to a financial institution. In August 2002, the Arrangement was amended to allow the Company to sell up to $200,000 of receivables and was extended for an additional five-year period. Subsequently, in June 2003 the Arrangement was amended again to allow the Company to sell up to $210,000, of receivables and to extend the Arrangement to August 2008. In connection with the Arrangement, the Company sells its Receivables to its wholly-owned subsidiary on a continuing basis, which will in turn sell an undivided interest in the Receivables to the financial institution without recourse, at market value, calculated as the gross receivable amount, less a facility fee. The fee is based on the prevailing commercial paper interest rates plus 0.90%. A separate fee based on the unused portion of the facility, at 0.375% per annum, is also charged by the financial institution. To the extent that cash was received in exchange, the amount of Receivables sold to the financial institution has been recorded as a true sale, in accordance with SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfer and

 

F-21


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities”. The amount of Receivables sold to the financial institution and not yet collected from customers at November 30, 2001, 2002 and August 31, 2003 was $72,000, $158,000 and $196,500, respectively. The wholly-owned subsidiary is consolidated in the financial statements of the Company, and the remaining balance of unsold Receivables at November 30, 2001, 2002 and August 31, 2003 of $117,655, $102,544 and $84,606, respectively, are included within “Accounts receivable, net”.

 

The gross proceeds resulting from the sale of the Receivables totaled approximately $822,000, $599,100, $672,500 and $642,000 in 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively. The gross payments to the financial institution under the Arrangement totaled approximately $730,000, $677,100, $586,500 and $603,500 in 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively, which arose from the subsequent collection of Receivables. The proceeds (net of the facility fee) are reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows in operating activities within changes in accounts receivable.

 

The Company continues to collect the Receivables on behalf of the financial institution, for which it receives a service fee from the financial institution, and remits collections to the financial institution. The Company estimates that the service fee it receives approximates the market rate for such services, and as a result, has recognized no servicing assets or liabilities in its consolidated balance sheet. Facility fees (net of service fees) charged by the financial institution totaled $7,020, $2,693, $2,786 and $2,328 for 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively, and were recorded within “Other income (expense), net”.

 

Under the Arrangement, as amended, the Company is required to maintain certain financial covenants to maintain its eligibility to sell additional receivables under the facility. These covenants include minimum net worth, minimum fixed charge ratio, and net worth percentage. The Company was in compliance with the covenants at November 30, 2002 and August 31, 2003.

 

The Company has also entered into financing agreements with various financial institutions (“Flooring Companies”) to allow certain customers of the Company to finance their purchases directly with the Flooring Companies. Under these agreements, the Flooring Companies pay to the Company the selling price of products sold to various customers, less a discount, within approximately 15 business days from the date of sale. The Company is contingently liable to repurchase inventory sold under flooring agreements in the event of any default by its customers under the agreement and such inventory being repossessed by the Flooring Companies. See Note 18, “Commitments and Contingencies” for additional information. Approximately $977,023, $984,017, $836,906 and $566,692 of the Company’s net sales were financed under these programs in 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively. Approximately $31,168, $38,030 and $33,333 of accounts receivable at November 30, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively, were subject to flooring agreements. Flooring fees were approximately $2,593, $3,098, $2,013 and $1,386 in 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively, and are included within “Other income (expense), net”.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

NOTE 7 — BORROWINGS:

 

Borrowings consist of the following:

 

     November 30,

    August 31,
2003


 
     2001

    2002

   

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.
(“SYNNEX USA”) short-term loan

   $     $ 1,931     $  

SYNNEX Mexico revolving loan

                 227  

SYNNEX USA corporate margin account arrangement

                 135  

SYNNEX Canada revolving loan

     33,144       26,393       26,853  

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. line of credit

     17,822       17,151       14,548  

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. term loan

     8,168       8,160       8,557  

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. mortgage

     1,296       1,175       1,095  

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K bond 

                 5,134  

SYNNEX Information Technologies (UK), Ltd. term loan

     710       610        

SYNNEX (Beijing), Ltd. mortgage

           2,979       2,750  
    


 


 


       61,140       58,399       59,299  

Less: Current portion

     (18,104 )     (19,685 )     (51,447 )
    


 


 


Non current portion 

   $ 43,036     $ 38,714     $ 7,852  
    


 


 


 

SYNNEX USA short-term loan

 

In July 2002, SYNNEX USA entered into a short-term financing arrangement of $2,900 with a financial institution that is payable in 12 monthly installments. The loan was collateralized by certain inventory items. At November 30, 2002 and August 31, 2003, the outstanding balance was $1,931 and $0, respectively.

 

SYNNEX USA senior secured revolving line of credit

 

In December 1997, the Company entered into a senior secured revolving line of credit arrangement (the “Revolver”) with a group of financial institutions, which is secured by the Company’s inventory. The Revolver’s maximum commitment is 50% of eligible inventory valued at the lower of cost or market up to a maximum borrowing of $10,000. In July 2002, the Revolver was amended and extended for an additional five-year period, and the credit limit was increased to $15,000. Subsequently, in June 2003, the Revolver was amended again and the credit limit was increased to $25,000. Interest on borrowings under the Revolver is based on the prime rate plus 1.0% or LIBOR plus 2.0% at the Company’s option. There were no borrowings outstanding under the Revolver at November 30, 2002 and 2001. A fee of 0.30% per annum is payable with respect to the unused portion of the commitment. Under the 2002 amendment, the Company is required to comply with minimum net worth and minimum fixed charge ratio covenants. The Company was in compliance with these covenants at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003. During the years ended November 30, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, the Company borrowed and repaid approximately $182,800, $98,992 and $110,054, respectively, under the Revolver.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

SYNNEX USA corporate margin account arrangement

 

On April 1, 1997, the Company entered into a corporate account arrangement with a security broker, allowing the Company to perform margin transactions. Under the terms of the margin account, the Company may borrow funds to purchase publicly-traded securities at an interest rate of 5.75% to 7.5%. Borrowings are restricted to 50% of the equity held in the brokerage account and are collateralized by the marketable securities. There were no borrowings outstanding at November 30, 2001 and 2002, and an outstanding balance of $135 as at August 31, 2003.

 

SYNNEX Canada revolving loan

 

Upon acquisition of SYNNEX Canada Limited, SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc., assumed a three-year C$100,000 revolving loan agreement with a financial institution. Subsequently, in August 2001, the revolving loan agreement was amended to reduce the credit limit to C$75,000. In April 2002, the agreement was further amended to increase the credit limit back to C$100,000. Borrowings under the loan agreement are collateralized by substantially all of SYNNEX Canada’s assets, including inventories and accounts receivable and are guaranteed, up to C$75,000, by SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. Borrowings bear interest at the prime rate of a Canadian bank designated by the financial institution plus 0.75% for Canadian Dollar denominated loans, at the prime rate of a U.S. bank designated by the financial institution plus 0.25% or at LIBOR plus 2.00% for U.S. Dollar denominated loans. A fee of 0.25% per annum is payable with respect to the unused portion of the commitment. The loan agreement contains covenants which SYNNEX Canada Limited was in compliance with for the year ended November 30, 2001 and 2002 and for the nine months ended August 31, 2003. The balance outstanding at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003 was $33,144, $26,393 and $26,853, respectively.

 

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. line of credit

 

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. has a Japanese Yen denominated line of credit with several Japanese banks, with total available credit under these facilities of $41,524 as of November 30, 2002. Under the line of credit, approximately $17,822, $17,151 and $14,548 was outstanding at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003, respectively, bearing interest at fixed rates ranging from 1.38% to 3.8% per annum.

 

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. term loan

 

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. had a total of $8,168, $8,160 and $8,557 outstanding as of November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003, respectively, under a Japanese yen denominated term loan agreement with a Japanese bank. The amount must be repaid in 2004, and bears interest at fixed rates ranging from 1.28% to 1.30% per annum.

 

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. mortgage

 

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. has a Japanese Yen denominated mortgage loan with a Japanese bank. Total amount outstanding under the mortgage was approximately $1,296, $1,175 and $1,095 at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003, respectively, bearing interest at a fixed rate of 3.10% per annum. The mortgage is repayable between 2002 and 2011 and is secured by the Company’s office building in Japan.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. bond

 

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. issued two Japanese Yen denominated bonds in February and July 2003. The bonds bear interest at 0.45% and 0.57% per year, and are to be redeemed in February 2005 and in ten equal installments by July 2008, respectively. The two bonds are guaranteed by a bank in Japan, and a fee of 0.70% and 0.80%, respectively, of the guaranteed amount are payable to the bank every year. At August 31, 2003, the carrying value of the bonds is $5,134.

 

SYNNEX UK term loan

 

In 1996, SYNNEX UK entered into a British Pound denominated loan agreement with a financial institution, which is collateralized by real estate. The total credit available under this facility was $2,138 as of November 30, 2002, of which approximately $710 and $610 was outstanding at November 30, 2001 and 2002, respectively. Interest on the borrowing is payable at 8% per annum. The loan agreement expires in 2006. The Company had no outstanding balance at August 31, 2003.

 

SYNNEX (Beijing), Ltd. mortgage

 

In September 2002, SYNNEX (Beijing), Ltd. obtained a Chinese Renminbi denominated mortgage loan with a financial institution of approximately $3,055. The amount outstanding at November 30, 2002 was $2,979. The mortgage is repayable by 2012 and is secured by the Company’s real estate in Beijing. The interest rate is adjustable based on a lending rate as determined by People’s Bank of China. For fiscal year 2002, the rate was 5.18%. At August 31, 2003, the balance was $2,750.

 

SYNNEX Mexico Revolving Loan

 

In June 2003, SYNNEX Mexico entered into a revolving loan agreement consisting of $15,000 with a financial institution. The borrowing bears an interest rate of TIIE plus 3.25% per year and is collateralized by accounts receivable. At August 31, 2003, the balance was $227.

 

Guarantees

 

SYNNEX USA has also issued guarantees to certain of its subsidiaries’ vendors, totaling $72,000 and $74,115 for trade credit lines as of November 30, 2002 and August 31, 2003, respectively.

 

Future principal payments

 

Future principal payments under the above loans as of November 30, 2002 are as follows:

 

Years Ending November 30,


    

2003

   $ 19,685

2004

     35,156

2005

     603

2006

     549

2007

     437

Thereafter

     1,969
    

     $ 58,399
    

 

F-25


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

NOTE 8 — DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS:

 

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into currency forward contracts to protect itself from the risk that the eventual cash outflows or inflows resulting from purchase or sale of inventory will be adversely affected by exchange rate fluctuations. The Company does not apply hedge accounting to these currency forward contracts; and has not designated any of them as hedging instruments. As of November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and August 31, 2002 and 2003, the Company had unrealized losses (gain) of $0, $327, $192, $(36) (unaudited) and $23, respectively, as a result of fair value changes on its outstanding currency forward contracts. These unrealized losses were charged to expense during the year.

 

The Company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes, nor is it a party to leveraged derivatives. Further, the Company has a policy of only entering into contracts with major financial institutions. The Company has not sustained a material loss from these instruments nor does it anticipate any material adverse effect on its net income, financial position or cash flows in the future from the use of derivatives.

 

NOTE 9 — INCOME TAXES:

 

The components of the provision for income taxes were as follows:

 

     Years Ended November 30,

    Nine Months
Ended
August 31,
2003


 
     2000

    2001

   2002

   

Current tax provision:

                               

Federal

   $ 20,780     $ 13,176    $ 13,892     $ 10,530  

State

     4,321       2,939      2,693       2,261  

Foreign

     3,621       1,185      599       299  
    


 

  


 


       28,722       17,300      17,184       13,090  
    


 

  


 


Deferred tax provision (benefit):

                               

Federal

     (90 )     129      (311 )     (533 )

State

     (204 )     40      6       (281 )

Foreign

           139      (42 )      
    


 

  


 


       (294 )     308      (347 )     (814 )
    


 

  


 


       28,428       17,608      16,837       12,276  

Tax benefit related to discontinued operations

     4,945                   
    


 

  


 


Total tax provision related to continuing operations

   $ 33,373     $ 17,608    $ 16,837     $ 12,276  
    


 

  


 


 

F-26


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Net deferred tax assets consist of the following:

 

     November 30,

    August 31,
2003


 
     2001

    2002

   
                    

Inventory reserves

   $ 2,597     $ 2,035       1,939  

Bad debt and sales return reserves

     3,294       2,978       3,669  

Vacation and profits sharing accruals

     1,932       2,462       1,477  

Depreciation and amortization

     (1,023 )     (303 )     334  

State tax deduction

     698       526       526  

Deferred compensation

     4,085       5,044       5,647  

Net operating losses

     7,318       5,820       7,803  

Other

     246       304       1,252  

Valuation allowance

     (6,619 )     (5,640 )     (8,869 )
    


 


 


Net deferred tax assets

   $ 12,528     $ 13,226     $ 13,778  
    


 


 


 

The valuation allowance relates to deferred tax assets in tax jurisdictions for which realization of the assets is uncertain.

 

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

     Years Ended
November 30,


   

Nine Months

Ended
August 31,
2003


 
     2000

    2001

    2002

   

Federal statutory income tax rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

   5.0     4.3     4.0     4.4  

Foreign taxes

   0.7     1.0     1.9     0.7  

Valuation allowance adjustments

   0.0     0.0     (3.4 )   (2.4 )

Permanent differences

   2.4     0.8     0.6     0.6  

Other

   0.7     (0.8 )   (0.4 )   (0.6 )
    

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

   43.8 %   40.3 %   37.5 %   37.7 %
    

 

 

 

 

NOTE 10 — DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN:

 

The Company has a deferred compensation plan for certain directors and officers, which became effective in January 1994.

 

The plan is designed to permit eligible officers and directors to accumulate additional income through a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that enables the officer or director to make elective deferrals of compensation to which he or she will become entitled in the future.

 

An account is maintained for each participant for the purpose of recording the current value of his or her elective contributions, including earnings credited thereto. The participant may designate one or more

 

F-27


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

investments as the measure of investment return on the participant’s account. The participant’s account is adjusted monthly to reflect earnings and losses on the participant’s designated investments.

 

The amount credited to the participant’s account will be distributed as soon as practicable after the earlier of the participant’s termination of employment or attainment of age sixty-five. The distribution of benefits to the participant will be made in accordance with the election made by the participant in a lump sum or in equal monthly or annual installments over a period not to exceed fifteen years.

 

In the event the participant requests a distribution other than a hardship distribution, a 10% withdrawal penalty will be levied. Such distribution will be in the form of a lump sum cash payment.

 

As of November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003, the deferred compensation liability balance was $10,398, $12,911 and $14,347, respectively. Of the balances deferred, $1,198, $3,769 and $4,455 have been invested in equity securities at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003, respectively, and are classified as trading securities. The Company has recorded gains (losses) in “Other income (expense), net” on the trading securities of $5,242, $68, $(528), $(13) (unaudited) and $(204) for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. An amount equal to these gains (losses) has been charged (credited) to selling, general and administrative expenses, relating to compensation amounts which are payable to the directors and officers.

 

NOTE 11 — EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:

 

The Company has a 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”) under which eligible employees may contribute the lesser of up to 15% of their gross compensation or the maximum amount as provided by law. Employees become eligible to participate in the Plan six months after their employment date. The Company can make discretionary contributions under the Plan. During 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003, the Company contributed $135, $143, $178, $159 (unaudited) and $165, respectively.

 

NOTE 12 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

Receivables from Stockholders

 

During the year ended November 30, 2001, in conjunction with the exercise of 150,000 stock options by the Company’s CEO at $2.00 per share, the CEO drew down $300 from the $1,000 full recourse promissory note described in Note 14. The note bears interest at an annual rate of 1.75% plus the annual LIBOR rate at the beginning of each calendar year, was due and payable in full no later than January 29, 2003 and was recorded as a reduction of Stockholders’ Equity. The note was repaid in full in 2002.

 

During the year ended November 30, 2000, in conjunction with the exercise of 20,000 stock options by another employee of the Company at $4.50 per share, the Company received a full recourse promissory note for $55 as part of the payment. The note had an interest rate of 7.5% per annum and was due and payable in full no later than December 31, 2002. During the year ended November 30, 2001, the Company repurchased the shares at the fair value of $10.00 per share for $145 in cash, net of the note repayment. The Company recorded an associated compensation expense of $72, which represented the excess of the fair value over the exercise price of the option, less compensation expense of $38, previously recognized.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Tax benefits from employee stock option plans

 

During the year ended November 30, 2002, various employees exercised their fully-vested non-qualified stock options. The tax benefits from such employee stock option transactions reduce the Company’s income taxes currently payable for federal and state purposes. These benefits totaled $116 for fiscal 2002, and were reflected as a credit to Stockholders’ Equity.

 

1992 Stock Options

 

Certain employees received options to purchase common stock of the Company prior to 1993 at an exercise price of $0.60 per share. As of November 30, 2000, 131,250 shares of such options were outstanding and exercisable. These options were repurchased during 2001 and, as discussed below, the Company recorded compensation expense in respect of the repurchases.

 

1993 Stock Option Plan

 

Under the 1993 Stock Option Plan (the “1993 Plan”), as amended in 1996, 5,400,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company, as approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders. The 1993 Plan, which will expire in 2003, provides for incentive as well as non-statutory stock options.

 

Options under the 1993 Plan can be granted at exercise prices ranging from 85% to 110% of the fair market value of the shares at the date of the grant, as determined by the Board. No options have been granted at exercise prices less than 100% of fair market value of common stock. Options granted under the 1993 Plan expire ten years from the grant date. Options granted vest annually over a five-year period. The Board determined that no further options would be available for grant under the 1993 Plan upon the adoption of the 1997 Stock Option Plan and Special Executive Stock Option Plan.

 

1997 Stock Option Plan

 

In December 1997, the Company adopted the 1997 Stock Option Plan (the “1997 Plan”). The 1997 Plan provides for incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options and stock purchase rights to employees, officers and consultants of the Company. Under the 1997 Plan, 6,500,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance, as approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders. Incentive stock options are granted at an exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Non-statutory stock options are granted at an exercise price that is not less than 85% of the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. The exercise price of any option granted to a 10% stockholder will not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Options granted vest monthly over a five-year period with a one-year cliff and expire in ten years from the date of grant. In 2000, the Board of Directors granted 1,537,400 options under this plan at exercise prices ranging from $4.50 to $7.00 per share. In 2001, the Board of Directors granted 282,160 options under this plan at exercise prices ranging from $10.00 to $12.00 per share. In 2002, the Board of Directors granted 320,050 options at exercise prices ranging from $9.00 to $12.00 per share. In the nine months ended August 31, 2003, the Board of Directors granted 219,125 options at exercise prices ranging from $10.00 to $12.00 per share.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Executive Stock Option Plan

 

In December 1997, the Company adopted the Special Executive Stock Option Plan (the “Executive Plan”). The Executive Plan provides for incentive and non-statutory stock options to officers and the members of the Company’s Board of Directors. Under the Executive Plan, 7,150,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance, as approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders. Incentive stock options are granted at an exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock shares on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Non-statutory stock options are granted at an exercise price that is not less than 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. The exercise price of any option granted to a 10% stockholder will not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Options granted vest monthly over a five-year period with a one-year cliff and expire in ten years from the date of grant. In 2000, the Board of Directors granted 2,827,500 options under this plan at exercise prices ranging from $4.50 to $9.00 per share. In 2001, the Board of Directors granted 142,500 options at exercise prices ranging from $10.00 to $12.00 per share. In 2002 the Board of Directors granted 1,077,500 options at exercise prices ranging from $10.00 to $12.00 per share. In the nine months ended August 31, 2003, the Board of Directors granted 724,995 options at exercise prices ranging from $10.00 to $12.00 per share.

 

The following table summarizes the stock options outstanding and exercisable under the Company’s option plans as of November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003:

 

    

Number of Options

at November 30, 2001


  

Number of Options

at November 30, 2002


  

Number of Options

at August 31, 2003


     Outstanding

   Exercisable

   Outstanding

   Exercisable

   Outstanding

   Exercisable

1993 Stock Option Plan

   1,002,109    991,109    929,629    929,629    910,829    910,829

1997 Stock Option Plan

   1,640,780    1,107,797    1,885,681    1,326,554    1,929,344    1,373,895

Executive Stock Option Plan

   3,988,828    2,553,966    5,030,493    3,178,435    5,662,324    3,719,112
    
  
  
  
  
  
     6,631,717    4,652,872    7,845,803    5,434,618    8,502,497    6,003,836
    
  
  
  
  
  

 

F-30


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

A summary of the activity under the Company’s stock option plans is set forth below:

 

           Options Outstanding

     Shares Available
For Grant


    Number of
Shares


    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price


Balances, November 30, 1999

   4,035,414     4,046,010     $ 3.54

Additional shares reserved

   7,650,000          

Options granted

   (4,364,898 )   4,364,898       6.63

Options exercised

       (96,732 )     4.27

Options cancelled

   630,314     (835,722 )     4.11

Options repurchased

       (399,829 )     2.48
    

 

     

Balances, November 30, 2000

   7,950,830     7,078,625       5.43

Options granted

   (454,660 )   464,660       11.55

Options exercised

       (268,615 )     2.84

Options cancelled

   356,557     (350,361 )     5.81

Options repurchased

       (292,590 )     2.10
    

 

     

Balances, November 30, 2001

   7,852,727     6,631,719       6.09

Options granted

   (1,357,548 )   1,397,548       10.05

Options exercised

       (34,042 )     2.93

Options cancelled

   105,307     (120,790 )     6.33

Options repurchased

       (28,632 )     2.00
    

 

     

Balances, November 30, 2002

   6,600,486     7,845,803       6.82

Options granted

   (944,120 )   944,120       11.93

Options exercised

       (8,850 )     3.48

Options cancelled

   265,778     (278,576 )     7.32
    

 

     

Balances, August 31, 2003

   5,922,144     8,502,497     $ 7.37
    

 

     

 

The options outstanding and exercisable at November 30, 2002 are as follows:

 

Options Outstanding

   Options Vested and Exercisable

Range of
Exercise
Prices


   Shares

   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)


  

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Per Share


   Shares

   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Per Share


  $3.00

   874,629    3.67    $3.00    874,629    $3.00

  $3.50

   55,000    4.83    $3.50    55,000    $3.50

  $4.50

   3,108,474    6.60    $4.50    2,786,229    $4.50

  $7.00

   56,300    7.14    $7.00    34,887    $7.00

  $9.00

   1,976,999    7.43    $9.00    1,457,285    $9.00

$10.00

   1,403,498    9.24    $10.00    67,728    $10.00

$12.00

   370,903    8.32    $12.00    158,860    $12.00
    
            
    

$3.00–$12.00

   7,845,803    7.03    $6.82    5,434,618    $5.76
    
            
    

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

The options outstanding and exercisable at August 31, 2003 are as follows:

 

Options Outstanding


 

Options Vested and Exercisable


Range of
Exercise
Prices


 

Shares


 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)


 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Per Share


 

Shares


 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Per Share


$3.00

    855,829   2.91   $3.00       855,829   $3.00

$3.50

       55,000   4.08   $3.50          55,000   $3.50

$4.50

  2,974,865   5.85   $4.50     2,870,510   $4.50

$7.00

       51,885   6.39   $7.00          38,051   $7.00

$9.00

  1,974,499   6.68   $9.00     1,622,710   $9.00

$10.00

  1,348,981   8.55   $10.00        361,322   $10.00

$12.00

  1,241,438   9.31   $12.00        200,414   $12.00
   
         
   

$3.00–$12.00

  8,502,497   6.67   $7.37     6,003,836   $6.09
   
         
   

 

At November 30, 2000 and 2001, options to purchase 4,159,890 and 4,652,872 shares, respectively, were exercisable and the weighted average price for each exercisable option was $4.87 and $5.46, respectively.

 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes model, as well as other currently accepted option valuation models, was developed to estimate the fair value of freely tradable, fully transferable options without vesting restrictions, and these assumptions differ significantly from the characteristics of Company stock option grants. The following weighted average assumptions, together with the minimum value method as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, are used to estimate the fair value of stock option grants in 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine-month periods ended August 31, 2002 and 2003:

 

     Year Ended
November 30,


    Nine Months
Ended August 31,


 
     2000

    2001

    2002

    2002

    2003

 

Expected life (years)

   5     5     5     5     5  

Risk-free interest rate

   6.0 %   4.7 %   4.5 %   4.4 %   3.0 %

Dividend yield

   0 %   0 %   0 %   0 %   0 %

 

As the determination of fair value of all options granted after such time the Company becomes a public company will include an expected volatility factor in addition to the factors described in the preceding table, the pro forma net income (loss) (see Note 2) may not be representative of future periods.

 

The weighted-average per share grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003 was $2.72, $2.42, $2.10, $1.03 (unaudited) and $0.91, respectively.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

The Company applies APB No. 25 accounting to its stock-based compensation plans.

 

In connection with certain stock option grants to employees during the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002, the Company recognized approximately $4,055, $0 and $35, respectively, of unearned stock-

 

F-32


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

based compensation for the excess of the deemed fair value of shares of common stock subject to such options over the exercise price of these options at the date of grant. Such amounts are included as a reduction of stockholders’ equity and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, generally five years. The Company recorded amortization expense of unearned stock-based compensation of $1,347, $565, $561 and $413 during the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively.

 

During the years ended November 30, 2000 and 2001, the Company granted 370,000 and 10,000 options, respectively, at exercise prices ranging from $4.50 per share to $12.00 per share to employees of its parent company which were immediately vested and exercisable. The Company measured the fair value of the options using the Black-Scholes options pricing model assuming a dividend yield of 0%, volatility of 75%, expected option term of 10 years and a risk free interest rate between 4.74% and 5.52%. Accordingly, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of approximately $2,280 and $28 for the years ended November 30, 2000 and 2001, respectively.

 

Stock option repurchase

 

On August 31, 2001, the Company repurchased 292,591 stock options at a per share price that equaled $10.00 less the original exercise price. The Company recognized compensation expense of $2,312, of which $114 was charged to cost of revenue and $2,198 to selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

On April 10, 2000, the Company repurchased 399,829 stock options at a per share price that equaled $9.00 less the original exercise price. The Company recognized compensation expense of $2,609, of which $249 was charged to cost of revenue and $2,360 to selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

NOTE 13 — NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE:

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per common share for the period indicated:

 

     Years Ended November 30,

   Nine Months Ended August 31,

     2000

    2001

   2002

   2002

   2003

                     (unaudited)     

Income from continuing operations

   $ 42,011     $ 25,797    $ 28,032    $ 20,344    $ 21,371

Loss from discontinued operations

     (5,577 )                   
    


 

  

  

  

Net income

   $ 36,434     $ 25,797    $ 28,032    $ 20,344    $ 21,371
    


 

  

  

  

Weighted average common shares — basic

     21,466,002       21,918,742      22,060,578      22,053,762      22,088,463

Effect of dilutive securities:

                                   

Stock options

     2,938,127       2,473,129      2,189,950      2,343,163      2,354,189
    


 

  

  

  

Weighted average common shares — diluted

     24,404,129       24,391,871      24,250,528      24,396,925      24,442,652
    


 

  

  

  

Net income per common share — basic income from continuing operations

   $ 1.96     $ 1.18    $ 1.27    $ 0.92    $ 0.97

Loss from discontinued operations

     (0.26 )                   
    


 

  

  

  

Net income per common share — basic

   $ 1.70     $ 1.18    $ 1.27    $ 0.92    $ 0.97
    


 

  

  

  

Net income per common share — diluted:

                                   

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.72     $ 1.06    $ 1.16    $ 0.83    $ 0.87

Loss from discontinued operations

     (0.23 )                   
    


 

  

  

  

Net income per common share — diluted

   $ 1.49     $ 1.06    $ 1.16    $ 0.83    $ 0.87
    


 

  

  

  

 

Options to purchase 366,048, 369,460, 335,439 (unaudited) and 1,241,441, shares of common stock as at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively, have not been included in the computation of diluted net income per share as their effect would have been anti-dilutive. There were no anti-dilutive securities outstanding at November 30, 2000.

 

NOTE 14 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

 

Purchases of inventories from MiTAC International Corporation and its affiliates (principally notebook PC’s, motherboards and other peripherals) were approximately $392,000, $236,000, $142,354 and $90,274 during the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively. Sales to MiTAC International Corporation and its affiliates during the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, were approximately $8,617, $4,706, $2,364 and $2,272, respectively. The Company’s relationship with MiTAC International Corporation has been informal and is not governed by long-term commitments or arrangements with respect to pricing terms, revenue, or capacity

 

F-34


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

commitments. Accordingly, the Company negotiates manufacturing and pricing terms, including allocating customer revenue, on a case-by-case basis with MiTAC International Corporation.

 

In January 1998, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) issued a secured full recourse promissory note to the Company pursuant to which he can borrow up to $1,000. Interest is calculated based on the unpaid principal from the date of each borrowing at an annual rate of the then prevailing LIBOR rate plus 1.75% at the beginning of each calendar year with the accrued interest being payable on the last business day of the calendar year. The note was due on or before January 29, 2003 and is secured by a deed of trust on real property owned by the CEO. As of November 30, 2001, the amounts outstanding under the note were $871. As of November 30, 2002, there was no amount outstanding under the note.

 

In December 2001, the CEO borrowed an additional $1,100 from the Company pursuant to a secured full recourse promissory note. The note was due on or before December 28, 2031 and bore interest of 7.00%, payable on the last day of the calendar year. The note was secured by the same deed of trust on real property which serves as collateral for the 1998 promissory note. In December 2002, the entire amount of the note was paid off.

 

In January 2002, another officer of the Company borrowed $200 from the Company pursuant to a secured full recourse promissory note. The note is evidenced by a secured promissory note with interest at the rate of 7.00% per annum, payable on the last day of each calendar month. The note is due on or before January 25, 2017. The note is collateralized by a deed of trust on real property owned by the officer. As of November 30, 2002, $200 was outstanding under the note. In August 2003, the entire amount of the note was paid off.

 

In October 2001, the Company established a brokerage account in Taiwan and deposited $2,000 in the account, for the purpose of acquiring shares of MiTAC International Corporation and its affiliates. As of November 30, 2001, the fair value of the common stock acquired was approximately $211. In 2002, the brokerage account was liquidated.

 

In February 2002, as a new investment option for the deferred compensation plan, the Company established another brokerage account in Taiwan. The purpose of the account is to hold shares of MiTAC International Corporation and its affiliates. Between February and August 2002, the Company deposited a total of $1,500 in the account. As of November 30, 2002 and August 31, 2003, the fair market value of the common stock acquired was approximately $1,464 and $1,924.

 

NOTE 15 — SEGMENT INFORMATION:

 

Segments were determined based on products and services provided by each segment. Accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. The Company has identified the following two reportable business segments:

 

The Distribution segment distributes computer systems and complementary products to a variety of customers, including value-added resellers, system integrators, retailers, OEMs and direct outbound resellers.

 

The Contract Assembly segment provides electronics manufacturing services to various OEMs, including integrated supply chain management, build-to-order and configure-to-order system configurations, materials management, and logistics services.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Summarized financial information related to the Company’s reportable business segments as at November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and August 31, 2002 and 2003, and for each of the periods then ended, is shown below:

 

     Distribution

   Contract
Assembly


   Consolidated

Year ended November 30, 2000:                     

Revenue

   $ 2,174,826    $ 1,627,803    $ 3,802,629

Income from operations

     38,266      31,557      69,823

Total assets

     508,766      127,668      636,434
Year ended November 30, 2001:                     

Revenue

     2,464,386      760,004      3,224,390

Income from operations

     31,977      25,912      57,889

Total assets

     498,404      66,630      565,034
Year ended November 30, 2002:                     

Revenue

     3,394,727      373,155      3,767,882

Income from operations

     43,087      7,395      50,482

Total assets

     585,424      43,651      629,075
Nine months ended August 31, 2002 (unaudited):                     

Revenue

     2,384,416      309,960      2,694,376

Income from operations

     30,378      6,941      37,319

Total assets

     638,813      48,406      687,219
Nine months ended August 31, 2003:                     

Revenue

     2,736,293      137,000      2,873,293

Income from operations

     38,682      1,197      39,879

Total assets

     654,876      52,677      707,553

 

F-36


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Summarized financial information related to the geographic areas in which the Company operated at November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and August 31, 2002 and 2003 and for each of the periods then ended is shown below:

 

     North
America


   Other

   Consolidation
Adjustments


    Consolidated

Year Ended November 30, 2000:

                          

Revenue

   $ 3,429,113            380,821    $ (7,305 )   $ 3,802,629

Income from continuing operations

     32,563    13,071      (3,623 )     42,011

Total long-lived assets

     30,355    15,965            46,320

Year Ended November 30, 2001:

                          

Revenue

   $ 2,913,200    317,587    $ (6,397 )   $ 3,224,390

Income from continuing operations

     23,680    2,233      (116 )     25,797

Total long-lived assets

     27,760    14,868            42,628

Year Ended November 30, 2002:

                          

Revenue

   $ 3,481,367    291,408    $ (4,893 )   $ 3,767,882

Income from continuing operations

     27,693    665      (326 )     28,032

Total long-lived assets

     34,042    22,323            56,635

Nine Months Ended August 31, 2002 (unaudited):

                          

Revenue

   $ 2,496,862    200,863    $ (3,349 )   $ 2,694,376

Income from continuing operations

     20,216    367      (239 )     20,344

Total long-lived assets

     35,947    16,796            52,743

Nine Months Ended August 31, 2003:

                          

Revenue

   $ 2,602,491    276,231    $ (5,429 )   $ 2,873,293

Income from continuing operations

     21,217    514      (360 )     21,371

Total long-lived assets

     26,406    18,963            45,369

 

NOTE 16 — DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS:

 

On November 20, 2000, one of the Company’s majority-owned subsidiaries, eManage.com (“eManage”), filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. The Company consolidated the results of eManage through November 19, 2000. The loss from discontinued operations, including loss on write-off of net assets, associated with eManage.com was $5,577 in 2000. Concurrent with the bankruptcy filing the Company exited the web hosting and service business, and, as a result, the net financial results of eManage.com are reported separately as discontinued operations in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Revenue and loss from discontinued operations are as follows:

 

     Year End
November 30,
2000


 

Revenue from discontinued operations

   $ 2,056  

Loss from discontinued operations:

        

Operating loss

     (12,107 )

Minority interest

     2,318  

Income tax benefit

     4,600  
    


     $ (5,189 )
    


Loss on write-off of net assets of discontinued operations:

        

Loss on write-off of net assets

   $ (1,273 )

Minority interest

     540  

Income tax benefit

     345  
    


     $ (388 )
    


 

NOTE 17 — RISK AND UNCERTAINTIES:

 

The Company operates in a highly competitive industry and is subject to various risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect the Company’s future operating results and cause actual results to differ materially from expectations include, but are not limited to, dependence on few customers, competition, new products and services, dependence upon key personnel, industry conditions, foreign currency fluctuations, and aspects of our strategic relationship with MiTAC International Corporation.

 

NOTE 18 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

 

The Company leases its facilities under operating lease agreements, which expire in various periods through 2007. Future minimum rental obligations under noncancelable lease agreements as of August 31, 2003 were as follows:

 

Years Ending November 30,


    

2003

   $ 8,920

2004

     6,692

2005

     5,546

2006

     5,128

2007

     4,651

Thereafter

     10,657
    

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 41,594
    

 

Rent expense for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and for the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003 amounted to $5,786, $8,303, $10,567, $7,564 (unaudited) and $7,319, respectively.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

The Company was contingently liable at August 31, 2003, under agreements to repurchase repossessed inventory acquired by Flooring Companies as a result of default on floor plan financing arrangements by the Company’s customers. These arrangements are described in Note 6. Losses, if any, would be the difference between repossession cost and the resale value of the inventory. There have been no repurchases through August 31, 2003 under these agreements nor is the Company aware of any pending customer defaults or repossession obligations.

 

The Company experienced theft as a result of break-ins at three of its warehouses in which approximately $9,600 of inventory was stolen. The Company’s insurance carrier has paid $400, is in the adjustment process for $1,400 and has reserved its rights with respect to and has not paid the remaining $7,800 of the claim.

 

The Company is involved in certain ongoing litigation in the normal course of operations. The Company believes that the outcome of the litigation will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position, cash flows, or results of operations.

 

NOTE 19 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

 

Reincorporation

 

The Company intends to reincorporate in the State of Delaware prior to the effective date of this offering, and the historical information contained in these consolidated financial statements has been updated to reflect this reincorporation.

 

Severance Agreement

 

The Company has reached an agreement regarding the severance arrangements with an officer whose employment is to be terminated. The agreement calls for a cash payment of $1,671 and the acceleration of vesting and extension of the exercise period of certain options previously issued to him, resulting in a non-cash charge of approximately $355. The expense related to the cash payments and option acceleration, net of tax, is expected to be approximately $1,200. Subject to certain conditions, the termination is to be finalized and the expense taken in the quarter ended November 30, 2003.

 

Reverse Stock Split

 

On October 11, 2003, the Board of Directors declared a reverse stock split of one share for two shares which will be effective prior to the completion of this offering. The accompanying historical financial statements have been restated to reflect this reverse stock split.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

 

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report dated October 11, 2003 appearing in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this Form S-1. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

San Jose, California

October 11, 2003

 

S-1


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

Description


  

Balance
Beginning

of Period


   Additions
from
Acquisitions


   

Additions
Charged to
Revenues

and Costs
and Expenses


  

Writeoffs

and
Deductions


   

Balance at

End of
Period


2000

                                    

Allowance for doubtful trade receivables

   $ 6,064    $ 209     $ 8,246    $ (6,463 )   $ 8,056
    

  


 

  


 

Allowance for vendor receivables

   $ 3,064    $     $ 13    $ (756 )   $ 2,321
    

  


 

  


 

Allowance for sales returns

   $ 3,313    $     $ 26,909    $ (25,613 )   $ 4,609
    

  


 

  


 

Allowance for inventory reserve

   $ 3,550    $     $ 6,151    $ (2,536 )   $ 7,165
    

  


 

  


 

Allowance for deferred tax assets

   $    $     $    $     $
    

  


 

  


 

2001

                                    

Allowance for doubtful trade receivables

   $ 8,056    $ 3,781     $ 4,820    $ (8,696 )   $ 7,961
    

  


 

  


 

Allowance for vendor receivables

   $ 2,321    $     $ 31    $ 324  (1)   $ 2,676
    

  


 

  


 

Allowance for sales returns

   $ 4,609    $     $ 42,955    $ (41,021 )   $ 6,543
    

  


 

  


 

Allowance for inventory reserve

   $ 7,165    $ 2,712     $ 1,360    $ (2,970 )   $ 8,267
    

  


 

  


 

Allowance for deferred tax assets

   $    $ 6,619     $    $     $ 6,619
    

  


 

  


 

2002

                                    

Allowance for doubtful trade receivables

   $ 7,961    $ 1,220     $ 6,189    $ (7,055 )   $ 8,315
    

  


 

  


 

Allowance for vendor receivables

   $ 2,676    $     $ 89    $ (61 )   $ 2,704
    

  


 

  


 

Allowance for sales returns

   $ 6,543    $     $ 37,326    $ (40,112 )   $ 3,757
    

  


 

  


 

Allowance for inventory reserve

   $ 8,267    $ 788     $ 1,726    $ (3,362 )   $ 7,419
    

  


 

  


 

Allowance for deferred tax assets

   $ 6,619    $     $    $ (979 )   $ 5,640
    

  


 

  


 

Nine months through August 31, 2003

                                    

Allowance for doubtful trade receivables

   $ 8,315    $ (963 )   $ 3,473    $ (2,244 )   $ 8,581
    

  


 

  


 

Allowance for vendor receivables

   $ 2,704    $     $ 1,379    $ (35 )   $ 4,048
    

  


 

  


 

Allowance for sales returns

   $ 3,757    $     $ 37,206    $ (32,873 )   $ 8,090
    

  


 

  


 

Allowance for inventory reserve

   $ 7,419    $ (787 )   $ 2,355    $ (2,979 )   $ 6,008
    

  


 

  


 

Allowance for deferred tax assets

   $ 5,640    $     $ 3,999    $ (770 )   $ 8,869
    

  


 

  


 

 

(1) The amount represents a net recovery of previously written-off vendor receivables.

 

S-2


Table of Contents

 

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

     1

Risk Factors

     5

Cautionary Note on Forward-looking Statements

   20

Use of Proceeds

   21

Dividend Policy

   21

Capitalization

   22

Dilution

   23

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

   24

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   26

Business

   46

Management

   59

Ownership by MiTAC International and its Affiliates

   71

Certain Relationships and Transactions

   73

Principal and Selling Stockholders

   77

Description of Capital Stock

   80

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   83

Underwriting

   85

Legal Matters

   88

Experts

   88

Additional Information

   88

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-1

 

Until             , 2003 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 


 


 

                     shares

 

LOGO

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

 

Common Stock

 


 

PROSPECTUS


 

                                    , 2003

 

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

 

Banc of America Securities LLC

 

Raymond James

 

 



Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

 

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts, payable by the Registrant in connection with the offer and sale of the shares of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange entry and application fee.

 

Registration fee

   $ 7,443

NASD filing fee

     9,700

Blue Sky/NASD fees and expenses (including legal fees)

     10,000

New York Stock Exchange entry and application fee

     *    

Accounting fees and expenses

     *    

Other legal fees and expenses

     *    

Transfer agent and registrar fee

     *    

Printing and engraving

     *    

Miscellaneous

     *    
    

Total

   $ *    
    


* To be filed by amendment.

 

ITEM 14.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award or a corporation’s board of directors to grant indemnification to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

Article VII of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Exhibit 3(i)3 hereto) and Section 6 of the our bylaws (Exhibit 3(ii)3 hereto) provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the extent and under the circumstances permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. We have entered into Indemnification Agreements (Exhibit 10.6 hereto) with our officers and directors that will require us to, among other things, indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by law. The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of us, our directors and officers and by us, the selling stockholders and MiTAC International of the Underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act and affords certain rights of contribution with respect thereto. We also maintain directors and officers liabilities insurance.

 

ITEM 15.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

 

Since August 2, 2000, we have issued and sold the following securities:

 

(a)    We have issued and sold 331,526 shares of our common stock to officers, employees and consultants for an aggregate purchase price of $973,687.00 pursuant to stock issuances and option exercise under our 1993 Stock Option Plan, 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

(b)    In September 2000, we issued 322,500 shares of our common stock to MIX System Holdings Ltd. in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of MiTAC Industrial Corporation.

 

(c)    In September 2000, we issued 1,637,500 shares of our common stock to Silver Star Developments Ltd. in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of MiTAC Europe, Ltd.

 

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the Registrant believes that each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof, Regulation D promulgated thereunder or Rule 701 pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701. The recipients in such transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to information about the Registrant.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

ITEM 16.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a)   Exhibits

 

  1.1

   Form of Underwriting Agreement

  3.(i)1**

   Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant

  3.(i)2

   Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed following our reincorporation under Delaware law

  3.(i)3

   Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates

  3.(ii)1**

   Bylaws of the Registrant

  3.(ii)2

   Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective following our reincorporation under Delaware law

  3.(ii)3

   Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates

  4.1*

   Specimen Common Stock Certificate

  5.1*

   Opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop LLP

10.1†**

   1993 Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder

10.2†**

   1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and form of agreements thereunder

10.3†**

   Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and form of agreements thereunder

10.4†**

   Form of 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and form of agreements thereunder

10.5†**

   Form of 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

10.6**

   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors

10.7**

   Registration Rights Agreement dated July 1, 2002

10.8**

   Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement, dated August 30, 2002, by and among the Registrant, SIT Funding Corporation, Redwood Receivables Corporation and General Electric Capital Corporation

10.9

   Amendment No. 1 dated June 30, 2003 to Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement and Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement dated August 30, 2002 by and among the Registrant, SIT Funding Corporation, Redwood Receivables Corporation and General Electric Capital Corporation

10.10**

   Standard Industrial Lease, dated December 5, 1996, between the Registrant and Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.

10.11**

   First Amendment to Lease, dated May 24, 1999, between the Registrant and Bedford Property Investors, Inc.

10.12**

   Second Amendment to Lease, dated March 30, 2001, between the Registrant and Bedford Property Investors, Inc.

10.13†

   Form of Change of Control Severance Plan

21.1**

   List of Subsidiaries

23.1

   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent auditors

23.2*

   Consent of Pillsbury Winthrop LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

24.1**

   Power of Attorney

24.2

   Power of Attorney for David Rynne

*       To be filed by amendment.

**     Previously filed.

†       Denotes management compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

(b)  Financial Statement Schedules.

    

 

Report of Independent Auditors

 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

II-3


Table of Contents

ITEM 17.    UNDERTAKINGS

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1)  For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

 

(2)  For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Fremont, State of California, on this 14th day of October, 2003.

 

SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

 

/s/    R OBERT T. H UANG        

By:                                                                                                   

Robert T. Huang

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the persons whose signatures appear below, which persons have signed such Registration Statement in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature


  

Title


   Date

/s/    R OBERT T. H UANG        


Robert T. Huang

  

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

   October 14, 2003

/s/    D ENNIS P OLK        


Dennis Polk

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

   October 14, 2003

*


Matthew Miau

   Chairman of the Board    October 14, 2003

*


Fred Breidenbach

   Director    October 14, 2003

/s/    D AVID R YNNE        


David Rynne

   Director    October 14, 2003

*


Young Sohn

   Director    October 14, 2003

*


Dwight Steffensen

   Director    October 14, 2003
*   /s/    D ENNIS P OLK        
 
    Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number


  

Description


  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.(i)1**    Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant
  3.(i)2    Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed following our reincorporation under Delaware law
  3.(i)3    Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates
  3.(ii)1**    Bylaws of the Registrant
  3.(ii)2    Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective following our reincorporation under Delaware law
  3.(ii)3    Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates
  4.1*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate
  5.1*    Opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop LLP
10.1†**    1993 Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder
10.2†**    1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and form of agreements thereunder
10.3†**    Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and form of agreements thereunder
10.4†**    Form of 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and form of agreements thereunder
10.5†**    Form of 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.6**    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors
10.7**    Registration Rights Agreement dated July 1, 2002
10.8**    Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement, dated August 30, 2002, by and among the Registrant, SIT Funding Corporation, Redwood Receivables Corporation and General Electric Capital Corporation
10.9    Amendment No. 1 dated June 30, 2003 to Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement and Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement dated August 30, 2002 by and among the Registrant, SIT Funding Corporation, Redwood Receivables Corporation and General Electric Capital Corporation
10.10**    Standard Industrial Lease, dated December 5, 1996, between the Registrant and Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.
10.11**    First Amendment to Lease, dated May 24, 1999, between the Registrant and Bedford Property Investors, Inc.
10.12**    Second Amendment to Lease, dated March 30, 2001, between the Registrant and Bedford Property Investors, Inc.
10.13†    Form of Change of Control Severance Plan
21.1**    List of Subsidiaries
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent auditors
23.2*    Consent of Pillsbury Winthrop LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1**    Power of Attorney
24.2   

Power of Attorney for David Rynne.


* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
Denotes management compensatory plan or arrangement.

Exhibit 1.1

 

                             Shares of Common Stock

 

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

                     , 2003

 

BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC.

        as Representatives of the several Underwriters

        named in Schedule I attached hereto

c/o Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

 

Ladies/Gentlemen:

 

SYNNEX Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) an aggregate of                      shares (the “Company Shares”) of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and the stockholders listed under “Total Number of Firm Shares to be Sold” in Schedule II hereto (collectively, the “Initial Selling Stockholders”) propose severally to sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of                      shares of Common Stock (the “Initial Selling Stockholders Shares” and, together with the Company Shares, the “Firm Shares”). For the sole purpose of covering over-allotments in connection with the sale of the Firm Shares, at the option of the Underwriters and subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, the Company also proposes to issue and sell to the Underwriters up to                      additional shares of Common Stock (the “Company Additional Shares”) and the stockholders listed under “Total Number of Additional Shares to be Sold if Option is Fully Exercised” in Schedule II hereto (collectively, the “Additional Selling Stockholders” and, together with the Initial Selling Stockholders, the “Selling Stockholders”) also propose to sell to the Underwriters up to                      additional shares of Common Stock (the “Selling Stockholders Additional Shares” and, together with the Company Additional Shares, the “Additional Shares”). The Firm Shares and any Additional Shares purchased by the Underwriters are referred to herein as the “Shares”. The Shares are more fully described in the Registration Statement referred to below. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. (“Bear Stearns”) is acting as lead manager in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares contemplated herein (the “Offering”).

 

The Company and the Underwriters hereby agree that up to          % of the Firm Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters (the “Directed Shares”) shall be reserved for sale by the Underwriters to certain officers, directors, employees and other persons designated by the Company (the “Directed Share Purchasers”) as part of the distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and


interpretations of the NASD (as defined below) and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations. To the extent that sales of Directed Shares are not orally confirmed for purchase by Directed Share Purchasers by the end of the first day after the date of this Agreement, the Directed Shares will be offered to the public as part of the Offering.

 

1.     Representations and Warranties .

 

        (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

 

                (i) The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-108543), and amendments thereto, and related preliminary prospectuses for the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Shares, which registration statement, as so amended (including post-effective amendments, if any), has been declared effective by the Commission and copies of which have heretofore been delivered to the Underwriters. The registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the prospectus, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and other information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A or 434(d) under the Securities Act, is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement.” If the Company has filed or is required pursuant to the terms hereof to file a registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act by registering additional shares of Common Stock (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), then, unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Other than a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, which, if filed, became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission. All of the Shares have been registered under the Securities Act pursuant to the Registration Statement or, if any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is filed, will be duly registered under the Securities Act with the filing of such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of either the Registration Statement or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or threatened by the Commission. The Company, if required by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission (the “Rules and Regulations”), proposes to file the Prospectus with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act (“Rule 424(b)”). The prospectus, in the form in which it is to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), or, if the prospectus is not to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), the prospectus in the form included as part of the Registration Statement at the time the Registration Statement became effective, is hereinafter referred to as the “Prospectus,” except that if any revised prospectus or prospectus supplement shall be provided to the Underwriters by the Company for use in connection with the Offering which differs from the Prospectus (whether or not such revised prospectus or prospectus supplement is required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 424(b)), the term “Prospectus” shall refer to such revised prospectus or prospectus supplement, as the case may be, from and after the time it is first provided to the Underwriters for such use. Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus subject to completion included in the Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act is hereafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus.” Any reference herein to the Registration Statement, any Preliminary

 

2


Prospectus or the Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include any wrapper or supplement thereto prepared in connection with the distribution of Directed Shares in any jurisdiction. All references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, a Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include any copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System.

 

                (ii) At the time of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or the effectiveness of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, when the Prospectus is first filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 434 under the Securities Act (“Rule 434”), when any supplement to or amendment of the Prospectus is filed with the Commission and at the Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date, if any, (as hereinafter respectively defined), the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments thereof and supplements thereto complied or will comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact and did not and will not omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (x) in the case of the Registration Statement, not misleading and (y) in the case of the Prospectus or any related Preliminary Prospectus in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. When any Preliminary Prospectus was first filed with the Commission (whether filed as part of the registration statement for the registration of the Shares or any amendment thereto or pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act) and when any amendment thereof or supplement thereto was first filed with the Commission, such Preliminary Prospectus and any amendments thereof and supplements thereto complied in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. No representation and warranty is made in this subsection (ii), however, with respect to any information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any related Preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through you specifically for use therein. The parties acknowledge and agree that such information provided on or on behalf of any Underwriter consists solely of the material included in paragraphs 10, 12 and 13 under the caption “Underwriting” in the Prospectus. If Rule 434 is used, the Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 434 and the Prospectus shall not be “materially different,” as such term is used in Rule 434, from the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective.

 

                (iii) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified the financial statements and supporting schedules and information included in the Registration Statement, and Deloitte & Touche LLP, who have certified certain financial statements and other information of Merisel Canada Inc. that are included in the Registration Statement, each are independent public accountants as required by the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations.

 

3


                (iv) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company has not declared, paid or made any dividends or other distributions of any kind on or in respect of its capital stock or other shares and there has been no material adverse change or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, in or affecting (i) the business, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, stockholders’ equity, properties, affairs or prospects of the Company and the subsidiaries of the Company listed on Exhibit A hereto (the “Subsidiaries”), taken as a whole; (ii) the long-term debt or capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (iii) the Offering or consummation of any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (a “Material Adverse Change”). Since the date of the latest balance sheet presented in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has incurred or undertaken any liabilities or obligations, whether direct or indirect, liquidated or contingent, matured or unmatured, or entered into any transactions, including any acquisition or disposition of any business or asset, which are material to the Company and the Subsidiaries individually or taken as a whole, except for liabilities, obligations and transactions which are disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

                (v) The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. This Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus have been duly and validly authorized by the Company and this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company.

 

                (vi) The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus do not and will not (i) conflict with, require consent under or result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement, instrument, franchise, license or permit to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or their respective properties, operations or assets may be bound or (ii) violate, conflict with or result in a breach of any provision of the certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational documents of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any judgment, decree, order, statute, law, rule or regulation of any court or any public, governmental or regulatory agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, operations or assets.

 

                (vii) No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration, filing, qualification, license or permit of or with any court or any public, governmental or regulatory agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, operations or assets, or any third party, is

 

4


required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, including the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares to be issued, sold and delivered hereunder, except such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations, filings, qualifications, licenses and permits as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws or the bylaws and rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, each of which has been obtained and is in full force and effect.

 

                (viii) As of the date specified therein, the authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” and, after giving effect to the Offering and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, will be as set forth in the column entitled “As Adjusted” under the caption “Capitalization”. Subsequent to such date, the Company has not issued any securities other than common stock issued upon exercise of options previously granted and options to persons other than officers, directors or affiliates of the Company in the ordinary course, in each case pursuant to the stock option plans described in the Prospectus. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and such stock and other securities of the Company were issued in compliance in all material respects with all applicable state, federal and foreign securities laws and were not issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive or similar rights that entitle or will entitle any person to acquire from the Company or any Subsidiary upon the issuance or sale thereof any shares of capital stock, any other equity security of the Company or any Subsidiary and any security convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other such equity security (any “Relevant Security”), except for such rights as may have been satisfied or waived prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date, if any (as hereinafter respectively defined) have been duly and validly authorized and, when delivered and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, will have been issued in compliance with all applicable state, federal and foreign securities laws and will not have been issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive or similar rights that entitle or will entitle any person to acquire any Relevant Security from the Company or any Subsidiary upon issuance or sale of Shares in the Offering. The Common Stock and the Shares conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. Except as disclosed in the Prospectus as of the date specified therein, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has outstanding warrants, options to purchase, or any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell, any Relevant Security other than common stock issued upon the exercise of options previously granted and the grant of options to persons other than officers, directors or affiliates of the Company, in each case in the ordinary course pursuant to the stock option plan described in the Prospectus.

 

                (ix) The Subsidiaries are the only subsidiaries of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Except for the Subsidiaries, the Company owns no ownership or other beneficial interest, directly or indirectly, in any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other business entity. All of the issued shares of capital

 

5


stock of or other ownership interest in each of the Subsidiaries have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company free and clear of any lien, charge, mortgage, pledge, security interest, claim, equity, trust or other encumbrance, preferential arrangement, defect or restriction of any kind whatsoever (any “Lien”).

 

                (x) Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has been duly incorporated or organized and validly exists as a corporation, partnership or limited liability company in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as it is currently being conducted and as described in the Prospectus, and to own, lease and operate its respective properties. Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company in each jurisdiction in which the character or location of its properties (owned, leased or licensed) or the nature or conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary, except for those failures to be so qualified or in good standing which (individually and in the aggregate) could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (i) the business, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, stockholders’ equity, properties, affairs or prospects of the Company and the Subsidiaries, individually or taken as a whole; (ii) the long-term debt or capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary; or (iii) the Offering or consummation of any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (any such effect being a “Material Adverse Effect”).

 

                (xi) Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has all necessary consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations, qualifications, licenses and permits of and from all judicial, public, regulatory and other legal or governmental agencies and bodies and third parties, foreign and domestic (collectively, the “Consents”), to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business as it is now being conducted and as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and each such Consent is valid and in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has received notice of any investigation or proceedings which results in or, if decided adversely to the Company or any Subsidiary, could reasonably be expected to result in, the revocation of, or imposition of a materially burdensome restriction on, any Consent. Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, directives, judgments, decrees and orders, foreign and domestic, except where failure to be in compliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Consent contains a materially burdensome restriction not adequately disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

                (xii) Except as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, there is no legal, governmental, arbital or regulatory proceeding or other litigation or arbitration, domestic or foreign (including but not limited to routine litigation) to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or of which any property, operations or assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is the subject which, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; to the best of the Company’s knowledge, no such proceeding, arbitration or litigation is threatened by any legal, governmental or regulatory authority or other

 

6


third party, foreign or domestic; and the defense of all such proceedings, arbitration and litigation against or involving the Company or any of the Subsidiaries could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

                (xiii) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or, to the Company’s knowledge, any other arrangements, agreements, understandings, payments or issuance with respect to the Company or any of its officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees, Subsidiaries or affiliates that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation as determined by the NASD.

 

                (xiv) The financial statements and pro forma data, including the notes thereto, and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the financial position as of the dates indicated and the cash flows and results of operations for the periods specified of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries; except as otherwise stated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein. No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement. The other financial and statistical information and data included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information included therein and have been prepared on a basis consistent with that of the financial statements that are included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and the books and records of the respective entities presented therein.

 

                (xv) There are no financial statements of any Subsidiary or pro forma or as adjusted financial statements which are required to be included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus in accordance with Regulation S-X or otherwise which have not been included as so required. The pro forma and as adjusted financial information included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus has been properly compiled, and prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and includes all adjustments and reconciliations necessary to present fairly in all material respects the pro forma financial position of the respective entity or entities presented therein at the respective dates indicated and the results of their operations for the respective periods specified.

 

                (xvi) The assumptions used in preparing the pro forma and as adjusted financial information included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions or events described therein, the related pro forma and as adjusted adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma and as adjusted columns therein reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the corresponding historical financial statement amounts.

 

7


(xvii) The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources which the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate, and such data agrees with the sources from which they are derived.

 

(xviii) The Agreement and Plan of Merger dated              , 2003 (the “Plan of Merger”) by and between the Company and [SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.], a California corporation (“SYNNEX CA”), has been duly authorized by all necessary board of directors and stockholder action on the part of the Company and SYNNEX CA and has been duly executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto. The execution and delivery of the Plan of Merger and the consummation of the merger contemplated thereby does not contravene any provision of applicable federal, California or Delaware corporate law or the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or the articles of incorporation or bylaws of SYNNEX CA, or, any judgment or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or SYNNEX CA, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of or qualification with any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company or SYNNEX CA of its obligations under the Plan of Merger, except such as have been obtained or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The merger contemplated by the Plan of Merger is effective under the laws of the State of California and the State of Delaware.

 

(xix) The execution, delivery, and performance of the Plan of Merger and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Plan of Merger do not and will not conflict with, require consent under or result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement, instrument, franchise, license or permit to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or their respective properties, operations or assets may be bound, except such as have been obtained or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xx) There are no contracts or other documents (including, without limitation, any voting agreement), which are required to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement by the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations and which have not been so described or filed.

 

(xxi) The Common Stock is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and the outstanding shares of Common Stock (including the Shares) are approved for listing on The New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act or delisting the Common Stock from the NYSE, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission or the NYSE is contemplating terminating such registration or listing.

 

8


(xxii) The Company and the Subsidiaries maintain insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as the Company reasonably considers adequate for the conduct of its business and the value of its properties and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries, all of which insurance is in full force and effect, except where the failure to maintain such insurance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, there are no material claims by the Company or any Subsidiary under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, the Company reasonably believes that it will be able to renew its existing insurance as and when such coverage expires or will be able to obtain replacement insurance adequate for the conduct of the business and the value of its properties at a cost that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxiii) The Company has in effect insurance covering the Company, its directors, officers and the Underwriters for liabilities or losses arising in connection with this Offering, including, without limitation, liabilities or losses arising under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the Rules and Regulations and applicable state, federal and foreign securities laws.

 

(xxiv) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, no holder of securities of the Company has any registration or similar rights to require registration of any debt or equity security of the Company as part or on account of, or otherwise in connection with, the offer and sale of the Shares contemplated hereby, and any such rights so disclosed have either been fully complied with by the Company or effectively waived by the holders thereof, and any such waivers remain in full force and effect.

 

(xxv) Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates (within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act) has taken, nor will any of them take, directly or indirectly, any action which constitutes or is designed to cause or result in, or which could reasonably be expected to constitute, cause or result in, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

 

(xxvi) Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has, prior to the date hereof, made any offer or sale of any securities which would be “integrated” for the purposes of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations with the offer and sale of the Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, neither Company nor any of its affiliates has sold or issued any Relevant Security during the six month period preceding the date of the Prospectus, including but not limited to any sales pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation D or S under the Securities Act.

 

(xxvii) No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any affiliate of the Company, on the one hand, and any director, officer, stockholder, customer or supplier of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, on the other hand, which is required by the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which is not so described or is not described as required.

 

9


(xxviii) The Company and the Subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accounting for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

(xxix) The Company is not and, at all times up to and including consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds of the Offering, will not be, subject to registration as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and is not and will not be an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of such act.

 

(xxx) The Company and each Subsidiary owns or leases all such properties as are necessary to the conduct of its business as presently operated and as proposed to be operated as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. The Company and the Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all Liens except such as are described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or the absence of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and any real property and buildings held under lease or sublease by the Company and the Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as could not reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has received any notice of any claim adverse to its ownership of any real or personal property or of any claim against the continued possession of any real property, whether owned or held under lease or sublease by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, which could not reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxxi) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus or the Registration Statement, the Company and its Subsidiaries own or possess adequate right to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, formulae, customer list, and other rights to inventions, know-how, patents, copyrights, confidential information and other intellectual property necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, employed by them or as proposed in the Prospectus, and have no reason to believe that the conduct of their respective businesses does or will conflict with, and have not received any notice of any claim of conflict with, any such right of others, that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxxii) All Tax returns required to be filed by the Company and the Subsidiaries have been filed and all such Tax returns are true, complete, and correct in all material respects. All Taxes that are due or claimed to be due from the Company and the Subsidiaries have been paid other than those (i) currently payable without penalty or interest or (ii) being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which, in the case of

 

10


both clauses (i) and (ii), adequate reserves have been established on the books and records of the Company and the Subsidiaries in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. No material deficiency or adjustment for any Taxes has been threatened, proposed, asserted, or assessed against the Company or any of the Subsidiaries. The accruals and reserves on the books and records of the Company and the Subsidiaries in respect of any Tax liability for any Taxable period not finally determined are adequate to meet any assessments of Tax for any such period. Since January 1, 2002, the Company and the Subsidiaries have not incurred any liability for Taxes other than in the ordinary course of its business. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Tax” and “Taxes” shall mean all Federal, state, local and foreign taxes, and other assessments of a similar nature (whether imposed directly or through withholding), including any interest, additions to tax, or penalties applicable thereto.

 

(xxxiii) Neither the Company, any of the Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its employees or agents has at any time during the last five years (i) made any unlawful contribution to any candidate for foreign office, or failed to disclose fully any contribution in violation of law or (ii) made any payment to any federal or state governmental officer or official, or other person charged with similar public or quasi-public duties, other than payments required or permitted by the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction thereof.

 

(xxxiv) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is in violation of its charter or bylaws, (ii) is in default (and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default) under, or which could result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of its property or assets pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its property or assets is subject or (iii) is in violation in any respect of any statute or any judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental or regulatory agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) for any violation or default that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxxv) No labor disturbance by the employees of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries exists or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, is imminent and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or any Subsidiary’s principal suppliers, manufacturers’, customers or contractors, which, in any case, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxxvi) No “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ERISA”), or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”), or “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA) or any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA (other than events with respect to which the 30-day notice requirement under Section 4043 of ERISA has been waived) has occurred with respect to any employee benefit plan which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; each employee benefit plan is in compliance in all material respects with applicable law; including ERISA and the Code; the

 

11


Company has not incurred and does not expect to incur liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of, or withdrawal from any “pension plan;” and each “pension plan” (as defined in ERISA) for which the Company would have any liability that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified in all material respects and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which could cause the loss of such qualification, in all such cases could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxxvii) There has been no storage, generation, transportation, handling, treatment, disposal, discharge, emission, or other release of any kind of toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances by, due to, or caused by the Company or any Subsidiary (or, to the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s knowledge (as the case may be), any other entity for whose acts or omissions the Company or any Subsidiary is or may be liable) upon any other property now or previously owned or leased by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or upon any other property, which would be a violation of any statute or any ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit or which would, under any statute or any ordinance, rule (including rule of common law), regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit (collectively, “Environmental Law”), or which would give rise to any liability, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no disposal discharge, emission or other release of any kind onto such property or into the environment surrounding such property of any toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances with respect to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries has knowledge, except for any disposal discharge, emission or other release of any kind which would not, in the aggregate with all such discharges and other releases, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has agreed to assume, undertake or provide indemnification for any liability of any other person under any Environmental Law, including any obligation for cleanup or remedial action, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial action, claim or notice of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

(xxxviii) At least      % of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, and at least      % of outstanding securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, are subject to lock-up agreements (collectively, “Lock-Up Agreements”) in substantially the form of Annex II hereto. A final and complete list of all the stockholders and optionholders subject to Lock-Up Agreements has been provided separately to the Underwriters.

 

(xxxix) The Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any Preliminary Prospectus comply, and any further amendments or supplements thereto will comply, in all material respects, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus or any Preliminary Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Shares and no authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration or qualification of or with any government, governmental instrumentality or court, other than such as have been obtained, is necessary under the securities laws and regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Directed Shares are offered outside the United States.

 

12


(xl) The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, any Directed Shares to any person with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company or any Subsidiary to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company or any Subsidiary or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company, any Subsidiary or its products.

 

(xli) The Company is in compliance with applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that are effective and is affirmatively taking steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act upon the effectiveness of such provisions.

 

(xlii) The Company will adopt and maintain a “code of ethics” (as defined in Item 406 of Regulation S-K) that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing such functions (each a “Senior Financial Officer”) on or before the time required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will file the code of ethics as an exhibit to its Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003 or will post the text of such “code of ethics” on its Internet website. There will be no amendment or change of the “code of ethics” or waiver of the “code of ethics” for any Senior Financial Officer.

 

(xliii) The Company will establish and maintain “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c) of the Exchange Act); the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” are reasonably designed to ensure that all information (both financial and non-financial) required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Rules and Regulations, and that all such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and to make the certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company required under the Exchange Act with respect to such reports.

 

(xliv) The section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation – Critical Accounting Policies” in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus accurately and fully describes (i) accounting policies which the Company believes are the most important in the portrayal of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and which require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments (“critical accounting policies”); (ii) judgments and uncertainties affecting the application of critical accounting policies; and (iii) explanation of the likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. The Company’s board of directors, senior management and audit committee have reviewed and agreed with the selection, application and disclosure of critical accounting policies. The section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources” in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus accurately and fully describes (x) all material trends, demands, commitments, events, uncertainties and risks, and the potential effects thereof, that the Company believes would materially affect liquidity and are reasonably likely to occur; and (y) all off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or

 

13


future effect on the financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Except as disclosed in the Registration and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding guarantees or other contingent obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xlv) Any certificate signed by or on behalf of the Company and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

(b) Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, in the case of the Initial Selling Stockholders, and the Additional Closing Date, in the case of the Additional Selling Stockholders, that:

 

(i) Such Selling Stockholder has, and on the Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date, as applicable, will have, valid and unencumbered title to the Shares to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such date and full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such date hereunder; and upon the delivery of and payment for the Shares on such date hereunder the several Underwriters will acquire valid and unencumbered title to the Shares to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such date.

 

(ii) To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto) are made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder specifically for inclusion therein, such Preliminary Prospectus and the Registration Statement did, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, and the Prospectus, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact and did not and will not omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (x) in the case of the Registration Statement, not misleading and (y) in the case of the Prospectus or any related Preliminary Prospectus in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(iii) Such Selling Stockholder has no reason to believe that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 1(a) are not true and correct in all material respects, is familiar with the Registration Statement and has no knowledge of any material fact, condition or information not disclosed in the Prospectus or any supplement thereto which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and the sale of the Shares by such Selling Stockholder pursuant hereto is not prompted by any information concerning the Company or any of the Subsidiaries which is not set forth in the Prospectus or any supplement thereto.

 

14


                (iv) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, to the knowledge of such Selling Stockholder, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between such Selling Stockholder and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering or, to such Selling Stockholder’s knowledge, any other arrangements, agreements, understandings, payments or issuance with respect to the Company or any of its officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees, Subsidiaries or affiliates that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation as determined by the NASD.

 

                (v) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder and is a valid and binding agreement of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

                (vi) Each of the (x) custody agreement signed by such Selling Stockholder and a custodian (the “Custodian”), relating to the deposit of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder (the “Custody Agreement”) and (y) power of attorney (“Power of Attorney”) appointing certain individuals named therein as the Selling Stockholder’s attorneys-in-fact (each, an “Attorney-in-Fact”) to the extent set therein relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Prospectus, of such Selling Stockholder has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and is a valid and binding agreement of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

                (vii) The execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of, and the performance by such Selling Stockholder of his obligations under, this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney or the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of any of the other transactions contemplated hereby, will not contravene or conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, or require consent of any other party to any agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is bound or under which it is entitled to any right or benefit, any provision of applicable law or any judgment, order, decree or regulation applicable to such Selling Stockholder of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body or arbitrator having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder, which has not been obtained. No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other governmental authority or agency, required for the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect under the Act, applicable state securities or blue sky laws and from the NASD.

 

                (viii) Certificates for all the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank with signatures guaranteed, have been placed in custody with the Custodian with irrevocable conditional instructions to deliver such Shares to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement.

 

                (ix) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action which constitutes or is designed to cause or result in, or which might reasonably be expected to constitute, cause or result in, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

 

15


                (x) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, such Selling Stockholder does not have any registration or similar rights to require registration of any debt or equity security of the Company as part or on account of, or otherwise in connection with, the sale of the Shares contemplated hereby, and any such rights so disclosed have either been fully complied with by, or effectively waived by, such Selling Stockholder, and any such waivers remain in full force and effect.

 

Any certificate signed by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters’ shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by such Selling Stockholder to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

        (c) MiTAC International Corporation (“MiTAC International”) represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date that:

 

                (i) All information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any related Preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto relating to MiTAC International or its affiliates made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of MiTAC International specifically for inclusion herein will comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact and did not and will not omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (x) in the case of the Registration Statement, not misleading and (y) in the case of the Prospectus or any related Preliminary Prospectus in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

                (ii) MiTAC International and its affiliates presently do not intend to distribute or sell their Shares held upon completion of this Offering following the 180 day lock-up period.

 

                (iii) MiTAC International has no reason to believe that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 1(a) are not true and correct in all material respects, is familiar with the Registration Statement and has no knowledge of any material fact, condition or information not disclosed in the Prospectus or any supplement thereto which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and the sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholders pursuant hereto is not prompted by any information concerning the Company or any of the Subsidiaries which is not set forth in the Prospectus or any supplement thereto.

 

Any certificate signed by or on behalf of MiTAC International and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters’ shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by MiTAC International to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

2.     Purchase, Sale and Delivery of the Shares .

 

        (a) On the basis of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, each of the

 

16


Company and each Initial Selling Stockholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell to each Underwriter and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase, at a purchase price of $              per share, that number of Firm Shares (rounded up or down, as determined by Bear Stearns in its discretion, in order to avoid fractions) obtained by multiplying the Company Shares, in the case of the Company, and the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Initial Selling Stockholder in Schedule II hereto, in the case of a Initial Selling Stockholder, in each case by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the total number of Firm Shares, together with any additional number of Shares which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof.

 

        (b) Certificates accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank with signatures guaranteed for the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders hereunder have been placed in custody, for delivery under this Agreement, under Custody Agreements made with the Custodian. Each Selling Stockholder agrees that the Shares represented by the certificates held in custody for the Selling Stockholder under such Custody Agreement are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, that the arrangements made by the Selling Stockholder for such custody are to that extent irrevocable, and that the obligations of the Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death of any individual Selling Stockholder or the occurrence of any other event, or in the case of a trust, by the death of any trustee or trustees or the termination of such trust. If any individual Selling Stockholder or any such trustee or trustees should die, or if any other such event should occur, or if any of such trusts should terminate, before the delivery of the Shares hereunder, certificates for such Shares shall be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if such death or other event or termination had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian shall have received notice of such death or other event or termination.

 

        (c) Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates representing, the Firm Shares shall be made by the Company and the Custodian at the office of Pillsbury Winthrop LLP, 2550 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, California 94304-1115 (“Company Counsel”), or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by Bear Stearns and the Company, at 10:00 A.M., New York time, on the third or (as permitted under Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act) fourth business day (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof) following the date of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (or, if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 430A under the Securities Act, the third or (as permitted under Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act) fourth business day after the determination of the public offering price of the Shares), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by Bear Stearns and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called the “Closing Date”).

 

        (d) Payment of the purchase price for the Firm Shares shall be made by wire transfer in same day funds to the order of the Company in the case of                      shares of Firm Shares and to the order of the Custodian for the benefit of the Initial Selling Stockholders in the case of                      shares of Firm Shares, in each case upon delivery of certificates for the Firm Shares to Bear Stearns through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters. Certificates for the Firm Shares shall be

 

17


registered in such name or names and shall be in such denominations as Bear Stearns may request at least two business days before the Closing Date. The Company will permit Bear Stearns to examine and package such certificates for delivery at least one full business day prior to the Closing Date.

 

        (e) In addition, on the basis of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and the Additional Selling Stockholders, severally but not jointly, hereby grant to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, the option to purchase, at the purchase price per Share to be paid for the Firm Shares, the respective numbers of Additional Shares obtained by multiplying the number of Additional Shares specified in such notice by a fraction the numerator of which is, in the case of the Company,              and, in the case of the Additional Selling Stockholders, the number of shares set forth opposite the names of such Additional Selling Stockholder in Schedule II hereto and the denominator of which is the total number of Additional Shares (subject to adjustment by Bear Stearns to eliminate fractions). Such Additional Shares may only be purchased for the sole purpose of covering over-allotments in the sale of Firm Shares by the Underwriters. This option may be exercised at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part on one or more occasions, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice by Bear Stearns to the Company or such Selling Stockholder. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Additional Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time, as reasonably determined by Bear Stearns, when the Additional Shares are to be delivered (any such date and time being herein sometimes referred to as the “Additional Closing Date”); provided , however , that the Additional Closing Date shall not be earlier than the Closing Date or earlier than the second full business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised nor later than the eighth full business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof). Upon any exercise of the option as to all or any portion of the Additional Shares, each Underwriter, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Additional Shares then being purchased which the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereof) bears to the total number of Firm Shares that the Underwriters have agreed to purchased hereunder, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional shares as Bear Stearns, in its sole discretion shall make.

 

        (f) Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates representing, the Additional Shares shall be made by the Company and the Custodian at the office of Company Counsel, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by Bear Stearns and the Company, at 10:00 A.M., New York time, on the Additional Closing Date, or such other time as shall be agreed upon by Bear Stearns and the Company.

 

        (g) Payment of the purchase price for the Additional Shares shall be made by wire transfer in same day funds to the Company or the Custodian for the benefit of the Company or the Additional Selling Stockholders, as the case may be, upon delivery of certificates for the Additional Shares to Bear Stearns through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters. Certificates for the Additional Shares shall be registered in such name or names and shall be in such denominations

 

18


as Bear Stearns may request at least two business days before the Additional Closing Date. The Company will permit Bear Stearns to examine and package such certificates for delivery at least one full business day prior to the Additional Closing Date.

 

3.     Offering .    Upon authorization of the release of the Firm Shares by Bear Stearns, the Underwriters propose to offer the Shares for sale to the public upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

 

4.     Covenants .

 

        (a) The Company covenants and agrees with the Underwriters, the Selling Stockholders and MiTAC International that:

 

                (i) The Registration Statement and any amendments thereto have been declared effective, and if Rule 430A is used or the filing of the Prospectus is otherwise required under Rule 424(b) or Rule 434, the Company will file the Prospectus (properly completed if Rule 430A has been used) pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the prescribed time period and will provide evidence satisfactory to Bear Stearns of such timely filing. If the Company elects to rely on Rule 434, the Company will prepare and file a term sheet that complies with the requirements of Rule 434, and the Prospectus shall not be “materially different” (as such term is used in Rule 434) from the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective.

 

                (ii) The Company will notify you immediately (and, if requested by Bear Stearns, will confirm such notice in writing) (i) when the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto become effective, (ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment of or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for any additional information, (iii) of the Company’s intention to file or prepare any supplement, revision or amendment to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, (iv) of the mailing or the delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment of or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, including but not limited to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, (v) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceedings therefor, it being understood that the Company shall make every effort to avoid the issuance of any such stop order, (vi) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose. If the Commission shall propose or enter a stop order at any time, the Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any such stop order and, if issued, to obtain the lifting of such order as soon as possible. The Company will not file, before or after the effective date of the Registration Statement, any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment of or supplement to the Prospectus (including the prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 434) that differs from the prospectus on file at the time of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement to which Bear Stearns shall reasonably object in writing after being timely furnished in advance a copy thereof. The Company will provide Bear Stearns with copies of all such amendments, filings

 

19


and other documents a sufficient time prior to any filing or other publication thereof to permit Bear Stearns a reasonable opportunity to review and comment thereon.

 

                (iii) The Company shall comply with the Securities Act to permit completion of the distribution as contemplated in this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Shares is required to be delivered under the Securities Act in connection with the sales of Shares, any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would, in the judgment of the Company or in the opinion of counsel to the Underwriters, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at the time of delivery to the purchaser, not misleading, or if to comply with the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations it shall be necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Prospectus or Registration Statement, the Company will notify you promptly and prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 6(a) hereof, an appropriate amendment or supplement (in form and substance satisfactory to Bear Stearns) which will correct such statement or omission and will use its best efforts to have any amendment to the Registration Statement declared effective as soon as possible.

 

                (iv) The Company will promptly deliver to each of you and your counsel a signed copy of the Registration Statement, as initially filed and all amendments thereto, including all consents and exhibits filed therewith, and will maintain in the Company’s files manually signed copies of such documents for at least five years after the date of filing. The Company will promptly deliver to each of the Underwriters such number of copies of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, and all amendments of and supplements to such documents, if any, as you may reasonably request. Prior to 10:00 A.M., New York time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time thereafter for such period as a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, the Company will furnish the Underwriters with copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request.

 

                (v) The Company consents to the use and delivery of the Preliminary Prospectus by the Underwriters in accordance with Rule 430 and Section 5(b) of the Securities Act.

 

                (vi) The Company will use its best efforts, in cooperation with Bear Stearns, at or prior to the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement, to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws relating to the offering or sale of the Shares of such jurisdictions, domestic or foreign, as Bear Stearns may designate, including, without limitation, in Canada, and to maintain such qualification in effect for so long as required for the distribution thereof; except that in no event shall the Company be obligated in connection therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service of process.

 

                (vii) The Company will make generally available to its security holders and to the Underwriters as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than twelve months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Securities Act), an earnings statement of the Company and the Subsidiaries (which need not be

 

20


audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158).

 

(viii) During the period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Bear Stearns, the Company (i) will not, directly or indirectly, issue, offer, sell, agree to issue, offer or sell, solicit offers to purchase, grant any call option, warrant or other right to purchase, purchase any put option or other right to sell, pledge, borrow or otherwise dispose of any Relevant Security, or make any announcement of any of the foregoing, (ii) will not establish or increase any “put equivalent position” or liquidate or decrease any “call equivalent position” (in each case within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) with respect to any Relevant Security, and (iii) will not otherwise enter into any swap, derivative or other transaction or arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any economic consequence of ownership of a Relevant Security, whether or not such transaction is to be settled by delivery of Relevant Securities, other securities, cash or other consideration; and the Company will obtain the undertaking of each of its officers and directors and its stockholders and optionholders (other than former employees of the Company) not to engage in any of the aforementioned transactions on their own behalf, other than the sale of Shares as contemplated by this Agreement and the Company’s issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of currently outstanding options and the grant and exercise of options under, or the issuance and sale of shares pursuant to, employee stock option plans in effect on the date hereof, each as described in the Prospectus.

 

(ix) During the period of five years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, other than information which is publicly available on the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System, the Company will furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to security holders or from time to time published or publicly disseminated by the Company, and will deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports, financial statements and proxy or information statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial information to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and the Subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its security holders generally or to the Commission).

 

(x) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as set forth under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Prospectus.

 

(xi) The Company will use its best efforts to list the Shares, subject to notice of issuance, on the NYSE and maintain such listing of the Shares.

 

(xii) The Company, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations within the time periods required thereby.

 

21


(xiii) The Company will use its best efforts to do and perform all things required to be done or performed under this Agreement by the Company prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Date, as the case may be, and to satisfy all conditions precedent to the delivery of the Firm Shares and the Additional Shares.

 

(xiv) The Company hereby agrees that it will ensure that the Directed Shares will be restricted as required by the NASD or NASD rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months following the date of this Agreement. At the request of Bear Stearns, the Company will direct the transfer agent to place a stop transfer restriction upon such securities for such period of time.

 

(xv) The Company will comply with all applicable securities and other applicable laws, rules and regulations in each foreign jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered. The Company will pay all fees and expenses of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Direct Shares and stamp duties, similar taxes or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters.

 

(b) Each Selling Stockholder agrees to deliver to Bear Stearns on or prior to the Closing Date a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-8 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof).

 

(c) The Company and the Selling Stockholders will indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters against any documentary, stamp or similar issue tax, including any interest and penalties, on the sale of the Shares and on the execution and delivery of this Agreement. All payments to be made by the Company and the Selling Stockholders hereunder shall be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties or governmental charges whatsoever unless the Company or the Selling Stockholders are compelled by law to deduct or withhold such taxes, duties or charges. In that event, those parties shall pay such additional amounts as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received after such withholding or deduction shall equal the amounts that would have been received if no withholding or deduction had been made.

 

5. Payment of Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company hereby agrees to pay all costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, as the case may be, hereunder, including the following: (i) all expenses in connection with the preparation by the Company, printing and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any and all amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers prior to or during the period specified in paragraph 4(a)(iv) above but not exceeding nine months after the effective date of the Registration Statement; (ii) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and the Offering; (iii) the cost of producing this Agreement and any agreement among Underwriters, blue sky survey, closing documents and other instruments, agreements or documents (including any compilations thereof) in connection with the Offering; (iv) all expenses in connection with the qualification of

 

22


the Shares for offering and sale under state or foreign securities or blue sky laws as provided in Section 4(a)(vi) hereof [and any offering of Directed Shares], including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification or offering and in connection with any blue sky survey; (v) the filing fees incident to, and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, securing any required review by the NASD of the terms of the Offering; (vi) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the NYSE; (vii) all travel expenses of the Company’s officers and employees and any other expense of the Company incurred in connection with attending or hosting meetings with prospective purchasers of the Shares; (viii) any transfer taxes incurred in connection with this Agreement or the Offering; and (ix) any reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, legal expenses) incurred by the Underwriters in connection with any release, or any effort by the Company or any Directed Share Purchaser to seek the release, of any of the Directed Shares from the restrictions referred to in Section 4(a)(xiv) above. The Company also will pay or cause to be paid: (x) the cost of preparing stock certificates representing the Shares; (y) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar for the Shares; and (z) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 5. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, and Sections 7, 8 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel and share transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5, in the event that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 6 or 12(b) hereof, the Company will pay all out-of pocket expenses of the Underwriters (including but not limited to fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters) incurred in connection herewith.

 

6. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Shares and the Additional Shares, as provided herein, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of each party herein contained, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (for purposes of this Section 6 “Closing Date” shall refer to the Closing Date for the Firm Shares and any Additional Closing Date, if different, for the Additional Shares), to the absence from any certificates, opinions, written statements or letters furnished to you or to Underwriters’ Counsel pursuant to this Section 6 of any misstatement or omission, to the performance by each party of its obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional conditions:

 

(a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective and all necessary foreign and domesticregulatory or stock exchange approvals shall have been received not later than 5:30 P.M., New York time on the date of this Agreement, if pricing pursuant to Rule 430A, or 12:00 P.M., New York time on the date an amendment to the Registration Statement containing the public offering price has been filed with the Commission, if pricing pursuant to a pricing amendment, or at such later time and date as shall have been consented to in writing by Bear Stearns; if the Company shall have elected to rely upon Rule 430A or Rule 434 under the Securities Act, the Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission in a timely fashion in accordance with Section 4(a)(i) hereof and a form of the Prospectus containing information relating to the description of the Shares and the method of distribution and similar matters shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the applicable time period; and, at or prior to the Closing Date no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the

 

23


Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereof shall have been issued and no proceedings therefor shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission.

 

(b) At the Closing Date you shall have received the favorable written opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop LLP, counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters in the form attached hereto as Annex I.

 

(c) All proceedings taken in connection with the sale of the Firm Shares and the Additional Shares as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Bear Stearns and to Underwriters’ Counsel, and the Underwriters shall have received from Underwriters’ Counsel a favorable written opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, with respect to the incorporation of the Company, the issuance and sale of the Shares, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and such other related matters as Bear Stearns may require, and the Company shall have furnished to Underwriters’ Counsel such documents as they may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

 

(d) At the Closing Date you shall have received the favorable written opinion of counsel for each Selling Stockholder, each dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters in the form attached hereto as Annex II.

 

(e) At the Closing Date you shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date to the effect that (i) the condition set forth in subsection (a) of this Section 6 has been satisfied, (ii) as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 1(a) hereof are accurate, (iii) as of the Closing Date all agreements, conditions and obligations of the Company to be performed or complied with hereunder on or prior thereto have been duly performed or complied with, (iv) the Company and the Subsidiaries have not sustained any material loss or interference with their respective businesses or properties from fire, flood, hurricane, accident or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or any legal or governmental proceeding, (v) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereof has been issued and no proceedings therefor have been initiated or threatened by the Commission, (vi) there are no pro forma or as adjusted financial statements that are required to be included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus pursuant to the Rules and Regulations that have not been included as required and (vii) subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus there has not been any Material Adverse Change or any development involving a prospective Material Adverse Change.

 

(f) At the Closing Date you shall have received a written certificate of each Selling Stockholder executed by the Attorney-in-Fact, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that (i) as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties of such Selling Stockholder set forth in Section 1(b) hereof are accurate and (ii) as of the Closing Date all agreements, conditions and obligations of such Selling Stockholder to be performed or complied with hereunder on or prior thereto have been duly performed or complied with.

 

(g) At the time this Agreement is executed and at the Closing Date, you shall have received a comfort letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent public

 

24


accountants for the Company, dated as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date addressed to the Underwriters and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters and Underwriters’ Counsel.

 

(h) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereof) and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any change or development involving a change, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, in the business, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, stockholders’ equity, properties, affairs or prospects of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, including but not limited to the occurrence of any fire, flood, explosion or other calamity at any of the properties owned or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the effect of which, in any such case described above, is, in the sole judgment of Bear Stearns, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the Offering on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement).

 

(i) You shall have received a lock-up agreement from each person who is a director, officer, stockholder or optionholder of the Company (other than former employees), in each case substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex III.

 

(j) At the Closing Date, the Shares shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE.

 

(k) At the Closing Date, the NASD shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

 

(l) The Company has completed the transactions contemplated by the Plan of Merger.

 

(m) Each Selling Stockholder has completed the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Custody Agreements, including, without limitation, delivering the Shares to the Custodian.

 

(n) No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares.

 

(o) The Company shall have furnished the Underwriters and Underwriters’ Counsel with such other certificates, opinions or other documents as they may have reasonably requested.

 

If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required by this Agreement, or if any of the certificates, opinions, written statements

 

25


or letters furnished to you or to Underwriters’ Counsel pursuant to this Section 6 shall not be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Bear Stearns and to Underwriters’ Counsel, all obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be cancelled by Bear Stearns at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date and the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Additional Shares may be cancelled by Bear Stearns at, or at any time prior to, the Additional Closing Date. Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Company in writing, or by telephone. Any such telephone notice shall be confirmed promptly thereafter in writing.

 

7. Indemnification .

 

(a) Each of the Company, the Subsidiaries and MiTAC International (collectively, the “Indemnifying Parties”) jointly and severally, shall indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever as incurred (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and any and all expenses whatsoever incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation), joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the securities laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction or otherwise, insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (A) the Registration Statement, as originally filed or any amendment thereof, or any related Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any supplement thereto or amendment thereof, or (B) in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including any road show or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically) (“Marketing Materials”), or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in the Registration Statement, as originally filed or any amendment thereof, or any related Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any supplement thereto or amendment thereof, or in any Marketing Materials, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) (A) the violation of any applicable laws or regulations of any foreign jurisdictions where Directed Shares have been offered, or (B) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in the supplement or prospectus wrapper material distributed in connection with the reservation and sale of the Directed Shares or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, when considered in conjunction with the Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, not misleading; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Parties will not be liable in any such case to the extent but only to the extent that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, as originally filed or any amendment thereof, or any related Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any supplement thereto or amendment thereof, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through Bear Stearns expressly for use therein and provided, further, that, in the case of MiTAC International, in no case shall MiTAC International be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the aggregate net proceeds from the sale of the Shares being sold by all of the Selling Stockholders hereunder. The foregoing indemnity

 

26


with respect to any Preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter who failed to deliver a Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented, provided by the Company to the several Underwriters in the requisite quantity and on a timely basis to permit proper delivery on or prior to the Closing Date) to the person asserting any losses, claims, damages and liabilities and judgments caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, if such material misstatement or omission or alleged material misstatement or omission was cured, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a decision not subject to further appeal, in such Prospectus and such Prospectus was required by law to be delivered at or prior to the written confirmation of sale to such person. The parties agree that such information provided by or on behalf of any Underwriter through Bear Stearns consists solely of the material referred to in the second to last sentence of Section 1(a)(ii) hereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Indemnifying Parties may otherwise have, including but not limited to other liability under this Agreement.

 

(b) The Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against any losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever as incurred (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and any and all expenses whatsoever incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation), joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the securities laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction or otherwise or otherwise, insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with: information provided in writing by such Selling Stockholder to the Company specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus provided, however, in no case shall a Selling Stockholder be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares being sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder. This indemnity will be in addition to any liability which such Selling Stockholder may otherwise have, including but not limited to other liability under this Agreement.

 

(c) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnifying Parties, each of the directors of the Indemnifying Parties, each of the officers of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each other person, if any, who controls the Indemnifying Parties within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against any losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever as incurred (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and any and all expenses whatsoever

 

27


incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation), joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the securities laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction or otherwise or otherwise, insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, as originally filed or any amendment thereof, or any related Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Indemnifying Parties by or on behalf of any Underwriter through Bear Stearns specifically for use therein; provided , however , that in no case shall any Underwriter be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount applicable to the Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter hereunder. This indemnity will be in addition to any liability which any Underwriter may otherwise have, including but not limited to other liability under this Agreement. The Indemnifying Parties acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters information consists solely of the material included in paragraphs 10, 12 and 13 under the caption “Underwriting” in the Prospectus.

 

(d) In connection with the offer and sale of Directed Shares, the Company agrees, promptly upon written notice, to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters from and against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by them as a result of the failure of any Directed Share Purchaser, who makes an oral agreement, properly confirmed by the Underwriters, to purchase Directed Shares within twenty-four hours of establishing the public offer price, to pay for and accept delivery of the Directed Shares.

 

(e) Under no circumstances will Bear Stearns or any other Underwriter be liable to the Company or to any Directed Share Purchaser for any action taken or omitted to be taken in connection with the Directed Shares or any transaction effected with any Directed Share Purchaser, except to the extent found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction (not subject to further appeal) to have resulted primarily and directly from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Bear Stearns or such other Underwriter, as the case may be.

 

(f) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d) above of notice of any claims or the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify each party against whom indemnification is to be sought in writing of the claim or the commencement thereof (but the failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have under this Section 7 to the extent that it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability that such indemnifying party may have otherwise than on account of the indemnity agreement hereunder). In case any such claim or action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the

 

28


indemnifying party will be entitled to participate, at its own expense in the defense of such action, and to the extent it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided however , that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the written consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party or parties unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by one of the indemnifying parties in connection with the defense of such action, (ii) the indemnifying parties shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such action within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, (iii) the indemnifying party does not diligently defend the action after assumption of the defense, or (iv) such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to those available to one or all of the indemnifying parties (in which case the indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such fees and expenses shall be borne by the indemnifying parties. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, effect any settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened claim, investigation, action or proceeding in respect of which indemnity or contribution may be or could have been sought by an indemnified party under this Section 7 or Section 8 hereof (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party thereto), unless (x) such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, investigation, action or proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or any failure to act, by or on behalf of the indemnified party, and (y) the indemnifying party confirms in writing its indemnification obligations hereunder with respect to such settlement, compromise or judgment.

 

8. Contribution . In order to provide for contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in Section 7 hereof is for any reason held to be unavailable from any indemnifying party or is insufficient to hold harmless a party indemnified thereunder, the Indemnifying Parties and the Underwriters shall contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses of the nature contemplated by such indemnification provision (including any investigation, legal and other expenses incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claims asserted, but after deducting in the case of losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses suffered by the Indemnifying Parties, any contribution received by the Indemnifying Parties from persons, other than the Underwriters, who may also be liable for contribution, including persons who control the Indemnifying Parties within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, officers of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and directors of the Indemnifying Parties) as incurred to which the Indemnifying Parties and one or more of the Underwriters may be subject, in such proportions as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Indemnifying Parties, on the one hand, and the Underwriters from the Offering, on the other hand, or, if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as are appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also the relative fault of the Indemnifying Parties, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or

 

29


omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Indemnifying Parties and the Underwriters shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (x) the total proceeds from the Offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received, directly and indirectly, by the Indemnifying Parties bears to (y) the underwriting discount or commissions received by Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Parties and the Underwriters shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Parties, on the one hand, or the Underwriters on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. Each of the Indemnifying Parties and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters and the Indemnifying Parties were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 8. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 8 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, (i) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission (ii) no Selling Stockholder shall be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares being sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, (iii) MiTAC International shall not be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of net proceeds from the sale of the Shares by all of the Selling Shareholders, and (iv) no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 8, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter or any Indemnifying Party within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each person, if any, who controls the Indemnifying Party within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each officer of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Indemnifying Party shall have the same rights to contribution as such Indemnifying Party, subject in each case to clauses (i) and (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence. For the purposes of this Section 8, the term “Indemnifying Parties” shall be taken to include MiTAC International.

 

Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties, notify each party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify such party or parties shall not

 

30


relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have under this Section 9 or otherwise. The obligations of the Underwriters to contribute pursuant to this Section 8 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares to be purchased by each of the Underwriters hereunder and not joint.

 

None of MiTAC International nor the Selling Stockholders shall be liable pursuant to Sections 7 or 8 of this Agreement unless and until the Underwriters have made written demand on the Company for payment under such Sections which shall not have been paid by the Company within ninety days after receipt of such demand. The Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree, as among themselves and without limiting the rights of the Underwriters under this Agreement, as to the respective amounts of such liability for which they each shall be responsible.

 

9. Guarantees of Obligations of Certain Selling Stockholders.

 

(a) UPC Technology Corporation, the parent company of Constant Holdings Limited (“Constant”), a Selling Stockholder, hereby acknowledges the benefits received as a result of the sale of the Shares by Constant and irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each of the Underwriters the compliance by Constant with each representation, warranty, covenant and agreement of Constant hereunder, including without limitation the indemnification obligations of Constant under Section 7 and the obligation to pay expenses under Section 5. In no case shall UPC Technology Corporation be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares being sold by Constant hereunder pursuant to this Section 9(a). Furthermore, any amount to be paid by UPC Technology Corporation pursuant to this Section 9(a) shall be reduced by the amount, if any, actually paid by Constant to the Underwriters in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(b) MiTAC Incorporated, the parent company of Mix System Holdings Limited (“MIX”), a Selling Stockholder, hereby acknowledges the benefits received as a result of the sale of the Shares by MIX and irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, jointly and severally, to each of the Underwriters the compliance by MIX with each representation, warranty, covenant and agreement of MIX hereunder, including without limitation the indemnification obligations of MIX in Section 7 and the obligation to pay expenses in Section 5. In no case shall MiTAC Incorporated be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the gross proceeds from the sale of the Shares being sold by MIX hereunder pursuant to this Section 9(b). Furthermore, any amount to be paid by MiTAC Incorporated pursuant to this Section 9(b) shall be reduced by the amount, if any, actually paid by MIX to the Underwriters in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(c) MiTAC International, the parent company of Silver Star Development Limited (“Silver Star”), a Selling Stockholder, hereby acknowledges the benefits received as a result of the sale of the Shares by Silver Star and irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each of the Underwriters the compliance by Silver Star with each representation, warranty, covenant and agreement of Silver Star hereunder, including without limitation the indemnification obligations of Silver Star under Section 7 and the obligation to pay expenses under Section 5. In no case shall MiTAC International be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the gross proceeds from the sale of the Shares being sold by Silver Star hereunder

 

31


pursuant to this Section 9(c). Furthermore, any amount to be paid by MiTAC International pursuant to this Section 9(c) shall be reduced by the amount, if any, actually paid by Silver Star to the Underwriters in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(d) MiTAC International and Synnex Technology International, each 50% owners of Abundant Investment Group Limited (“Abundant”), a Selling Stockholder, hereby acknowledge the benefits received as a result of the sale of the Shares by Abundant and irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee jointly and severally to each of the Underwriters the compliance by Abundant with each representation, warranty, covenant and agreement of Abundant hereunder, including without limitation the indemnification obligations of Abundant under Section 7 and the obligation to pay expenses under Section 5. In no case shall MiTAC International or Synnex Technology International be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the gross proceeds from the sale of the Shares being sold by Abundant hereunder pursuant to this Section 9(d). Furthermore, any amount to be paid by MiTAC International or Synnex Technology International pursuant to this Section 9(d) shall be reduced by the amount, if any, actually paid by Abundant to the Underwriters in accordance with this Agreement.

 

10. Default by an Underwriter .

 

(a) If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligation to purchase Firm Shares or Additional Shares hereunder, and if the Firm Shares or Additional Shares with respect to which such default relates do not (after giving effect to arrangements, if any, made by Bear Stearns pursuant to subsection (b) below) exceed in the aggregate 10% of the number of Firm Shares or Additional Shares, the Firm Shares or Additional Shares to which the default relates shall be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters in proportion to the respective proportions which the numbers of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I hereto bear to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of the non-defaulting Underwriters.

 

(b) In the event that such default relates to more than 10% of the Firm Shares or Additional Shares, as the case may be, Bear Stearns may in its discretion arrange for itself or for another party or parties (including any non-defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters who so agree) to purchase such Firm Shares or Additional Shares, as the case may be, to which such default relates on the terms contained herein. In the event that within five calendar days after such a default Bear Stearns does not arrange for the purchase of the Firm Shares or Additional Shares, as the case may be, to which such default relates as provided in this Section 10, this Agreement or, in the case of a default with respect to the Additional Shares, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase, and of the Company and the Additional Selling Stockholders to sell, the Additional Shares shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of the Company or the Additional Selling Stockholders with respect thereto (except in each case as provided in Sections 6, 7(a) and 8 hereof) or the Underwriters, but nothing in this Agreement shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters of its or their liability, if any, to the other Underwriters and the Company for damages occasioned by its or their default hereunder.

 

(c) In the event that the Firm Shares or Additional Shares to which the default relates are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid, Bear Stearns or the Company shall have the right to

 

32


postpone the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be for a period, not exceeding five business days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which, in the opinion of Underwriters’ Counsel, may thereby be made necessary or advisable. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any party substituted under this Section 10 with like effect as if it had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Firm Shares and Additional Shares.

 

11. Survival of Representations and Agreements . All representations and warranties, covenants and agreements of the Underwriters or the Indemnifying Parties contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company or any Subsidiary submitted pursuant hereto, including the agreements contained in Section 5, the indemnity agreements contained in Section 7 and the contribution agreements contained in Section 8, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person thereof or by or on behalf of any Indemnifying Party, any of its officers and directors or any controlling person thereof, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares to and by the Underwriters. The representations contained in Section 1 and the agreements contained in Sections 5, 7, 8, 10(d) and 11 hereof shall survive any termination of this Agreement, including termination pursuant to Section 10 or 12 hereof.

 

12. Effective Date of Agreement; Termination .

 

(a) This Agreement shall become effective upon the later of (i) receipt by Bear Stearns and the Company of notification of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or (ii) the execution of this Agreement. If either the public offering price or the purchase price per Share has not been agreed upon prior to 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the fifth full business day after the Registration Statement shall have become effective, this Agreement shall thereupon terminate without liability to the Indemnifying Parties or the Underwriters except as herein expressly provided. Until this Agreement becomes effective as aforesaid, it may be terminated by the Company by notifying Bear Stearns or by Bear Stearns notifying the Company. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 12 and of Sections 2, 5, 7, 8 and 14 through 19, inclusive, shall be in full force and effect at all times after the execution hereof.

 

(b) Bear Stearns shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the Closing Date or to terminate the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Additional Shares at any time prior to the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, if (A) any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in the opinion of Bear Stearns will in the immediate future materially disrupt, the market for the Company’s securities or securities in general; or (B) if trading on the NYSE shall have been suspended or been made subject to material limitations, or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required, on the NYSE or by order of the Commission or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction; or (C) if a banking moratorium has been declared by any state or federal authority or if any material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services shall have occurred; or (D) (i) if there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or acts of

 

33


terrorism involving the United States or there is a declaration of a national emergency or war by the United States or (ii) if there shall have been any other calamity or crisis or any change in political, financial or economic conditions if the effect of any such event in (i) or (ii), in the judgment of Bear Stearns, makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the Offering, sale and delivery of the Firm Shares or the Additional Shares, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by the Prospectus.

 

(c) Any notice of termination pursuant to this Section 12 shall be in writing.

 

(d) If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to any of the provisions hereof (other than pursuant to (i) notification by Bear Stearns as provided in Section 12(a) hereof or (ii) Section 10(b) hereof), or if the sale of the Shares provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth herein is not satisfied or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company or any Selling Stockholder to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof, the Company and such Selling Stockholder will, subject to demand by Bear Stearns, reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and expenses of their counsel), incurred by the Underwriters in connection herewith.

 

13. Failure of the Selling Stockholders to Sell Shares . If one or more of the Selling Stockholders fail to sell and deliver to the Underwriters the Shares to be sold and delivered by such Selling Stockholder at the Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement, and, to the extent applicable, the remaining Selling Stockholders do not exercise the right hereby granted to increase, pro rata or otherwise, the number of Shares to be sold by them hereunder to the total number to be sold by all Selling Stockholders as set forth in Schedule II hereto, then the Underwriters may at their option, by written notice from Bear Stearns to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, either (i) terminate this Agreement without any liability on the part of any Underwriter or, except as provided in Sections 5, 7 and 8 hereof, the Company or the Selling Stockholders, or (ii) purchase the Shares which the Company and other Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell and deliver in accordance with the terms hereof. Nothing in this Agreement shall relieve a defaulting Selling Stockholder of its liability, if any, for damages occasioned by its default hereunder. If one or more of the Selling Stockholders fail to sell and deliver to the Underwriters the Shares to be sold and delivered by such Selling Stockholder at the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement, then the Underwriters shall have the right, by written notice from Bear Stearns to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, to postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, but in no event for longer than seven days in order that the required changes, if any, to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or any other documents or arrangements may be effected.

 

14. Notices . All communications hereunder, except as may be otherwise specifically provided herein, shall be in writing, and:

 

(a) if sent to any Underwriter, shall be mailed, delivered, or faxed and confirmed in writing, to such Underwriter c/o Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention: Equity Capital Markets, with a copy to Underwriter’s

 

34


Counsel at Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, 525 University Avenue, Suite 1100, Palo Alto, California 94301, Attention: Gregory C. Smith, Esq.;

 

(b) if sent to the Company, shall be mailed, delivered, or faxed and confirmed in writing to the Company and its counsel at the addresses set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary, with a copy to Pillsbury Winthrop LLP, Attn: Jorge del Calvo, Esq., 2550 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, CA 94304-1115;

 

(c) if sent to the Selling Stockholders or MiTAC or its affiliates shall be mailed, delivered, or faxed and confirmed in writing to SYNNEX Corporation, 3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, CA 94538, with a copy to Pillsbury Winthrop, at the address noted above, Attn: Jorge del Calvo, Esq.; provided, however , that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 7 shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its acceptance facsimile to Bear Stearns, which address will be supplied to any other party hereto by Bear Stearns upon request. Any such notices and other communications shall take effect at the time of receipt thereof.

 

15. Parties . This Agreement shall insure solely to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the Underwriters and the Indemnifying Parties, and the controlling persons, directors, officers, employees and agents referred to in Sections 7 and 8 hereof, and their respective successors and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and said controlling persons and their respective successors, officers, directors, heirs and legal representatives, and it is not for the benefit of any other person, firm or corporation. The term “successors and assigns” shall not include a purchaser, in its capacity as such, of Shares from any of the Underwriters.

 

16. Governing Law and Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The Indemnifying Parties irrevocably (a) submit to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York or the United State District Court for the Southern District of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (each, a “Proceeding”), (b) agree that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agree not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum. The Indemnifying Parties, MiTAC International UPC Technology Corporation, MiTAC Incorporated and SYNNEX Technology hereby irrevocably designate CT Corporation System Inc, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York New York 10011] as agent upon whom process against such parties may be served. The Company further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect for a period of seven years from the date of this Agreement. EACH OF THE INDEMNIFYING PARTIES (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ON BEHALF OF ITS RESPECTIVE EQUITY HOLDERS AND CREDITORS) HEREBY

 

35


WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS.

 

17. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of a signed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall constitute valid and sufficient delivery thereof.

 

18. Headings . The headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

19. Time is of the Essence . Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

 

[signature page follows]

 

 

36


If the foregoing correctly sets forth your understanding, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement among us. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination, upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

 

Very truly yours,

 

S YNNEX C ORPORATION

By:    
 
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

C ONSTANT H OLDINGS L IMITED
By:    
 
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

MIX S YSTEM H OLDINGS L IMITED
By:    
 
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

S ILVER S TAR D EVELOPMENT L IMITED
By:    
 
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

Mi TAC I NTERNATIONAL C ORPORATION
By:    
 
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

UPC T ECHNOLOGY C ORPORATION
By:    
 
   

Name:

   

Title:


Mi TAC I NCORPORATED
By:    
 
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

S YNNEX T ECHNOLOGY I NTERNATIONAL
By:    
 
   

Name:

   

Title:


Accepted as of the date first above written  

 

B EAR , S TEARNS & C O . I NC .
B ANC O F A MERICA S ECURITIES LLC

R AYMOND J AMES & A SSOCIATES , I NC .

 

By:

  Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc.
By:    
 
   

Name:

Title:

 

On behalf of themselves and the other  Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto.


SCHEDULE I

 

Name of Underwriter


 

Total Number of Firm
Shares to be Purchased


 

Total Number of
Additional Shares to be
Purchased if Option is
Fully Exercised


Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

       

Banc of America Securities LLC

       

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

       

[Names of other Underwriters]

       

Total

       
   
 


SCHEDULE II

 

Name of Selling Stockholder


 

Total Number of Firm
Shares to be Sold


 

Total Number of
Additional Shares to be
Sold if Option is Fully
Exercised


Constant Holdings Limited

  [1,000,000]   [600,000]

Mix System Holdings Limited

  [645,000]   —  

Silver Star Development Limited

  [1,000,000]   —  

Abundant Investment Group Limited

  [1,000,000]   —  

Total

       
   
 

 


EXHIBIT A

 

Subsidiaries

 

1. Computerland Corporation

 

2. ECLand.com

 

3. MiTAC Industrial Corporation

 

4. SENNEX Enterprises Ltd.

 

5. SIT Funding Corporation

 

6. SYNNEX Canada Ltd.

 

7. SYNNEX de Mexico

 

8. SYNNEX Info. Tech (China) Ltd.

 

9. SYNNEX Info. Tech (UK) Ltd.

 

10. SYNNEX K.K.

 

[SUBJECT TO UPDATE]


ANNEX I

 

Form of Opinion of Company Counsel

 

(i) Each of the Company and the significant Subsidiaries 1 has been duly organized and validly exists as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. Each of the Company and the significant Subsidiaries is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction listed on Schedule A.

 

(ii) As of the date specified therein, the authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” and, after giving effect to the Offering and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, will be as set forth in the column entitled “As Adjusted” under the caption “Capitalization”. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and, to such counsel’s knowledge, at the time of issuance, such stock and other securities of the company were not issued in violation of or subject to any statutory preemptive rights or preemptive rights provided for in the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or, to such counsel’s knowledge, contractual preemptive rights except for such rights as may have been fully satisfied or waived prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Shares delivered on the date hereof have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and at the time of issuance will not have been issued in violation of or subject to any statutory preemptive rights, preemptive rights provided for in the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or, to such counsel’s knowledge, similar contractual preemptive rights that have not been waived. The Common Stock and the Shares conform as to legal matters to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. Except as disclosed in the Prospectus as of the date specified therein, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any outstanding securities, including, without limitation, any contracts or commitments to issue or sell, any securities.

 

(iii) The Shares to be sold under this Agreement to the Underwriters are duly authorized for listing on the NYSE.

 

(iv) To such counsel’s knowledge and other than as set forth in the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is the subject that are required to be disclosed in the Prospectus.

 

(v) The Underwriting Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(vi) The issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company and the execution, delivery, and performance of the Underwriting Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, the Registration Statement and

 


1 Company will need rely on foreign counsel to provide separate opinion for SYNNEX Canada Ltd.


the Prospectus do not and will not (A) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries pursuant to, any material indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or any other agreement, instrument, franchise, license or permit known to such counsel to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party and which are detailed in a Schedule to such opinion or by which any of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or their respective properties or assets may be bound or (B) violate, conflict with or result in a breach of any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of any of the Subsidiaries, or, to the best knowledge of such counsel, any judgment, decree, order, statute, law, rule or regulation of any court or any public, governmental or regulatory agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets.

 

(vii) No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration, filing, qualification, license or permit of or with any court or any public, governmental, or regulatory agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets is required to be made or obtained by the Company for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except for (1) such as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters (as to which such counsel need express no opinion), (2) such as have been made or obtained under the Securities Act and (3) such as are required by the NASD.

 

(viii) The Registration Statement and Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements thereto made by the Company prior to the date hereof (other than the financial statements and related schedules and other financial data derived therefrom and included therein, as to which no opinion or statement need be rendered), when they became effective or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations. In passing upon the compliance as to form of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, counsel may assume that the statements made therein are correct and complete.

 

(ix) The statements under the captions “Description of Capital Stock, and “Certain Transactions” in the Prospectus and Items 14 and 15 of Part II of the Registration Statement, insofar as such statements constitute a summary of the legal matters, documents or proceedings referred to therein, fairly present in all material respects, the information called for with respect to such legal matters, documents and proceedings.

 

(x) The Plan of Merger has been duly authorized by all necessary board of directors and stockholder action on the part of the Company and SYNNEX CA and has been duly executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto. The execution and delivery of the Plan of Merger and the consummation of the merger contemplated thereby does not contravene any provision of applicable federal, California or Delaware corporate law or the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or the articles of incorporation or bylaws of SYNNEX CA, or, to the knowledge of such counsel, any judgment or decree of any U.S.


Federal, Delaware or California governmental body, agency or U.S. Federal or California or Delaware State court having jurisdiction over the Company or SYNNEX CA, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of or qualification with any U.S. Federal, Delaware or California governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company and SYNNEX CA of its obligations under the Plan of Merger except such as have been obtained. The merger provided in the Plan of Merger is effective under the laws of the State of California and the State of Delaware.

 

(xi) The execution, delivery, and performance of the Plan of Merger and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by the Plan of Merger do not and will not conflict with, require consent under or result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries pursuant to, any material indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement, instrument, franchise, license or permit to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or their respective properties, operations or assets may be bound and which is detailed in a schedule to this Opinion, except such as have been obtained.

 

(xii) The Company is not, and immediately after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares will not be, an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(xiii) The Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Securities Act, and, to the best knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereof has been issued and no proceedings therefor have been initiated or threatened by the Commission and all filings required by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A under the Securities Act have been made.

 

(xiv) To the knowledge of such counsel, no contract or agreement is required to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement that is not so filed.

 

In addition, such opinion shall also contain a statement that during the course of preparation of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, such counsel participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company at which the contents of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and other related matters were discussed. Although such counsel is not passing upon and has not independently checked or verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, such counsel has no reason to believe that, as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Registration Statement (except as to the financial statements, including the notes thereto and related schedules, and the other financial, statistical and accounting data derived therefrom and included therein or that should have been included therein, as to which such counsel is not called upon to and does not advise you) contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that, as of its date or as of the date hereof, the Prospectus (except in each such case as to the financial statements, including the notes thereto and related schedules, and the other financial, statistical and accounting data derived therefrom and included therein or that


should have been included therein, as to which such counsel is not called upon to and does not advise you) contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.


ANNEX II

 

Form of Opinion of Counsel for Each Selling Stockholder

 

(i) Such Selling Stockholder had valid and unencumbered title to the Shares delivered by such Selling Stockholder on the Closing Date and had full right, power and authority to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares delivered by such Selling Stockholder on the Closing Date hereunder; and the several Underwriters have acquired valid and unencumbered title to the Shares purchased by them from such Selling Stockholders on the Closing Date hereunder, free of adverse claim or interest.

 

(ii) No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other governmental authority or agency, required for the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, except such as have obtained or made and are in full force and effect under the Securities Act, applicable state securities or blue sky laws and from the NASD.

 

(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of the Custody Agreement and this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions therein and herein contemplated will not contravene or conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, or require consent of any other party to any agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is bound or under which it is entitled to any right or benefit, any provision of applicable law or any judgment, order, decree or regulation applicable to such Selling Stockholder of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body or arbitrator having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder.

 

(iv) The Power of Attorney and related Custody Agreement with respect to such Selling Stockholder has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such Selling Stockholder enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

 

(v) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder.

 


ANNEX III

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

 


August              , 2003

 

B EAR , S TEARNS & C O . I NC .

B ANC O F A MERICA S ECURITIES LLC  R AYMOND J AMES & A SSOCIATES LLC

    as Representatives of the several Underwriters referred to below

c/o Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

 

Attention: Equity Capital Markets

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. Lock-Up Agreement

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter agreement (this “Agreement”) relates to the proposed public offering (the “Offering”) by SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), of its common stock, $.001 par value (the “Stock”).

 

In order to induce you and the other underwriters for which you act as representatives (the “Underwriters”) to underwrite the Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. (“Bear Stearns”), during the period from the date hereof until one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of the final prospectus for the Offering (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned (a) will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, agree to offer or sell, solicit offers to purchase, grant any call option or purchase any put option with respect to, pledge, borrow or otherwise dispose of any Relevant Security (as defined below), and (b) will not establish or increase any “put equivalent position” or liquidate or decrease any “call equivalent position” with respect to any Relevant Security (in each case within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder), or otherwise enter into any swap, derivative or other transaction or arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any economic consequence of ownership of a Relevant Security, whether or not such transaction is to be settled by delivery of Relevant Securities, other securities, cash or other consideration. As used herein “Relevant Security” means the Stock, any other equity security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and any security convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any Stock or other such equity security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the undersigned may transfer Relevant Securities by bona fide gift, will or intestate succession, (ii) the undersigned may transfer Relevant


Securities to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, and (iii) if the undersigned is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the undersigned may make a general distribution of Relevant Securities to its partners, members or stockholders, provided as to each (i), (ii) and (iii) above, each resulting transferee of Relevant Securities executes and delivers to you an agreement satisfactory to you certifying that such transferee is bound by the terms of this Agreement and has been in compliance with the terms hereof since the date first above written as if it had been an original party hereto. For the purpose of this Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean the spouse or children of the undersigned.

 

In addition, this Agreement shall not restrict the sale or other disposition of Relevant Securities that are acquired by the undersigned in the open market after the Offering is priced, provided that any such sale or other disposition fully complies with, and is not required to be disclosed or reported under, applicable law (including but not limited to Section 16 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder).

 

The undersigned hereby authorizes the Company during the Lock-Up Period to cause any transfer agent for the Relevant Securities to decline to transfer, and to note stop transfer restrictions on the share register and other records relating to, Relevant Securities for which the undersigned is the record holder and, in the case of Relevant Securities for which the undersigned is the beneficial but not the record holder, agrees during the Lock-Up Period to cause the record holder to cause the relevant transfer agent to decline to transfer, and to note stop transfer restrictions on the share register and other records relating to, such Relevant Securities. The undersigned hereby further agrees that, without the prior written consent of Bear Stearns, during the Lock-up Period the undersigned (x) will not file or participate in the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of any registration statement, or circulate or participate in the circulation of any preliminary or final prospectus or other disclosure document with respect to any proposed offering or sale of a Relevant Security and (y) will not exercise any rights the undersigned may have to require registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission of any proposed offering or sale of a Relevant Security.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and that this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the undersigned, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Upon request, the undersigned will execute any additional documents necessary in connection with enforcement hereof. Any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the undersigned from the date first above written.


This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. Delivery of a signed copy of this letter by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of the original hereof.

 

This Agreement shall terminate if the Offering has not been consummated by June 30, 2004.

 

Very truly yours,
By:    
 
Print Name:    
 

Exhibit 3.(i)2

 

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

SYNNEX CORP.

 

SYNNEX Corp., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

 

FIRST: The name of the corporation is SYNNEX Corp.

 

SECOND: The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 4, 2003 under the name SYNNEX Corp.

 

THIRD: Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation.

 

FOURTH: The Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the corporation is SYNNEX Corporation (the “Corporation”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue one class of stock to be designated common stock (“Common Stock”). The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is one hundred million (100,000,000) shares, all of which shall be Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

1


ARTICLE V

 

The Board of Directors is authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by ballot.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation reserves the right to adopt, repeal, rescind or amend in any respect any provisions contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by applicable law, and all rights conferred on stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

The Corporation elects not to be, and shall not be, governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any of the restrictions contained therein.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

A.  A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

If the Delaware General Corporation Law hereafter is amended to further eliminate or limit the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

B.  To the fullest extent permissible under General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, the Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (an “Indemnitee”), against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such person. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

2


C.  The right to indemnification conferred by this Article VIII shall be presumed to have been relied upon by the Indemnitee and shall be enforceable as a contract right. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) individual Indemnitees through bylaw provisions, agreements with such Indemnitees, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, subject only to the limits created by applicable Delaware law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to the Corporation, its stockholders and others. The Corporation may create trust funds, grant security interest, obtain letters of credit or use other means to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect the rights provided in this Article VIII or in any such contract.

 

D.  Upon making a request for indemnification, the Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Article VIII and the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in reaching any contrary determination. Such indemnification shall include the right to receive payment in advance of any expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, consistent with applicable law.

 

E.  Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article VIII, or the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not apply to or adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption. The amendment or repeal of this Article VIII shall require the approval of the holders of shares representing at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting as one class.

 

* * *

 

FIFTH: This Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

SIXTH: This Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Written consent of the stockholders has been given with respect to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and written notice has been given as provided in Section 228.

 

The undersigned declares under penalty of perjury that they are authorized officers of the Corporation and the matters set forth in the foregoing certificate are true of their own knowledge.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been signed by its authorized officers this          day of October, 2003.

 

S YNNEX C ORP .
By:    
 
   

Robert Huang

President and Chief Executive Officer

By:    
 
   

Simon Leung

Secretary

 

4

Exhibit 3.(i)3

 

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

SYNNEX Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

 

FIRST: The name of the corporation is SYNNEX Corporation.

 

SECOND: The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 4, 2003 under the name “SYNNEX Corp.” A Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed on              , 2003. A certificate of Merger whereby SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation, was merged with and into the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on              , 2003. A certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on              , 2003.

 

THIRD: Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation.

 

FOURTH: The Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the corporation is SYNNEX Corporation (the “Corporation”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporate Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

A. Classes of Stock . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred five million (105,000,000), of which one hundred million (100,000,000) shares of the par value of $0.001 each shall be Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) and five million (5,000,000) shares of the par value of $0.001 each shall be Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”). The number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the

 


number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such Preferred Stock holders is required pursuant to the provisions established by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such Preferred Stock, and if such holders of such Preferred Stock are so entitled to vote thereon, then, except as may otherwise be set forth in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the only stockholder approval required shall be the affirmative vote of a majority of the combined voting power of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock so entitled to vote.

 

B. Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock may be issued in any number of series, as determined by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issue, in one or more series, of all or any of the remaining shares of Preferred Stock and, in the resolution or resolutions providing for such issue, to establish for each such series the number of its shares, the voting powers, full or limited, of the shares of such series, or that such shares shall have no voting powers, and the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized (unless forbidden in the resolution or resolutions providing for such issue) to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of the series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series. In case the number of shares of any such series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

C. Common Stock .

 

1. Relative Rights of Preferred Stock and Common Stock . All preferences, voting powers, relative, participating, optional or other special rights and privileges, and qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of the Common Stock are expressly made subject and subordinate to those that may be fixed with respect to any shares of the Preferred Stock.

 

2. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise required by law or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote in respect of each share of stock held by such holder of record on the books of the Corporation for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

 

3. Dividends . Subject to the preferential rights of the Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of the assets of the Corporation which are by law available therefor, dividends payable either in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock.

 

4. Dissolution, Liquidation or Winding Up . In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after distribution in full of the preferential amounts, if any, to be distributed to the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled, unless otherwise provided by law or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation of whatever

 

2


kind available for distribution to stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them respectively.

 

ARTICLE V

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware:

 

A. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

B. The books of the Corporation may be kept at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the by-laws of the Corporation may provide or as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

A. Power of Stockholder to Act by Written Consen t. No action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting and the power of stockholders to consent in writing, without a meeting, to the taking of any action is specifically denied.

 

B. Special Meetings of Stockholders . Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, only at the request of the Chairman of the Board or by a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.

 

C. Cumulative Voting . The stockholders of the Corporation shall not have cumulative voting.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

The Corporation elects not to be, and shall not be, governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any of the restrictions contained therein.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

A. Limitation on Liability . A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (3) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

If the Delaware General Corporation Law hereafter is amended to further eliminate or limit the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the

 

3


limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

B. Indemnification . Each person who is or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in the second paragraph hereof, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this section shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation for any expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise. The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

 

If a claim under the first paragraph of this section is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for

 

4


the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this section shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, by law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

C. Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

D. Repeal and Modification . Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which Delaware law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject only to limits created by applicable Delaware law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to the Corporation, its stockholders, and others.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any adoption, amendment or repeal of the by-laws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any resolution providing for adoption, amendment or repeal is presented to the Board of Directors). The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation, provided, however, that in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the

 

5


election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for such adoption, amendment or repeal by the stockholders of any provisions of the by-laws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend in any respect or repeal this Article X, or Articles V, VI, VIII and IX.

 

FIFTH: This Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

SIXTH: This Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Written consent of the stockholders has been given with respect to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and written notice has been given as provided in Section 228.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SYNNEX Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by its President and Secretary this          th day of              , 2003.

 


Robert Huang

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 


Simon Leung

Secretary

 

6

Exhibit 3.(ii)2

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

SYNNEX CORP.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page

ARTICLE 1 OFFICES   

1

    1.1   

Principal Office

  

1

    1.2   

Additional Offices

  

1

ARTICLE 2 MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS   

1

    2.1   

Place of Meeting

  

1

    2.2   

Annual Meeting

  

1

    2.3   

Special Meetings

  

1

    2.4   

Notice of Meetings

  

2

    2.5   

List of Stockholders

  

2

    2.6   

Organization and Conduct of Business

  

2

    2.7   

Quorum and Adjournments

  

3

    2.8   

Voting Rights

  

3

    2.9   

Majority Vote

  

3

    2.10   

Record Date for Stockholder Notice and Voting

  

3

    2.11   

Proxies

  

4

    2.12   

Inspectors of Election

  

4

    2.13   

Action Without Meeting by Written Consent

  

4

ARTICLE 3 DIRECTORS   

5

    3.1   

Number, Election, Tenure and Qualifications

  

5

    3.2   

Vacancies

  

5

    3.3   

Nominations by Board

  

6

    3.4   

Resignation and Removal

  

6

    3.5   

Powers

  

6

    3.6   

Place of Meetings

  

6

    3.7   

The Chairman of the Board

  

6

    3.8   

Annual Meetings

  

6

    3.9   

Regular Meetings

  

6

    3.10   

Special Meetings

  

6

    3.11   

Quorum, Action at Meeting and Adjournments

  

7

    3.12   

Action Without Meeting

  

7

    3.13   

Telephone Meetings

  

7

    3.14   

Committees

  

7

    3.15   

Fees and Compensation of Directors

  

8

    3.16   

Rights of Inspection

  

8

ARTICLE 4 OFFICERS   

8

    4.1   

Executive Officers; Election; Qualification; Term of Office; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies

  

8

    4.2   

Powers and Duties of Executive Officers

  

8

    4.3   

Bond

  

8

    4.4   

Delegation of Authority

  

9

 

 

i


ARTICLE 5 NOTICES   

9

    5.1   

Delivery

  

9

    5.2   

Waiver of Notice

  

9

ARTICLE 6 INDEMNIFICATION   

9

    6.1   

Action Other Than by or in the Right of the Corporation

  

9

    6.2   

Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation

  

10

    6.3   

Success on Merits

  

10

    6.4   

Specific Authorization

  

10

    6.5   

Advance Payment

  

11

    6.6   

Non-Exclusivity

  

11

    6.7   

Insurance

  

11

    6.8   

Severability

  

11

    6.9   

Amendment

  

11

ARTICLE 7 STOCK CERTIFICATES   

11

    7.1   

Certificates for Shares

  

11

    7.2   

Transfer of Stock

  

12

    7.3   

Registered Stockholders

  

12

    7.4   

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

  

12

ARTICLE 8 GENERAL PROVISIONS   

12

    8.1   

Dividends

  

12

    8.2   

Dividend Reserve

  

12

    8.3   

Checks

  

13

    8.4   

Corporate Seal

  

13

    8.5   

Fiscal Year

  

13

    8.6   

Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments

  

13

    8.7   

Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

  

13

ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENTS   

13

 

 

ii


BYLAWS

 

OF

 

SYNNEX CORP.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

ARTICLE 1

 

Offices

 

1.1 Principal Office . The location of the principal executive office of the corporation is hereby fixed at 3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, CA 94538. The Board of Directors (herein called the “Board”) is hereby granted full power and authority to change said principal executive offices from one location to another. Any such change shall be noted on the Bylaws opposite this Article 1, Section 1.1, or this Section may be amended to state the new location.

 

1.2 Additional Offices . The Board may at any time establish branch or subordinate offices at any place or places.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

Meeting of Stockholders

 

2.1 Place of Meeting . Meetings of the stockholders may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by or in a manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended or restated from time to time (hereinafter the “Certificate of Incorporation”), or these Bylaws or, if not so designated, as determined by the Board. If authorized by the Board, and pursuant to the procedures and guidelines established by the Board, stockholders may participate at a meeting of the stockholders by means of remote communication.

 

2.2 Annual Meeting . Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held on an annual basis as shall be designated by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer and stated in the notice of the meeting. At such annual meetings the Board shall be elected. The stockholders shall also transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meetings.

 

2.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may be called for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, by resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board, or at the request of the Chairman of the Board or such additional persons as may be provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Upon request in writing that a special meeting of stockholders be called for any proper purpose, directed to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary by any person (other than the Board) entitled to call a special meeting of stockholders, the person forthwith shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to

 

1


vote that a meeting will be held at a time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, such time not to be less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after receipt of the request. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transaction at any special meeting shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

 

2.4 Notice of Meetings . Written notice of stockholders’ meetings, stating the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting.

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty (30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, date and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

2.5 List of Stockholders . The officer in charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation or the transfer agent shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting or at the principal place of business of the Corporation. The list shall also be produced and kept at the place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present in person thereat.

 

2.6 Organization and Conduct of Business . The Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Corporation or, in their absence, such person as the Board may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as Chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the Secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the Chairman appoints.

 

The Chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seems to him or her in order.

 

2


2.7 Quorum and Adjournments . Except where otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented in proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders. The stockholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to have less than a quorum if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If, however, a quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat who are present in person or represented by proxy or, if no stockholder is present or represented by proxy, any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

 

2.8 Voting Rights . The voting rights of the holders of Common Stock are as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. The stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote at any such meeting shall be the only persons in whose name shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date determined in accordance with Section 2.10 of these Bylaws.

 

2.9 Majority Vote . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

2.10 Record Date for Stockholder Notice and Voting . For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, or entitled to exercise any right in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days before any other action to which such record date relates. For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board, in advance, may fix a record date, which shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

If the Board does not so fix a record date, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

3


The record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

 

2.11 Proxies . To the extent permitted by law, any stockholder of record may appoint a person or persons to act as the stockholder’s proxy or proxies at any stockholder meeting for the purpose of representing and voting the stockholder’s shares. The stockholder may make this appointment by any means the Delaware General Corporation Law specifically authorizes, and by any other means the Secretary of the Corporation may permit. Such proxy or proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact. A validly executed proxy which does not state that it is irrevocable shall continue in full force and effect unless (a) revoked by the person executing it before the vote pursuant to that proxy by (i) a writing delivered to the Corporation stating that the proxy is revoked, (ii) a subsequent proxy executed by the maker of that proxy, or (iii) that person’s attendance and vote at the meeting, or (b) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of that proxy is received by the Corporation before the vote pursuant to that proxy is counted; provided, however, that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of three years from the date of the proxy, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

 

2.12 Inspectors of Election . The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons, other than nominees for office, to act as inspectors of election at the meeting or its adjournment and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons to act as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best or his or her ability.

 

2.13 Action Without Meeting by Written Consent . Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings or stockholders are recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

4


ARTICLE 3

 

Directors

 

3.1 Number, Election, Tenure and Qualifications . Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, if applicable, the number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the Stockholders at an annual meeting of the Stockholders (unless the directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting as provided in these Bylaws). No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

Except for the first Board of Directors, which shall be elected by the Incorporator, at each annual meeting of the stockholders, the directors shall be elected (unless the directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting as provided in these Bylaws), except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2 of this Article, and each director so elected shall hold office until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation, removal, death or incapacity.

 

Directors shall serve as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

3.2 Vacancies . Any director may resign effective upon giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President, Secretary, or the Board, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation. If the resignation is effective at a future time, a successor may be elected to take office when the resignation becomes effective.

 

Vacancies in the Board, including those existing as a result of a removal of a director, may be filled in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. Any such election by written consent requires the consent of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. If the Board accepts the resignation of a director tendered to take effect at a future time, the stockholders shall have power to elect a successor to take office when the resignation is to become effective.

 

A vacancy or vacancies in the Board shall be deemed to exist in case of the death, resignation, or removal of any director, or if the authorized number of directors be increased, or if the stockholders fail, at any annual or special meeting of stockholders at which any director or directors are elected, to elect the full authorized number of directors to be voted for at that meeting.

 

The Board may declare vacant the office of a director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony.

 

In the event of a vacancy in the Board, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

 

5


3.3 Nominations by Board . The Board of Directors may nominate individuals for election to the Board of Directors. The Secretary of the Corporation shall announce the names of the nominees of the Board of Directors at the meeting at which Directors are to be elected.

 

3.4 Resignation and Removal . Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation at its principal place of business or to the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt of such notice unless the notice specifies such resignation to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of at least a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, unless otherwise specified by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

3.5 Powers . The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things which are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

3.6 Place of Meetings . The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

 

3.7 The Chairman of the Board . If the Board appoints a Chairman of the Board, such Chairman shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board. The Chairman shall perform such other powers and duties and possess such powers as are customarily vested in the office of Chairman of the Board or as may be vested in the Chairman of the Board by the Board.

 

3.8 Annual Meetings . The annual meetings of the Board shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the Board, provided a quorum shall be present. The annual meetings shall be for the purposes of organization, and an election of officers and the transaction of other business.

 

3.9 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and place as may be determined from time to time by the Board; provided, however, that any director who is absent when such determination is made shall be given prompt notice of such determination.

 

3.10 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, the Secretary or on the written request of two or more directors, or by one director in the event that there is only one director in office. Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be given in accordance with Article 5 herein. In case such notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least two (2) days prior to the time of holding the meeting. In case such notice is delivered personally or by telegram, cable, commercial delivery service, telex, facsimile transmission, or electronic means, it shall be so delivered at least twenty–four (24) hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board need not specify the purposes of the meeting. Notice may be waived in accordance with Section 229 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

6


3.11 Quorum, Action at Meeting and Adjournments . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the directors then in office, but in no event less than one third of the entire Board, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board, except as may otherwise be specifically provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, until a quorum shall be present.

 

3.12 Action Without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

3.13 Telephone Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any member of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or any committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

3.14 Committees . The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be submitted to stockholders for approval, the filling of vacancies on the Board or any committee, the amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board which by its express terms is not amendable or repealable, the appointment of other committees of the Board or the members thereof, or adopting, amending or repealing these Bylaws; and, unless the resolution designating such committee or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and make such reports to the Board as the

 

7


Board may request. Except as the Board may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the conduct of its business by the Board.

 

3.15 Fees and Compensation of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board and/or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

3.16 Rights of Inspection . Every director shall have the right at any reasonable time to examine the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of stockholders and the Corporation’s other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to the director’s position as a director.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

Officers

 

4.1 Executive Officers; Election; Qualification; Term of Office; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies . The Board shall elect a President, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer and a Treasurer, and it may, if it so determines, choose a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board from among its members. The Board may also choose such other officers with such titles and duties as the Board deems appropriate, including one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer and one or more Assistant Treasurers. The officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Board, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. The Board may remove any officer with or without cause at any time, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board at any regular or special meeting.

 

4.2 Powers and Duties of Executive Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as may be prescribed in a resolution by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board. The Board may require any officer, agent or employee to give security for the faithful performance of his duties.

 

4.3 Bond . If required by the Board, any officer shall give the corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties and upon such terms and conditions as shall be satisfactory to the Board, including without limitation a bond for the faithful performance of the duties of such officer’s office and for the restoration to the Corporation of all books, papers,

 

8


vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in such officer’s possession or under such officer’s control and belonging to the Corporation.

 

4.4 Delegation of Authority . The Board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

Notices

 

5.1 Delivery . Whenever, under the provisions of law, or of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, written notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail or delivered to a nationally recognized courier service. Unless written notice by mail is required by law, written notice may also be given by telegram, cable, telecopy, electronic mail return receipt required; provided however, that the Corporation has means by which to verify the receipt, commercial delivery services, telex or similar means, addressed to such director or stockholder at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, in which case such notice shall be deemed to be given when delivered into the control of the persons charged with effecting such transmission, the transmission charge to be paid by the Corporation or the person sending such notice and not by the addressee. Oral notice or other in-hand delivery, in person or by telephone, shall be deemed given at the time it is actually given.

 

5.2 Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. In addition to the foregoing, notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such director. All such waivers, consents and approvals executed under this Section 5.2 shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

Indemnification

 

6.1 Action Other Than by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 6.4, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,

 

9


against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

6.2 Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 6.4, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of such person’s duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

 

6.3 Success on Merits . To the extent that a present or former director, employee, agent or officer has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

6.4 Specific Authorization . Any indemnification under Sections 6.1 or 6.2 of this Article 6 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, employee, agent or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in said Sections. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders of the corporation.

 

10


6.5 Advance Payment . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board in the manner provided for in Section 6.4 upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of any person described in said Section to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that such person is entitled to indemnification by the corporation as authorized in this Article 6.

 

6.6 Non-Exclusivity . The indemnification provided by this Article 6 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. Any repeal or amendment of any of the provisions of this Article 6 shall not adversely affect any right or potential of any indemnitee existing at the time of such repeal or amendment.

 

6.7 Insurance . The Board may authorize, by a vote of the majority of the full Board, the Corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article 6 and the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

6.8 Severability . If any word, clause or provision of this Article 6 or any award made hereunder shall for any reason be determined to be invalid, the provisions hereof shall not otherwise be affected thereby but shall remain in full force and effect.

 

6.9 Amendment . The intent of this Article 6 is to provide for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. To the extent that such Section or any successor Section may be amended or supplemented from time to time, this Article 6 shall be amended automatically and construed so as to permit indemnification to the fullest extent from time to time permitted by law.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

Stock Certificates

 

7.1 Certificates for Shares . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates. Certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board or Vice Chairman of the Board, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a

 

11


certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to paid thereof, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

 

7.2 Transfer of Stock . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate of shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, and proper evidence of compliance of other conditions to rightful transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

 

7.3 Registered Stockholders . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

7.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Board may direct the issuance of a new certificate or certificates to replace any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing the issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require, and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

General Provisions

 

8.1 Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board at any regular or special meeting or by written consent. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

8.2 Dividend Reserve . The Board may set apart out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

 

12


8.3 Checks . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board may from time to time designate.

 

8.4 Corporate Seal . The Board may, by resolution, adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the word “Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced. The seal may be altered from time to time by the Board.

 

8.5 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board.

 

8.6 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments . The Board, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

8.7 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations . The Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Corporation. The authority herein granted to said officers to vote or represent on behalf of the Corporation any and all shares held by the Corporation in any other corporation or corporations may be exercised either by such officers in person or by any other person authorized so to do by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by said officers.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

Amendments

 

These Bylaws may be amended or repealed either by approval of the outstanding shares or by the approval of the Board; provided, however, that after the issuance of shares, a Bylaw specifying or changing a fixed number of directors or the maximum or minimum number or changing from a fixed to a variable Board or vice versa may only be adopted by approval of the outstanding shares in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of any conflict between these Bylaws and the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Certificate of Incorporation shall govern.

 

13

Exhibit 3.(ii)3

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

B Y L A W S

 

OF

 

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

         Page

ARTICLE 1

 

Offices

  

1

1.1    

Principal Office

  

1

1.2    

Additional Offices

  

1

ARTICLE 2  

Meeting of Stockholders

  

1

2.1    

Place of Meeting

  

1

2.2    

Annual Meeting

  

1

2.3    

Special Meetings

  

2

2.4    

Notice of Meetings

  

2

2.5    

Business Matter of a Special Meeting

  

3

2.6    

List of Stockholders

  

3

2.7    

Organization and Conduct of Business

  

3

2.8    

Quorum and Adjournments

  

3

2.9    

Voting Rights

  

3

2.10  

Majority Vote

  

4

2.11  

Record Date for Stockholder Notice and Voting

  

4

2.12  

Proxies

  

4

2.13  

Inspectors of Election

  

4

2.14  

Action Without a Meeting

  

4

ARTICLE 3  

Directors

  

5

3.1    

Number, Election, Tenure and Qualifications

  

5

3.2    

Enlargement and Vacancies

  

6

3.3    

Resignation and Removal

  

6

3.4    

Powers

  

6

3.5    

Chairman of the Board

  

6

3.6    

Place of Meetings

  

6

3.7    

Annual Meetings

  

7

3.8    

Regular Meetings

  

7

3.9    

Special Meetings

  

7

3.10  

Quorum, Action at Meeting, Adjournments

  

7

3.11  

Action Without Meeting

  

7

3.12  

Telephone Meetings

  

7

3.13  

Committees

  

8

3.14  

Fees and Compensation of Directors

  

8

3.15  

Rights of Inspection

  

8

ARTICLE 4  

Officers

  

8

4.1    

Officers Designated

  

8

4.2    

Election

  

9

4.3    

Tenure

  

9

4.4    

Compensation

  

9

4.5    

The Chief Executive Officer

  

9

 

-i-


4.6    

The President

  

9

4.7    

The Vice President

  

9

4.8    

The Secretary

  

10

4.9    

The Assistant Secretary

  

10

4.10  

The Chief Financial Officer

  

10

4.11  

Bond

  

10

4.12  

Delegation of Authority

  

11

ARTICLE 5  

Notices

  

11

5.1    

Deliver

  

11

5.2    

Waiver of Notice

  

11

ARTICLE 6  

Indemnification

  

11

6.1    

Actions Other Than By or in the Right of the Corporation

  

11

6.2    

Actions By or in the Right of the Corporation

  

12

6.3    

Success on the Merits

  

12

6.4    

Specific Authorization

  

12

6.5    

Advance Payment

  

12

6.6    

Non-Exclusivity

  

13

6.7    

Insurance

  

13

6.8    

Severability

  

13

6.9    

Intent of Article

  

13

ARTICLE 7  

Capital Stock

  

13

7.1    

Certificates for Shares

  

13

7.2    

Signatures on Certificates

  

14

7.3    

Transfer of Stock

  

14

7.4    

Registered Stockholders

  

14

7.5    

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

  

14

ARTICLE 8  

Certain Transactions

  

14

8.1    

Transactions with Interested Parties

  

14

8.2    

Quorum

  

15

ARTICLE 9  

General Provisions

  

15

9.1    

Dividends

  

15

9.2    

Dividend Reserve

  

15

9.3    

Checks

  

15

9.4    

Corporate Seal

  

15

9.5    

Fiscal Year

  

16

9.6    

Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments

  

16

9.7    

Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

  

16

ARTICLE 10  

Amendments

  

16

 

-ii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

B Y L A W S

 

OF

 

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

ARTICLE 1

 

Offices

 

1.1 Principal Office . The registered office of the corporation shall be 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and the name of the registered agent in charge thereof is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

1.2 Additional Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors (the “Board”) may from time to time designate or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

Meeting of Stockholders

 

2.1 Place of Meeting . Meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, either within or without of the State of Delaware, as may be designated by or in the manner provided in these Bylaws, or, if not so designated, at the registered office of the corporation or the principal executive offices of the corporation.

 

2.2 Annual Meeting . Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held each year at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer and stated in the notice of the meeting. At such annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors. The stockholders shall also transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meetings.

 

To be properly brought before the annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder of record. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before the annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered personally or deposited in the United States mail, or delivered to a common carrier for transmission to the recipient or actually transmitted by the person giving the notice by electronic means to the recipient or sent by other means of written communication, postage or delivery charges prepaid in all such cases,

 

-1-


and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation, addressed to the attention of the Secretary of the corporation, not less than fifty (50) days nor more than seventy-five (75) days prior to the scheduled date of the meeting (regardless of any postponements, deferrals or adjournments of that meeting to a later date); provided, however, that in the event that less than sixty-five (65) days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the scheduled meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the earlier of (a) the close of business on the 15th day following the day on which such notice of the date of the scheduled annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made, whichever first occurs, and (b) two (2) days prior to the date of the scheduled meeting. A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of the stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially by the stockholder, and (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business.

 

Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at the annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any business properly brought before the annual meeting.

 

The Chairman of the Board of the corporation (or such other person presiding at the meeting in accordance with these Bylaws) shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

2.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may be called for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, by the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary only at the request of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or by a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

 

2.4 Notice of Meetings . Written notice of stockholders’ meetings, stating the place, date and time of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such special meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting.

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty (30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, date and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

-2-


2.5 Business Matter of a Special Meeting . Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice, except to the extent such notice is waived or is not required.

 

2.6 List of Stockholders . The officer in charge of the stock ledger of the corporation or the transfer agent shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place, if other than the place of the meeting, shall be specified in the notice of the meeting. The list shall also be produced and kept at the place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present in person thereat.

 

2.7 Organization and Conduct of Business . The Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, the Chief Executive Officer or President of the corporation or, in their absence, such person as the Board may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as Chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the corporation, the Secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the Chairman appoints.

 

The Chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seems to him or her in order.

 

2.8 Quorum and Adjournments . Except where otherwise provided by law or the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented in proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders. The stockholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to have less than a quorum if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If, however, a quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat who are present in person or represented by proxy shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

 

2.9 Voting Rights . Unless otherwise provided in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder.

 

-3-


2.10 Majority Vote . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

2.11 Record Date for Stockholder Notice and Voting . For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to vote, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, or entitled to exercise any right in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days before any other action. If the Board does not so fix a record date, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

2.12 Proxies . Every person entitled to vote for directors or on any other matter shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy signed by the person and filed with the Secretary of the corporation. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission, electronic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact. A validly executed proxy which does not state that it is irrevocable shall continue in full force and effect unless (i) revoked by the person executing it, before the vote pursuant to that proxy, by a writing delivered to the corporation stating that the proxy is revoked or by a subsequent proxy executed by, or attendance at the meeting and voting in person by, the person executing the proxy; or (ii) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of that proxy is received by the corporation before the vote pursuant to that proxy is counted; provided, however, that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of three (3) years from the date of the proxy, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

 

2.13 Inspectors of Election . The corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The corporation may designate one or more persons to act as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.

 

2.14 Action Without a Meeting . No action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the corporation may be taken without a meeting and the power of the stockholders to consent in writing, without a meeting, to the taking of any action is specifically denied.

 

-4-


ARTICLE 3

 

Directors

 

3.1 Number, Election, Tenure and Qualifications . The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or stockholders at the annual meeting or any special meeting called for that purpose. The classes of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be as provided in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

At each annual meeting of the stockholders, directors shall be elected for that class of directors whose terms are expiring, except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2 of this Article, and each director so elected shall hold office until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation.

 

Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the common stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at the annual meeting, by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, may be made by any nominating committee or person appointed by the Board of Directors; nominations may also be made by any stockholder of record of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section. Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered personally or deposited in the United States mail, or delivered to a common carrier for transmission to the recipient or actually transmitted by the person giving the notice by electronic means to the recipient or sent by other means of written communication, postage or delivery charges prepaid in all such cases, and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation addressed to the attention of the Secretary of the corporation not less than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the scheduled date of the meeting (regardless of any postponements, deferrals or adjournments of that meeting to a later date); provided, however, that, in the case of an annual meeting and in the event that less than one hundred (100) days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the scheduled meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the 7th day following the day on which such notice of the date of the scheduled meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made, whichever first occurs. Such stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class, series and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation that are owned beneficially by the person, (iv) a statement as to the person’s citizenship, and (v) any other information relating to the person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations for proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice, (i) the name and record address of the stockholder and (ii) the class, series and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation that are owned beneficially by the stockholder. The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the

 

-5-


eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as director of the corporation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth herein.

 

In connection with any annual meeting, the Chairman of the Board of Directors (or such other person presiding at such meeting in accordance with these Bylaws) shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

Directors shall serve as provided in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

3.2 Enlargement and Vacancies . The number of members of the Board of Directors may be increased at any time by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. Sole power to fill vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be vested in the Board of Directors through action by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and each director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election at which the term of the class to which they have been elected expires and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law or these by-laws, may exercise the powers of the full board until the vacancy is filled.

 

3.3 Resignation and Removal . Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation at its principal place of business or to the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt of such notice unless the notice specifies such resignation to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of at least a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, unless otherwise specified by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

3.4 Powers . The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things which are not by statute or by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

3.5 Chairman of the Board . If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, such Chairman shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board. The Chairman shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are customarily vested in the office of the Chairman of the Board or as may be vested in the Chairman by the Board of Directors.

 

3.6 Place of Meetings . The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

 

-6-


3.7 Annual Meetings . The annual meetings of the Board shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the Board, provided a quorum shall be present. The annual meetings shall be for the purposes of organization, and an election of officers and the transaction of other business.

 

3.8 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and place as may be determined from time to time by the Board; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given prompt notice of such determination.

 

3.9 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary, or on the written request of two or more directors, or by one director in the event that there is only one director in office. Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director, or sent by first-class mail or telegram, cable, commercial delivery service, telex, facsimile transmission, or electronic means, charges prepaid, sent to such director’s business or home address as they appear upon the records of the corporation. In case such notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days prior to the time of holding of the meeting. In case such notice is delivered personally or by telegram, cable, commercial delivery service, telex, facsimile transmission, or electronic means, it shall be so delivered at least four hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

 

3.10 Quorum, Action at Meeting, Adjournments . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of directors then in office, but in no event less than one third (1/3) of the entire Board, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law or by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation. For purposes of this section, the term “entire Board” shall mean the number of directors last fixed by the stockholders or directors, as the case may be, in accordance with law and these Bylaws; provided, however, that if less than all the number so fixed of directors were elected, the “entire Board” shall mean the greatest number of directors so elected to hold office at any one time pursuant to such authorization. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

3.11 Action Without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

3.12 Telephone Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any member of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or of any committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons

 

-7-


participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

3.13 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution designating such committee or the Restated Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and make such reports to the Board as the Board may request. Except as the Board may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the conduct of its business by the Board.

 

3.14 Fees and Compensation of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

3.15 Rights of Inspection . Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

Officers

 

4.1 Officers Designated . The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer. The Board may also choose a Chief Operating Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, and one or more assistant Secretaries. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

 

-8-


4.2 Election . The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer. Other officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at such meeting, at any other meeting, or by written consent or may be appointed by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to a delegation of authority from the Board of Directors.

 

4.3 Tenure . The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify, unless a different term is specified in the vote choosing or appointing such officer, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer may be removed with or without cause at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors or a committee duly authorized to do so, except that any officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer may also be removed at any time by the Chief Executive Officer. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation may be filled by the Board of Directors, at its discretion. Any officer may resign by delivering such officer’s written resignation to the corporation at its principal place of business or to the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

 

4.4 Compensation . The salaries of all officers of the corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board and no officer shall be prevented from receiving a salary because he is also a director of the corporation.

 

4.5 The Chief Executive Officer . Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. He or she shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

 

4.6 The President . The President shall, in the event there be no Chief Executive Officer or in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have the powers of and subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed for such person by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or these Bylaws.

 

4.7 The Vice President . The Vice President (or in the event there be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the President or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have the powers of and subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice President(s) shall

 

-9-


perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed for them by the Board, the President, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws.

 

4.8 The Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and the stockholders and record all votes and the proceedings of the meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees, when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision he or she shall act. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the corporation, and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and, when so affixed, the seal may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing thereof by his or her signature. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates issued for the same and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

 

4.9 The Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order designated by the Board (or in the absence of any designation, in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board.

 

4.10 The Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the Corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board. The Chief Financial Officer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board, at its regular meetings, or when the Board so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

 

4.11 Bond . If required by the Board of Directors, any officer shall give the corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties and upon such terms and conditions as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, including without limitation a bond for the faithful performance of the duties of such officer’s office and for the restoration to the corporation of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in such officer’s possession or under such officer’s control and belonging to the corporation.

 

-10-


4.12 Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

Notices

 

5.1 Deliver . Whenever, under the provisions of law, or of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, written notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail or delivered to a nationally recognized courier service. Unless written notice by mail is required by law, written notice may also be given by telegram, cable, telecopy, commercial delivery services, telex or similar means, addressed to such director or stockholder at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation, in which case such notice shall be deemed to be given when delivered into the control of the persons charged with effecting such transmission, the transmission charge to be paid by the corporation or the person sending such notice and not by the addressee. Oral notice or other in-hand delivery, in person or by telephone, shall be deemed given at the time it is actually given.

 

5.2 Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of law or of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. In addition to the foregoing, notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such director. All such waivers, consents and approvals executed under this Section 5.2 shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

Indemnification

 

6.1 Actions Other Than By or in the Right of the Corporation . The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceedings, had no

 

-11-


reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

6.2 Actions By or in the Right of the Corporation . The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of such person’s duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

 

6.3 Success on the Merits . To the extent that any person described in Sections 6.1 or 6.2 of this Article 6 has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in said Sections, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

6.4 Specific Authorization . Any indemnification under Sections 6.1 or 6.2 of this Article 6 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of any person described in said Sections is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in said Sections. Such determination shall be made (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders of the corporation.

 

6.5 Advance Payment . Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the manner provided for in Section 6.4 of this Article 6 upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of any person described in said Section to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that such person is entitled to indemnification by the corporation as authorized in this Article 6.

 

-12-


6.6 Non-Exclusivity . The indemnification provided by this Article 6 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. Any repeal or amendment of any of the provisions of this Article 6 shall not adversely affect any right or potential right of any indemnitee existing at the time of such repeal or amendment.

 

6.7 Insurance . The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of the majority of the full board, the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article 6.

 

6.8 Severability . If any word, clause or provision of this Article 6 or any award made hereunder shall for any reason be determined to be invalid, the provisions hereof shall not otherwise be affected thereby but shall remain in full force and effect.

 

6.9 Intent of Article . The intent of this Article 6 is to provide for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. To the extent that such Section or any successor Section may be amended or supplemented from time to time, this Article 6 shall be amended automatically and construed so as to permit indemnification to the fullest extent from time to time permitted by law.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

Capital Stock

 

7.1 Certificates for Shares . The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertificated. Certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

 

-13-


Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

7.2 Signatures on Certificates . Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

7.3 Transfer of Stock . Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate of shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated share, such uncertificated shares shall be canceled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the corporation.

 

7.4 Registered Stockholders . The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

7.5 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Board may direct that a new certificate or certificates be issued to replace any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing the issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require, and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

Certain Transactions

 

8.1 Transactions with Interested Parties . No contract or transaction between the corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the corporation and any other

 

-14-


corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction or solely because the vote or votes of such director or officer are counted for such purpose, if:

 

(a) the material facts as to such person’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or

 

(b) the material facts as to such person’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or

 

(c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.

 

8.2 Quorum . Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

General Provisions

 

9.1 Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

9.2 Dividend Reserve . Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

9.3 Checks . All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board may from time to time designate.

 

9.4 Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may, by resolution, adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the word “Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof

 

-15-


to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced. The seal may be altered from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

9.5 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

9.6 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments . The Board, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

9.7 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations . The Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of this corporation is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority herein granted to said officers to vote or represent on behalf of this corporation any and all shares held by this corporation in any other corporation or corporations may be exercised either by such officers in person or by any other person authorized so to do by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by said officers.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

Amendments

 

The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws, provided, however, that any adoption, amendment or repeal of these Bylaws by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any resolution providing for adoption, amendment or repeal is presented to the board). The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws, provided, however, that in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of this corporation required by law or by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for such adoption, amendment or repeal by the stockholders of any provisions of these Bylaws.

 

-16-

Exhibit 10.9

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

 

Dated as of June 30, 2003

 

to

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AND SERVICING

AGREEMENT

 

and

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of August 30, 2002

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of June 30, 2003 by and among SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a California corporation (“ Synnex ” or the “ Originator ”), SIT FUNDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ SFC ”), REDWOOD RECEIVABLES CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Redwood ”), and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ GE Capital ”), in its capacities as a committed purchaser and as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) under the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement referred to below. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement.

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, the Originator and SFC are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2002 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Receivables Transfer Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, SFC, as seller, Synnex, as servicer (the “ Servicer ”) and as Originator, the other Originators, GE Capital, as the Administrative Agent and as a Committed Purchaser and Redwood are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, many of the defined terms used in the Receivables Transfer Agreement and the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement are set forth in Annex X attached thereto (“ Annex X ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Originator, SFC, and GE Capital have agreed to amend Annex X on the terms and conditions set forth herein;


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Originator, SFC, Redwood, and GE Capital, with the consent of the Insurer, hereby agree as follows.

 

Section 1. Amendments to Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement . Effective as of the date hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2 below, the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.1 Section 6.01(c) of the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement shall be amended to delete the first sentence of such section and to substitute the following therefor:

 

“The Administrative Agent has established and (prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event) shall maintain the Retention Account with the Depository.”

 

1.2 Sections 6.03, 6.04 and 6.05 of the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

1.3 Section 7.05 of the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement shall be amended to (i) add “(a)” at the beginning of the first sentence thereof and (ii) add the following new subsection (b) thereto:

 

“(b) For any period that Synnex or any Affiliate of Synnex is the Servicer, the Seller agrees that it shall pay to the Servicer on each Settlement Date the applicable Servicing Fee, to the extent of funds available to the Seller on such Settlement Date. The Seller agrees that it will pay the Servicing Fee to the Servicer prior to using any funds available to it on such Settlement Date for any other purpose, including, without limitation, the purchase of additional Receivables. If the Seller does not have sufficient funds available to so pay the Servicing Fee in full on any Settlement Date, the shortfall shall be paid on the next Business Day on which the Seller does have available funds but only to the extent that funds are then available to the Seller in accordance with the provisions of Article VI . The Servicer waives any right it has or may at any time have to demand payment and/or take any action to or in furtherance of payment of any shortfall in the payment of the Servicing Fee and agrees that it shall not have a “claim” under Section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code for the payment of any such shortfall, except for, and only to the extent of, any excess available funds, as described above.”

 

1.4 The definition of “Cash Purchase Price” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to delete therefrom the reference to “Section 6.03(c)(v)” and to substitute a reference to “Section 6.03(c)” therefor.

 

2


1.5 The definition of “Committed Purchaser Expiry Date” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to delete therefrom the reference to “August 29, 2003” and to substitute a reference to “August 30, 2008” therefor.

 

1.6 The definition of the term “Committed Purchaser Yield Rate” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to delete the term “LIBOR Rate” therefrom and to substitute the term “Commercial Paper Rate” therefor.

 

1.7 The following new definition is hereby added to Annex X in the appropriate alphabetical location:

 

‘“ Commercial Paper Rate ” means, for each Settlement Period, (i) the latest month-end published rate for 30-day dealer commercial paper (high grade unsecured notes sold through dealers by major corporations in multiples of $1,000), which normally appears in the “Money Rates” column of The Wall Street Journal or, in the event that The Wall Street Journal ceases publication of such rate, in such other publication of general circulation as the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, designate in writing, or (ii) if such rate is not determinable pursuant to clause (i) hereof, such rate as the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, designate in writing.’

 

1.8 The definition of “Concentration Discount Amount” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(a) Each reference to “three percent (3%)” therein is hereby deleted and a reference to “five percent (5%)” is substituted therefor.

 

(b) The reference to “five percent (5%)” in clause (a) thereof is hereby deleted and a reference to “fifteen percent (15%)” is substituted therefor.

 

(c) The reference to “fifteen percent (15%)” in clause (e) thereof is hereby deleted and a reference to “twenty percent (20%)” is substituted therefor.

 

1.9 The defined terms “Capital Investment Shortfall,” “Capital Investment Sub-Account,” “Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment,” “Deferred Purchase Price Collections,” “Deferred Purchase Price Outstanding,” “Deferred Purchase Price Shortfall,” “Deferred Purchase Price Sub-Account,” “Dilution Funded Amount” and “Dilution Funded Amount Shortfall” are hereby deleted from Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement.

 

1.10 The definition of “Final Purchase Date” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to delete therefrom the reference to “fifth” and to substitute a reference to “sixth” therefor.

 

3


1.11 The definition of “Maximum Purchase Limit” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to delete therefrom the reference to “$200,000,000” and to substitute a reference to “$210,000,000” therefor.

 

1.12 The definition of the term “Per Annum Daily Margin” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement shall be amended to delete such definition in its entirety and to substitute the following therefor:

 

“‘ Per Annum Daily Margin ’ shall mean, (a) with respect to Capital Investment made by the Conduit Purchaser, 0.75%, and (b) with respect to Capital Investment made by the Committed Purchaser, 0.90%.”

 

1.13 The definition of the term “Retained Monthly Yield” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement shall be amended to delete such definition in its entirety and to substitute the following therefor:

 

“‘ Retained Monthly Yield ’ shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of all amounts transferred to or retained in the Retention Account or transferred to the Administrative Agent with respect to Daily Yield from and including the first day of such Settlement Period through and including such date pursuant to Section 6.03(a)(ii)(A) and (B) of the Purchase Agreement.”

 

1.14 The definition of the term “Retained Servicing Fee” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement shall be amended to delete such definition in its entirety and to substitute the following therefor:

 

“‘ Retained Servicing Fee ’ shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of all amounts transferred to or retained in the Retention Account or transferred to the Administrative Agent with respect to the Servicing Fee from and including the first day of such Settlement Period through and including such date pursuant to Section 6.03(a)(ii)(C) and (D) of the Purchase Agreement.”

 

1.15 The definition of the term “Retained Unused Facility Fee” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement shall be amended to delete such definition in its entirety and to substitute the following therefor:

 

“‘ Retained Unused Facility Fee ’ shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of all amounts transferred to or retained in the Retention Account or transferred to the Administrative Agent with respect to the Unused Facility Fee from and including the first day of such Settlement Period through and including such date in accordance with Section 6.03(a)(ii)(E) and (F) of the Purchase Agreement.”

 

4


1.16 The definition of the term “Retention Account” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement shall be amended to delete such definition in its entirety and to substitute the following therefor:

 

‘“ Retention Account ” shall mean, (i) with respect to the Conduit Purchaser, that certain segregated deposit account established by the Administrative Agent and maintained with the Depositary designated as the “Redwood Receivables Corporation—Retention Account (Synnex),” account number 24597, ABA No. 021 001 033, and (ii) with respect to the Committed Purchaser, such other segregated deposit account as may be established by the Administrative Agent for the Committed Purchaser.’

 

1.17 The definition of the term “Retention Account Deficiency” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement shall be amended to delete such definition in its entirety and to substitute the following therefor:

 

‘“ Retention Account Deficiency ” shall mean, as of any Settlement Date, (A) prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, the amount, if any, by which (1) the amounts necessary to make the payments required under Sections 6.04(a)(i) , (ii) and (iii) of the Purchase Agreement exceeds (2) the amounts on deposit in the Retention Account or (B) after the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, the amount, if any, by which (1) the amounts necessary to make the payments required under Sections 6.04(a)(i) , (ii) and (iii) of the Purchase Agreement exceeds (2) the amounts actually disbursed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Sections 6.04(a)(i) , (ii) and (iii) of the Purchase Agreement.’

 

Section 2. Conditions of Effectiveness of this Amendment . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof (the “ Effective Date ”) when, and only when, the Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following:

 

2.1 counterparts of this Amendment duly executed by each of the parties hereto;

 

2.2 written notice from Redwood of the occurrence of the Redwood Termination Date;

 

2.3 an opinion of counsel to SFC and Synnex relating to the enforceability of this Amendment and the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement, as amended hereby; and

 

2.4 such other documents, instruments and agreements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

 

Section 3. Representations and Warranties .

 

3.1 Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Originator and SFC each (a) hereby reaffirms in all material respects all covenants, representations and

 

5


warranties made by it in the Receivables Transfer Agreement, the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement and each other Related Document to the extent the same are not amended hereby and except to the extent the same expressly relates solely to an earlier date, (b) agrees that all such covenants, representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been re-made as of the Effective Date of this Amendment and (c) represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Date of this Amendment and after giving effect hereto, no Termination Event, Incipient Termination Event, Event of Servicer Termination or Incipient Servicer Termination Event has occurred and is continuing.

 

3.2 The Originator and SFC hereby represents and warrants that this Amendment and each of the Receivables Transfer Agreement and the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement, as amended hereby, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such Person and are enforceable against such Person in accordance with their respective terms.

 

Section 4. Reference to and Effect on Related Documents .

 

4.1 Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment pursuant to Section 2 hereof, on and after the Effective Date, each reference to the Receivables Transfer Agreement and the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement in any of the Related Documents shall mean and be a reference to the Receivables Transfer Agreement or the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement, as the case may be, as amended hereby.

 

4.2 Except as specifically set forth above, the Receivables Transfer Agreement and the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement, and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith, shall remain in full force and effect, and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

 

4.3 The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of SFC, Redwood or the Administrative Agent, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Related Documents, or any other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith.

 

Section 5. Headings . Section headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.

 

Section 6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Amendment on any number of separate counterparts and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 7. Entire Agreement . This Amendment, taken together with the Receivables Transfer Agreement, the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement and all of the other Related Documents, embodies the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, written and oral, relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

6


Section 8. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and performed in such State and any applicable laws of the United States of America.

 

Section 9. No Course of Dealing . Redwood and the Administrative Agent have entered into this Amendment on the express understanding with SFC and the Originator that in entering into this Amendment Redwood and the Administrative Agent are not establishing any course of dealing with SFC or the Originator. The rights of Redwood and the Administrative Agent to require strict performance with all the terms and conditions of the Receivables Transfer Agreement and the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement as amended by this Amendment and the other Related Documents shall not in any way be impaired by the execution of this Amendment. Neither Redwood nor the Administrative Agent shall be obligated in any manner to execute any further amendments or waivers, and if such waivers or amendments are requested in the future, assuming the terms and conditions thereof are acceptable to them, Redwood and the Administrative Agent may require the payment of fees in connection therewith.

 

Section 10. Waiver of Claims . In consideration for the execution by Redwood, the Operating Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Insurer of this Amendment, each of the Seller, SFC and the Originator hereby waives each and every claim, defense, demand, action and suit of any kind or nature whatsoever against each of Redwood, the Operating Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Insurer and each other Affected Party arising on or prior to the date hereof in connection with the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement, any of the Related Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment No. 1 has been duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
as an Originator and the Servicer
By:  

/s/    D ENNIS P OLK        

 
   

Dennis Polk

SVP/CFO

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    S IMON Y. L EUNG        

 
   

Simon Y. Leung

General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

REDWOOD RECEIVABLES CORPORATION
By:   I LLEGIBLE
 
   

Illegible

Duly Authorized Signatory

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as a Committed Purchaser and as Administrative Agent
By:   I LLEGIBLE
 
   

Illegible

Duly Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to

Amendment No. 1 to

Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement

and

Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement

 

8


EXHIBIT A

 

Attached.


Section 6.03. Daily Disbursements From the Collection Account; Revolving Period . On each Business Day no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York time) during the Revolving Period, and following the transfers made pursuant to Section 6.02 , the Administrative Agent shall disburse all amounts then on deposit in the Collection Account and its related subaccounts in the following priority:

 

(a) (x) prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, to the Retention Account or (y) after the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, to the Administrative Agent:

 

(i) an amount equal to any Retention Account Deficiency, first from amounts deposited pursuant to Section 6.02(b) and second from Collections then on deposit in the Collection Account; and

 

(ii) an amount equal to the sum of:

 

(A) Daily Yield;

 

(B) the Yield Shortfall as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(C) the Servicing Fee (calculated assuming that the Servicing Fee Rate is the applicable rate); provided , however , that if Synnex, or any Affiliate of Synnex, is the Servicer, then such amount will not be deposited in the Retention Account on such day but the Seller shall pay the Servicing Fee in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.05(b) ;

 

(D) the Servicing Fee Shortfall as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day; provided, however, that if Synnex, or any Affiliate of Synnex, is the Servicer, then such amount will not be deposited in the Retention Account on such day but the Seller shall pay the Servicing Fee in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.05(b) ;

 

(E) the Unused Facility Fee for such day;

 

(F) the Unused Facility Fee Shortfall as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day; and

 

(G) any Additional Amounts or Indemnified Amounts as to which any Indemnified Perso has made a demand on the Seller and which remain unpaid;

 

(b) to the Purchasers

 

(i) an amount equal to any Purchase Excess to be applied in reduction of Capital Investment, to the Purchasers ratably based on the amount of their respective Capital Investments;

 

(ii) an amount equal to the deposits made in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 6.02(a)(v) and not otherwise disbursed pursuant to Section 6.03(a) , to be disbursed ratably based on the amounts owed to the applicable Purchasers; and

 

1


(iii) if, pursuant to a Repayment Notice, the Seller has requested a reduction of the Capital Investment of the Purchasers, then to the Purchasers, ratably based on the amount of their respective Capital Investments, the lesser of (A) the amount of such requested reduction of Capital Investment and (B) the balance remaining on deposit in the Collection Account;

 

(c) to the SFC Account as payment of the Cash Purchase Price for Purchases made on such day, the balance of any amounts remaining in the Collection Account after making the foregoing disbursements.

 

Section 6.04. Disbursements From the Retention Account; Settlement Date Procedures; Revolving Period .

 

(a) During the Revolving Period, (x) on each Settlement Date prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event and (y) on each Business Day on and after the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, the amounts on deposit in the Retention Account or transferred to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall be disbursed or retained by the Administrative Agent in the following priority:

 

(i) to the applicable Purchasers (or, if applicable, any Indemnified Person or Affected Party), an amount equal to:

 

(A) if such Settlement Date occurs on or prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, an amount equal to:

 

(1) the accrued and unpaid Accrued Monthly Yield as of the end of the immediately preceding Settlement Period;

 

(2) the accrued and unpaid Unused Facility Fee as of the end of the immediately preceding Settlement Period;

 

(3) all Additional Amounts incurred and payable to any Affected Party as of the end of the immediately preceding Settlement Period;

 

(4) all other amounts accrued and payable under this Agreement (including Indemnified Amounts incurred and payable to any Indemnified Person) as of the end of the immediately preceding Settlement Period to the extent not already transferred pursuant to Section 6.03(b)(ii) ;

 

(5) if a Purchase Excess exists on such date, an amount equal to such excess to the extent not already transferred pursuant to Section 6.03(b)(i) , to be applied in reduction of Capital Investment;

 

(B) if such Business Day occurs after the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, an amount equal to:

 

(1) the accrued and unpaid Daily Yield as of such date;

 

2


(2) the accrued and unpaid Unused Facility Fee as of such date;

 

(3) all Additional Amounts as to which any Affected Party has made a demand on the Seller and which remain unpaid;

 

(4) all other amounts accrued and payable under this Agreement (including Indemnified Amounts as to which any Indemnified Person has made a demand on the Seller and which remain unpaid to the extent not already transferred pursuant to Section 6.03(b)(ii) ;

 

(5) if a Purchase Excess exists on such date, an amount equal to such excess to the extent not already transferred pursuant to Section 6.03(b)(i) , to be applied in reduction of Capital Investment;

 

(ii) to the extent any funds have been deposited in the Retention Account or transferred to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 6.03(a)(ii)(C) and (D) , to the Servicer or the Successor Servicer, as applicable, on behalf of the Seller, an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Servicing Fee or Successor Servicing Fees and Expenses as of (x) the end of the immediately preceding Settlement Period (if such Settlement Date occurs on or prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event) or (y) such date (if such date occurs after the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event); provided, however, that any such amount shall be paid net of any amounts paid, or that should have been paid, as provided in Section 7.05(b) ;

 

(iii) to be retained in the Retention Account or held by the Administrative Agent, (A) if such Settlement Period occurs prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, an amount equal to the Accrued Monthly Yield, Accrued Unused Facility Fee and, (B) to the extent any funds have been deposited in the Retention Account or transferred to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Sections 6.03(a)(ii)(C) and (D) , Accrued Servicing Fee as of such date; and

 

(iv) to the SFC Account, the balance of any funds remaining in the Collection Account after retaining or disbursing the foregoing amounts (and, prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, the Administrative Agent shall also transfer to the SFC Account on such date any and all interest earned on, and paid by the Depository with respect to, any funds on deposit in the Retention Account during the preceding Settlement Period).

 

(b) No later than the second Business Day immediately preceding each Settlement Date, the Administrative Agent shall determine and notify the Seller of any Retention Account Deficiency for the preceding Settlement Period, and the Seller shall deposit cash in the amount of such Retention Account Deficiency to the Collection Account pursuant to Section 6.02(b) .

 

Section 6.05. Liquidation Settlement Procedures . On each Business Day from and after the Facility Termination Date until the Termination Date, the Administrative Agent

 

3


shall, as soon as practicable, transfer all amounts then on deposit in the Retention Account to the Collection Account and shall transfer all amounts in the Collection Account (including amounts transferred from the Retention Account pursuant to Section 6.02(c) and amounts which are not allocable to the Purchaser Interests) in the following priority:

 

(a) if an Event of Servicer Termination has occurred and a Successor Servicer has assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer in accordance with Section 11.02 , then to the Successor Servicer an amount equal to its accrued and unpaid Successor Servicing Fees and Expenses;

 

(b) to the Purchasers, ratably, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Daily Yield through and including the date of maturity (if any) of the Commercial Paper (or other funding source) maintaining the Capital Investment;

 

(c) to the Purchasers, an amount equal to the unpaid Capital Investment;

 

(d) to the Administrative Agent, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Unused Facility Fees;

 

(e) pro rata to all Additional Amounts incurred and payable to any Affected Party and Indemnified Amounts incurred and payable to any Indemnified Person; and

 

(f) if an Event of Servicer Termination shall not have occurred, to the Servicer in an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Servicing Fee; and

 

(g) to the SFC Account, the balance of any funds remaining in the Collection Account after payment in full of all other amounts set forth in this Section 6.05 .

 

4


AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of August 30, 2002,

 

by and among

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

and

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION    1
   

SECTION 1.01. Definitions

   1
    SECTION 1.02. Rules of Construction    1
    SECTION 1.03. Amendment and Restatement.    1

ARTICLE II TRANSFERS OF RECEIVABLES

   2
   

SECTION 2.01. Agreement to Transfer.

   2
    SECTION 2.02. Grant of Security Interest    3

ARTICLE III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

   3
   

SECTION 3.01. Conditions to Initial Transfer

   3
    SECTION 3.02. Conditions to all Transfers    4

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

   4
   

SECTION 4.01. Representations and Warranties of the Originator

   4
    SECTION 4.02. Affirmative Covenants of the Originator    10
    SECTION 4.03. Negative Covenants of the Originator    15
    SECTION 4.04. Breach of Representations, Warranties or Covenants    17

ARTICLE V INDEMNIFICATION

   18
   

SECTION 5.01. Indemnification

   18

ARTICLE VI COLLATERAL SECURITY

   20
   

SECTION 6.01. Security Interest

   20
    SECTION 6.02. Other Collateral; Rights in Receivables    20

ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS

   20
   

SECTION 7.01. Notices

   20
    SECTION 7.02. No Waiver; Remedies    21
    SECTION 7.03. Successors and Assigns    21
    SECTION 7.04. Termination; Survival of Obligations.    22
    SECTION 7.05. Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement    22
    SECTION 7.06. Amendments and Waivers    22
    SECTION 7.07. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.    23
    SECTION 7.08. Counterparts    24
    SECTION 7.09. Severability    24

 

i


    SECTION 7.10. Section Titles    24
    SECTION 7.11. No Setoff    24
    SECTION 7.12. Confidentiality.    24
    SECTION 7.13. Further Assurances.    25
    SECTION 7.14. Fees and Expenses    25

 

ii


INDEX OF APPENDICES

 

Exhibit 2.01(a)

   Form of Receivables Assignment

Exhibit 2.01(c)

   Form of Subordinated Note

Schedule 4.01(b)

  

Executive Offices; Collateral Locations;

Corporate Names; Organizational Identification Number/FEIN

Schedule 4.01(d)

   Litigation

Schedule 4.01(h)

   Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock

Schedule 4.01(i)

   Tax Matters

Schedule 4.01(j)

   Intellectual Property

Schedule 4.01(m)

   ERISA Plans

Schedule 4.01(t)

   Deposit and Disbursement Accounts/Originator

Schedule 4.02(g)

   Trade Names

Schedule 4.03(b)

   Existing Liens

Annex X

   Definitions

Annex Y

   Schedule of Documents

 

iii


THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES TRANSFER AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of August 30, 2002, by and among SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a California corporation (the “ Originator ”), and SIT FUNDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ SFC ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Originator and SFC are parties to that certain Receivables Transfer Agreement dated as of December 19, 1997, as amended from time to time prior to the date hereof (the “ Original Transfer Agreement ”)

 

B. The parties hereto desire to amend and restate the Original Transfer Agreement subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

C. The Originator owns all of the outstanding Stock of SFC.

 

D. SFC has been formed for the sole purpose of purchasing, or otherwise acquiring by capital contribution, and reselling to the Purchaser, all Approved Receivables originated by the Originator and certain Affiliates of the Originator.

 

E. The Originator intends to sell, and SFC intends to purchase, such Approved Receivables, from time to time, as described herein.

 

F. In addition, the Originator may, from time to time, contribute capital to SFC in the form of Contributed Receivables or cash.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

SECTION 1.01. Definitions . Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Annex X .

 

SECTION 1.02. Rules of Construction. For purposes of this Agreement, the rules of construction set forth in Annex X shall govern. All Appendices hereto, or expressly identified to this Agreement, are incorporated herein by reference and, taken together with this Agreement, shall constitute but a single agreement.

 

SECTION 1.03. Amendment and Restatement .

 

(a) This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Original Transfer Agreement and, upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Original Transfer Agreement shall, subject to Section 1.03(c) , be superseded hereby.


(b) Notwithstanding the amendment and restatement of the Original Transfer Agreement by this Agreement, all of the obligations owing to the Seller by SFC under the Original Transfer Agreement which remain outstanding as of the date hereof, shall obligations owing hereunder. This Agreement is given in substitution for the Original Transfer Agreement, and not as payment of the obligations of SFC thereunder, and is in no way intended to constitute a novation of the Original Transfer Agreement.

 

(c) Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to the Original Transfer Agreement in any other document, instrument or agreement executed and/or delivered in connection therewith shall mean and be a reference to this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

TRANSFERS OF RECEIVABLES

 

SECTION 2.01. Agreement to Transfer .

 

(a) Receivables Transfers . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Originator agrees to sell (without recourse except to the extent specifically provided herein) or contribute, to SFC on the Closing Date and on each Business Day thereafter (each such date, a “ Transfer Date ”) all Approved Receivables owned by it on each such Transfer Date, and SFC agrees to purchase or acquire as a capital contribution all such Approved Receivables on each such Transfer Date. All Transfers by the Originator to SFC shall collectively be evidenced by a certificate of assignment substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.01(a) (the “ Receivables Assignment ,”), and the Originator and SFC shall execute and deliver the Receivables Assignment on or before the Closing Date.

 

(b) Determination of Sold Receivables . On and as of each Transfer Date, all Approved Receivables owned by the Originator and not previously acquired by SFC shall be identified for sale to SFC such that the Sale Price to be paid by SFC therefor does not exceed the amount of cash available to SFC for the payment thereof and other funds available from the making of Subordinated Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(c) below (each such Receivable identified for sale individually, a “ Sold Receivable ,” and collectively, the “ Sold Receivables ”). The Sold Receivables will be identified by reference to the General Trial Balance of the Originator.

 

(c) Payment of Purchase Price . In consideration for each Sale of Sold Receivables hereunder, SFC shall, to the extent of cash available to SFC, pay to the Originator on the Transfer Date therefor the Sale Price therefor in Dollars in immediately available funds. All such payments by SFC under this Section 2.01(c) shall be effected by means of a wire transfer not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the day when due to Account No. 502-328-54, GECC CAF Depositary, Bankers Trust Company, 1 Bankers Trust Plaza, New York, New York 10006, ABA No. 021-001-033, Attn: CFN 2214, Reference: Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. To the extent that the Sale Price for any Sale of Sold Receivables exceeds the amount of cash then available to SFC, the Originator hereby agrees to make a subordinated loan (each, a “ Subordinated Loan ”) to SFC in an amount up to the amount of such excess in satisfaction of the equivalent portion of the Sale Price not paid in cash, provided , that in no event shall the aggregate amount of Subordinated Loans made at any time by the Originator, together with all

 

2


other Subordinated Loans made pursuant to other Transfer Agreements (if any), exceed twenty percent (20%) of the Capital Investment Available at any time. The Subordinated Loans shall be evidenced by a subordinated promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.01(c) hereto (the “ Subordinated Note ”) executed by SFC and dated the Closing Date. The Subordinated Loans shall bear interest and be repayable as provided in the Subordinated Note.

 

(d) Determination of Contributed Receivables . To the extent that, on and as of any Transfer Date, Approved Receivables which do not constitute Transferred Receivables have not been identified as Sold Receivables pursuant to Section 2.01(b) then the Originator shall, unless it has delivered an election notice to SFC, contribute such Approved Receivables to SFC as a capital contribution (each such contributed Receivable individually, a “ Contributed Receivable ,” and collectively, the “ Contributed Receivables ”). If the Originator elects not to contribute Receivables to SFC on any Transfer Date, the Originator shall deliver to SFC not later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Business Day immediately preceding such Transfer Date a notice of such election (each such notice, an “ Election Notice ”).

 

(e) Ownership of Transferred Receivables . On and after each Transfer Date and after giving effect to the Transfers to be made on each such date, SFC shall own the Transferred Receivables and the Originator shall not take any action inconsistent with such ownership nor shall the Originator claim any ownership interest in such Transferred Receivables.

 

(f) Reconstruction of General Trial Balance . If at any time the Originator fails to generate its General Trial Balance, SFC shall have the right to reconstruct such General Trial Balance so that a determination of the Sold Receivables can be made pursuant to Section 2.01(b) . The Originator agrees to cooperate with such reconstruction, including by delivery to SFC, upon SFC’s request, of copies of all Contracts and Records.

 

SECTION 2.02. Grant of Security Interest . The parties hereto intend that each Transfer shall constitute a purchase and sale or capital contribution, as applicable, and not a loan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 2.02 , if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any transaction provided for herein constitutes a loan and not a purchase and sale or capital contribution, as applicable, then the parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law and that the Originator shall be deemed to have granted, and the Originator does hereby grant, to SFC a first priority Lien in and to all of the Originator’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Transferred Receivables.

 

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

SECTION 3.01. Conditions to Initial Transfer . The initial Transfer hereunder shall be subject to satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent (any one or more of which may be waived in writing by each of SFC and the Administrative Agent):

 

(a) Transfer Agreement; Other Documents . This Agreement or counterparts hereof shall have been duly executed by, and delivered to, the Originator and SFC, and SFC shall have received such documents, instruments, agreements and legal opinions as SFC shall request in

 

3


connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including all those identified in the Schedule of Documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to SFC.

 

(b) Governmental Approvals . SFC shall have received (i) satisfactory evidence that the Originator has obtained all required consents and approvals of all Persons, including all requisite Governmental Authorities, to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Related Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or (ii) an Officer’s Certificate from the Originator in form and substance satisfactory to SFC affirming that no such consents or approvals are required.

 

(c) Compliance with Laws . The Originator shall be in compliance in all material respects with all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those specifically referenced in Section 4.02(f) .

 

(d) Purchase Agreement Conditions . Each of those conditions precedent set forth in Article III of the Purchase Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived in writing as provided therein.

 

SECTION 3.02. Conditions to all Transfers . Each Transfer hereunder (including the initial Transfer) shall be subject to satisfaction of the following further conditions precedent as of the Transfer Date therefor:

 

(a) the representations and warranties of the Originator contained herein or in any other Related Document shall be true and correct as of such Transfer Date, both before and after giving effect to such Transfer and to the application of the Sale Price therefor, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date and except for changes therein expressly permitted by this Agreement;

 

(b) no Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing or would result after giving effect to such Transfer or the application of the Sale Price therefor;

 

(c) the Originator shall be in compliance with each of its covenants and other agreements set forth herein; and

 

(d) the Originator shall have taken such other action, including delivery of approvals, consents, opinions, documents and instruments to SFC as SFC may request.

 

The acceptance by the Originator of the Sale Price for the Sold Receivables on any Transfer Date shall be deemed to constitute, as of any such Transfer Date, a representation and warranty by the Originator that the conditions in this Section 3.02 have been satisfied. Upon any such acceptance, title to the transferred receivables sold or contributed on such Transfer Date shall be vested absolutely in SFC, whether or not such conditions were in fact so satisfied.

 

4


ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

 

SECTION 4.01. Representations and Warranties of the Originator . To induce SFC to purchase the Sold Receivables and to acquire the Contributed Receivables, the Originator makes the following representations and warranties to SFC, each and all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(a) Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law . The Originator (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California; (ii) is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) has the requisite corporate power and authority and the legal right to own, pledge, mortgage or otherwise encumber and operate its properties, to lease the property it operates under lease, and to conduct its business as now, heretofore and proposed to be conducted; (iv) has all licenses, permits, consents or approvals from or by, and has made all filings with, and has given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction, to the extent required for such ownership, operation and conduct, except where such failure to obtain all licenses, permits, consents or approvals or to make all filings, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (v) is in compliance with its charter and bylaws; and (vi) subject to specific representations set forth herein regarding ERISA, Environmental Laws, tax laws and other laws, is in compliance with all applicable provisions of law, except where the failure to comply, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b) Executive Offices; Collateral Locations; Corporate or Other Names; FEIN . As of the Closing Date, the current location of the Originator’s chief executive office, principal place of business, other offices, the warehouses and premises within which the Originator Collateral is stored or located, and the locations of its records concerning the Originator Collateral are set forth in Schedule 4.01(b) and, except as set forth in such Schedule 4.01(b) , none of such locations have changed within the past 12 months. During the prior five years, except as set forth in Schedule 4.01(b) , the Originator has not been known as or used any corporate, fictitious or trade name. In addition, Schedule 4.01(b) lists the organizational identification number issued by the State of California or states that no such number has been issued and lists the federal employer identification number of the Originator.

 

(c) Corporate Power, Authorization, Enforceable Obligations . The execution, delivery and performance by the Originator of this Agreement and the other Related Documents to which it is a party and the creation of all Liens provided for herein and therein and, solely with respect to clause (vii) below, the exercise by SFC, any Purchaser, the Administrative Agent of any of its rights and remedies under any Related Document to which it is a party: (i) are within such Person’s corporate power; (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary or proper corporate and shareholder action; (iii) do not contravene any provision of such Person’s charter or bylaws; (iv) do not violate any law or regulation, or any order or decree of any court or Governmental Authority; (v) do not conflict with or result in the breach or termination of, constitute a default under or accelerate or permit the acceleration of any performance required by, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, agreement or other instrument to which such Person is a party or by which such

 

5


Person or any of its property is bound; (vi) do not result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim upon any of the property of such Person; and (vii) do not require the consent or approval of any Governmental Authority or any other Person, except those referred to in Section 3.01(b) , all of which will have been duly obtained, made or complied with prior to the Closing Date. On or prior to the Closing Date, each of the Related Documents to which the Originator is a party shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Originator and each such Related Document shall then constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Originator enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

(d) No Litigation . No Litigation is now pending or, to the knowledge of the Originator, threatened against the Originator that (i) challenges the Originator’s right or power to enter into or perform any of its obligations under the Related Documents to which it is a party, or the validity or enforceability of any Related Document or any action taken thereunder, (ii) seeks to prevent the Transfer, Purchase or pledge of any Receivable or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement or the other Related Documents or (iii) has a reasonable risk of being determined adversely to the Originator and that, if so determined, could have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.01(d) , as of the Closing Date there is no Litigation pending or threatened that seeks damages in excess of $1,000,000 or injunctive relief against, or alleges criminal misconduct by, the Originator.

 

(e) Solvency . Both before and after giving effect to (i) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Related Documents and (ii) the payment and accrual of all transaction costs in connection with the foregoing, the Originator is and will be Solvent.

 

(f) Material Adverse Effect . Since November 30, 2001, (i) the Originator has not incurred any obligations, contingent or non-contingent liabilities, liabilities for Charges, long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments that, alone or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) no contract, lease or other agreement or instrument has been entered into by the Originator or has become binding upon the Originator’s assets and no law or regulation applicable to the Originator has been adopted that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Originator, and (iii) the Originator is not in default and no third party is in default under any material contract, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Originator is a party that alone or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Since November 30, 2001, no event has occurred that alone or together with other events could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g) Ownership of Receivables; Liens . The Originator owns each Receivable originated by it free and clear of any Adverse Claim (other than Permitted Encumbrances) and, from and after each Transfer Date, SFC will acquire valid and properly perfected title to and the sole record and beneficial ownership interest in each Transferred Receivable purchased or otherwise acquired on such date, free and clear of any Adverse Claim or restrictions on transferability. As of the Closing Date, none of the properties and assets of the Originator are subject to any Adverse Claims other than Permitted Encumbrances, and there are no facts, circumstances or conditions known to the Originator that may result in any Adverse Claims (including Adverse Claims arising under Environmental Laws) other than Permitted Encumbrances. The Originator has received all assignments, bills of sale and other documents, and has duly effected all recordings, filings and other actions necessary to establish, protect and

 

6


perfect the Originator’s right, title and interest in and to the Receivables originated by it and its other properties and assets. The Liens granted to SFC pursuant to Section 6.01 will at all times be fully perfected first priority Liens in and to the Originator Collateral, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances.

 

(h) Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.01(h) , the Originator does not have any Subsidiaries, is not engaged in any joint venture or partnership with any other Person, or is not an Affiliate of any other Person. All of the issued and outstanding Stock of the Originator is owned by each of the Stockholders identified on Schedule 4.01(h) in the amounts set forth on Schedule 4.01(h) . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.01(h) , there are no outstanding rights to purchase, options, warrants or similar rights or agreements pursuant to which the Originator may be required to issue, sell, repurchase or redeem any of its Stock or other equity securities or any Stock or other equity securities of its Subsidiaries.

 

(i) Taxes . All tax returns, reports and statements, including information returns, required by any Governmental Authority to be filed by the Originator have been filed with the appropriate Governmental Authority and all Charges have been paid prior to the date on which any fine, penalty, interest or late charge may be added thereto for nonpayment thereof (or any such fine, penalty, interest, late charge or loss has been paid), excluding Charges or other amounts being contested in accordance with Section 4.02(l) . Proper and accurate amounts have been withheld by the Originator from its employees for all periods in full and complete compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws and such withholdings have been timely paid to the respective Governmental Authorities. Schedule 4.01(i) sets forth as of the Closing Date (i) those taxable years for which the Originator’s tax returns are currently being audited by the IRS or any other applicable Governmental Authority and (ii) any assessments or threatened assessments in connection with such audit or otherwise currently outstanding. Except as described on Schedule 4.01(i) , the Originator has not executed or filed with the IRS or any other Governmental Authority any agreement or other document extending, or having the effect of extending, the period for assessment or collection of any Charges. Neither the Originator nor its predecessors is liable for any Charges: (A) under any agreement (including any tax sharing agreements) or (B) to the best of the Originator’s knowledge, as a transferee. As of the Closing Date, the Originator has not agreed or been requested to make any adjustment under IRC Section 481(a), by reason of a change in accounting method or otherwise, that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(j) Intellectual Property . As of the Closing Date, the Originator owns or has rights to use all intellectual property necessary to continue to conduct its business as now or heretofore conducted by it or proposed to be conducted by it. The Originator conducts its business and affairs without infringement of or interference with any intellectual property of any other Person. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.01(j) , the Originator is not aware of any infringement or claim of infringement by others of any intellectual property of the Originator.

 

(k) Full Disclosure . No information contained in this Agreement, any of the other Related Documents, or any written statement furnished by or on behalf of the Originator to SFC, any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to

 

7


state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

 

(l) Notices to Obligors . The Originator has directed all Obligors of Transferred Receivables originated by it to remit all payments with respect to such Receivables for deposit in a Lockbox or Lockbox Account. To the extent that any Transferred Receivable does not constitute an “account” within the meaning of the UCC, the Originator has notified the Obligor thereof of the sale of such Receivable by the Originator to SFC pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(m) ERISA .

 

(i) Schedule 4.01(m) lists all Plans and separately identifies all Pension Plans, including all Title IV Plans, Multiemployer Plans, ESOPs and Welfare Plans, including all Retiree Welfare Plans. Copies of all such listed Plans, together with a copy of the latest IRS/DOL 5500-series form for each such Plan, have been delivered to SFC. Each Qualified Plan has been determined by the IRS to qualify under Section 401 of the IRC, the trusts created thereunder have been determined to be exempt from tax under the provisions of Section 501 of the IRC, and nothing has occurred that would cause the loss of such qualification or tax-exempt status. Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the IRC, including the timely filing of all reports required under the IRC or ERISA. Neither the Originator nor an ERISA Affiliate has failed to make any contribution or pay any amount due as required by either Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA or the terms of any such Plan. Neither the Originator nor an ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a “prohibited transaction,” as defined in Section 4975 of the IRC, in connection with any Plan that would subject the Originator to a material tax on prohibited transactions imposed by Section 4975 of the IRC.

 

(ii) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.01(m) : (A) no Title IV Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (B) no ERISA Event or event described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA with respect to any Title IV Plan has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Originator, threatened claims (other than claims for benefits in the normal course), sanctions, actions or lawsuits, asserted or instituted against any Plan or any Person as fiduciary or sponsor of any Plan; (D) neither the Originator nor an ERISA Affiliate has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any liability as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan; (E) within the last five years no Title IV Plan with Unfunded Pension Liabilities has been transferred outside of the “controlled group” (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA) of the Originator or an ERISA Affiliate; (F) Stock of the Originator and its ERISA Affiliates makes up, in the aggregate, no more than 10% of the assets of any Plan, measured on the basis of fair market value as of the last valuation date of any Plan; and (G) no liability under any Title IV Plan has been satisfied with the purchase of a contract from an insurance company that is not rated AAA by S&P or an equivalent rating by another nationally recognized rating agency.

 

(n) Brokers . No broker or finder acting on behalf of the Originator was employed or utilized in connection with this Agreement or the other Related Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby and the Originator does not have any obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s or brokerage fees in connection herewith therewith.

 

8


(o) Margin Regulations . The Originator is not engaged, nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin security” as such terms are defined in Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board as now and from time to time hereafter in effect (such securities being referred to herein as “ Margin Stock ”). The Originator does not own any Margin Stock, and no portion of the Sale Price for any Sale will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Debt that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or for any other purpose that might cause any portion of such proceeds to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board. The Originator will not take or permit to be taken any action that might cause any Related Document to violate any regulation of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

(p) Nonapplicability of Bulk Sales Laws . No transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents requires compliance with any bulk sales act or similar law.

 

(q) Securities Act and Investment Company Act Exemptions . Each purchase of Transferred Receivables under this Agreement constitutes (i) a “current transaction” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act and (ii) a purchase or other acquisition of notes, drafts, acceptances, open accounts receivable or other obligations representing part or all of the sales price of merchandise, insurance or services within the meaning of Section 3(c)(5) of the Investment Company Act.

 

(r) Government Regulation . The Originator is not an “investment company” or an “affiliated person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for, an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act. The Originator is not subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, or any other federal or state statute that restricts or limits its ability to incur Debt or to perform its obligations hereunder. The purchase or acquisition of the Transferred Receivables by SFC hereunder, the application of the Sale Price therefor and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Related Documents will not violate any provision of any such statute or any rule, regulation or order issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(s) Books and Records; Minutes . The bylaws or the certificate or articles of incorporation of the Originator require it to maintain (i) books and records of account and (ii) minutes of the meetings and other proceedings of its Stockholders and board of directors.

 

(t) Deposit and Disbursement Accounts . Schedule 4.01(t) lists all banks and other financial institutions at which the Originator maintains deposit or other bank accounts as of the Closing Date, including any Lockbox Accounts, and such schedule correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each depository, the name in which the account is held, a description of the purpose of the account, and the complete account number therefor.

 

(u) Representations and Warranties in Other Related Documents . Each of the representations and warranties of the Originator contained in the Related Documents (other than this Agreement) is true and correct in all material respects and the Originator hereby makes each

 

9


such representation and warranty to, and for the benefit of, the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent as if the same were set forth in full herein.

 

(v) Receivables . With respect to each Transferred Receivable designated as an Eligible Receivable in any Investment Base Certificate delivered on or after the Transfer Date of such Transferred Receivable:

 

(i) such Receivable satisfies the criteria for an Eligible Receivable;

 

(ii) prior to its Transfer to SFC such Receivable was owned by the Originator free and clear of any Adverse Claim (other than Permitted Encumbrances), and the Originator had the full right, power and authority to sell, contribute, assign, transfer and pledge its interest therein as contemplated under this Agreement and the other Related Documents and, upon such Transfer, SFC will acquire valid and properly perfected title to and the sole record and beneficial ownership interest in such Receivable, free and clear of any Adverse Claim and, following such Transfer, such Receivable will not be subject to any Adverse Claim as a result of any action or inaction on the part of the Originator;

 

(iii) the Transfer of each such Receivable pursuant to this Agreement and the Receivables Assignment executed by the Originator constitutes, as applicable, a valid sale, contribution, transfer, assignment, setover and conveyance to SFC of all right, title and interest of the Originator in and to such Receivable; and

 

(iv) the Originator has no knowledge of any fact (including any defaults by the Obligor thereunder on any other Receivable) that would cause it or should have caused it to expect that any payments on such Receivable will not be paid in full when due or to expect any other Material Adverse Effect.

 

The representations and warranties described in this Section 4.01 shall survive the Transfer of the Transferred Receivables to SFC, any subsequent assignment of the Transferred Receivables by SFC, and the termination of this Agreement and the other Related Documents and shall continue until the indefeasible payment in full of all Transferred Receivables.

 

SECTION 4.02. Affirmative Covenants of the Originator . The Originator covenants and agrees that, unless otherwise consented to by SFC and the Administrative Agent, from and after the Closing Date and until the Termination Date:

 

(a) Offices and Records . The Originator shall maintain its principal place of business and chief executive office and the office at which it keeps its Records at the respective locations specified in Schedule 4.01(b) or, upon 30 days’ prior written notice to SFC, at such other location in a jurisdiction where all action requested by SFC, any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.13 shall have been taken with respect to the Transferred Receivables. The Originator shall at its own cost and expense, for not less than three years from the date on which each Transferred Receivable was originated, or for such longer period as may be required by law, maintain adequate Records with respect to such Transferred Receivable, including records of all payments received, credits granted and merchandise returned with respect thereto.

 

10


(b) Access . The Originator shall, during normal business hours, from time to time upon one Business Day’s prior notice and as frequently as SFC, the Servicer or the Administrative Agent determines to be appropriate: (i) provide SFC, the Servicer or the Administrative Agent and any of their respective officers, employees and agents access to its properties (including properties of the Originator utilized in connection with the collection, processing or servicing of the Transferred Receivables), facilities, advisors and employees (including officers) of the Originator and to the Originator Collateral, (ii) permit SFC, the Servicer or the Administrative Agent and any of their respective officers, employees and agents, to inspect, audit and make extracts from the Originator’s books and records, including all Records maintained by the Originator, (iii) permit SFC, the Servicer or the Administrative Agent and their respective officers, employees and agents, to inspect, review and evaluate the Transferred Receivables and other Originator Collateral of the Originator, and (iv) permit SFC, the Servicer or the Administrative Agent and their respective officers, employees and agents to discuss matters relating to the Transferred Receivables or the Originator’s performance under this Agreement or the affairs, finances and accounts of the Originator with any of its officers, directors, employees, representatives or agents (in each case, with those Persons having knowledge of such matters) and with its independent certified public accountants. If an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, or the Operating Agent, in good faith, believes that an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event is imminent or deems SFC’s rights or interests in the Transferred Receivables or the Originator Collateral insecure, the Originator shall, at its own expense, provide such access at all times and without advance notice and provide SFC, the Servicer or the Administrative Agent with access to its suppliers and customers. The Originator shall make available to SFC, the Servicer or the Administrative Agent and their respective counsel, as quickly as is possible under the circumstances, originals or copies of all books and records, including Records maintained by the Originator, that SFC, the Servicer or the Administrative Agent may request. The Insurer shall be entitled to have its representatives present at the time of such exercise and to receive such information as SFC, the Servicer or the Administrative Agent receives therefrom. The Originator shall deliver any document or instrument necessary for SFC, the Servicer or the Administrative Agent, as they may from time to time request, to obtain records from any service bureau or other Person that maintains records for the Originator, and shall maintain duplicate records or supporting documentation on media, including computer tapes and discs owned by the Originator.

 

(c) Communication with Accountants . The Originator authorizes SFC, the Servicer and the Administrative Agent to communicate directly with its independent certified public accountants, and authorizes and shall instruct those accountants and advisors to disclose and make available to SFC, the Servicer and the Administrative Agent any and all financial statements and other supporting financial documents, schedules and information relating to the Originator (including copies of any issued management letters) with respect to the business, financial condition and other affairs of the Originator. The Originator agrees to render to SFC, the Servicer and the Administrative Agent at the Originator’s own cost and expense, such clerical and other assistance as may be reasonably requested with regard to the foregoing. If any Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, the Originator shall, promptly upon request therefor, assist SFC in delivering to the Administrative Agent Records reflecting activity through the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of such request.

 

11


(d) Compliance With Credit and Collection Policies . The Originator shall comply in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policies applicable to each Transferred Receivable and the Contracts therefor, and with the terms of such Receivables and Contracts.

 

(e) Assignment . The Originator agrees that, to the extent permitted under the Purchase Agreement, SFC may assign all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Transferred Receivables and this Agreement, including its right to exercise the remedies set forth in Section 4.04 . The Originator agrees that, upon any such assignment, the assignee thereof may enforce directly, without joinder of SFC, all of the obligations of the Originator hereunder, including any obligations of the Originator set forth in Sections 4.02(o) , 4.04 , 5.01 and 7.14 .

 

(f) Compliance with Agreements and Applicable Laws . The Originator shall perform each of its obligations under this Agreement and the other Related Documents and comply with all federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to it and the Receivables, including those relating to truth in lending, retail installment sales, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices, privacy, licensing, taxation, ERISA and labor matters and Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, except to the extent that the failure to so comply, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g) Maintenance of Existence and Conduct of Business . The Originator shall: (i) do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and its rights and franchises; (ii) continue to conduct its business substantially as now conducted or as otherwise permitted hereunder and in accordance with the terms of its certificate or articles of incorporation and bylaws; (iii) to the extent consistent with industry practice and prudent business judgment, at all times maintain, preserve and protect all of its assets and properties used or useful in the conduct of its business, including all licenses, permits, charters and registrations, and keep the same in good repair, working order and condition in all material respects (taking into consideration ordinary wear and tear) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all necessary or appropriate repairs, replacements and improvements thereto consistent with industry practices; and (iv) transact business only in such corporate and trade names as are set forth in Schedule 4.02(g) or, upon 30 days’ prior written notice to SFC, in such other corporate or trade names with respect to which all action requested by SFC, any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.13 shall have been taken with respect to the Transferred Receivables. The Originator shall not change the type of entity it is, its jurisdiction of incorporation or its organization number (if any) issued by its state of incorporation, except upon 30 days’ prior written notice to SFC and the Administrative Agent, and with respect to which jurisdiction, all action requested by SFC, any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.13 shall have been taken with respect to the Transferred Receivables.

 

(h) Notice of Material Event . The Originator shall promptly inform SFC in writing of the occurrence of any of the following, in each case setting forth the details thereof and what action, if any, the Originator proposes to take with respect thereto:

 

(i) any Litigation commenced or threatened against the Originator or with respect to or in connection with all or any portion of the Transferred Receivables that (A) seeks damages or penalties in an uninsured amount in excess of $500,000 in any one instance or $1,000,000 in the aggregate, (B) seeks injunctive relief, (C) is asserted or

 

12


instituted against any Plan, its fiduciaries or its assets or against the Originator or ERISA Affiliate in connection with any Plan, (D) alleges criminal misconduct by the Originator, or (E) would, if determined adversely, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(ii) the commencement of a case or proceeding by or against the Originator seeking a decree or order in respect of the Originator (A) under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (B) appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for the Originator or for any substantial part of such Person’s assets, or (C) ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of the Originator;

 

(iii) the receipt of notice that (A) the Originator is being placed under regulatory supervision, (B) any license, permit, charter, registration or approval used in the conduct of the Originator’s business is to be, or may be, suspended or revoked if such suspension or revocation is reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) the Originator is to cease and desist any practice, procedure or policy employed by the Originator in the conduct of its business if such cessation is reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(iv) (A) any Adverse Claim made or asserted against any of the Transferred Receivables of which the Originator becomes aware or (B) any determination that a Transferred Receivable designated as an Eligible Receivable in an Investment Base Certificate or otherwise was not an Eligible Receivable at the time of such designation; or

 

(v) any other event, circumstance or condition that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(i) Use of Proceeds . The Originator shall utilize the proceeds of the Sale Price obtained by it for each Sale made by it hereunder solely for working capital and other general corporate purposes not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement and to pay any related expenses payable by the Originator under this Agreement and the other Related Documents in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and for no other purpose.

 

(j) Separate Identity .

 

(i) The Originator shall maintain corporate records and books of account separate from those of SFC.

 

(ii) The financial statements of the Originator and its consolidated Subsidiaries shall disclose the effects of the Originator’s transactions in accordance with GAAP and, in addition, disclose that (A) SFC’s sole business consists of the purchase or acceptance through capital contribution of the Receivables from the Originator and the subsequent resale of such Receivables to the Purchaser, (B) SFC is a separate corporate entity with its own separate creditors who will be entitled, upon its liquidation, to be satisfied out of SFC’s assets prior to any value in SFC becoming available to SFC’s equityholders and (C) the assets of SFC are not available to pay creditors of the Originator or any other Affiliate of the Originator.

 

13


(iii) The resolutions, agreements and other instruments underlying the transactions described in this Agreement shall be continuously maintained by the Originator as official records.

 

(iv) The Originator shall maintain an arm’s-length relationship with SFC and shall not hold itself out as being liable for the Debts of SFC.

 

(v) The Originator shall keep its assets and its liabilities wholly separate from those of SFC.

 

(vi) The Originator shall conduct its business solely in its own name through its duly Authorized Officers or agents and in a manner designed not to mislead third parties as to the separate identity of the Originator.

 

(vii) The Originator shall not mislead third parties by conducting or appearing to conduct business on behalf of SFC or expressly or impliedly representing or suggesting that the Originator is liable or responsible for the Debts of SFC or that the assets of the Originator are available to pay the creditors of SFC.

 

(viii) Except as provided in the Ancillary Services and Lease Agreement, the Originator shall cause operating expenses and liabilities of SFC to be paid from SFC’s own funds.

 

(ix) The Originator shall at all times have stationery and other business forms and a mailing address and telephone number separate from those of SFC.

 

(x) The Originator shall at all times limit its transactions with SFC only to those expressly permitted hereunder or under any other Related Document.

 

(xi) The Originator shall comply with (and cause to be true and correct) each of the facts and assumptions contained in the opinion of Baker & McKenzie delivered on December 19, 1997.

 

(k) ERISA . The Originator shall give SFC and the Operating Agent prompt written notice of any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien under Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 or 4068 of ERISA.

 

(l) Payment, Performance and Discharge of Obligations .

 

(i) Subject to Section 4.02(l)(ii) , the Originator shall pay, perform and discharge or cause to be paid, performed and discharged all of its obligations and liabilities, including all taxes, assessments and governmental Charges upon its income and properties and all lawful claims for labor, materials, supplies and services, promptly when due.

 

(ii) The Originator may in good faith contest, by appropriate proceedings, the validity or amount of any Charges or claims described in Section 4.02(l)(i) ; provided , that

 

14


(A) adequate reserves with respect to such contest are maintained on the books of the Originator, in accordance with GAAP, (B) such contest is maintained and prosecuted continuously and with diligence, (C) none of the Originator Collateral may become subject to forfeiture or loss as a result of such contest, (D) no Lien may be imposed to secure payment of such Charges or claims other than inchoate tax liens and (E) SFC has advised the Originator in writing that SFC reasonably believes that nonpayment or nondischarge thereof could not reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(m) Deposit of Collections . The Originator shall deposit and cause its Subsidiaries to deposit or cause to be deposited promptly into a Lockbox Account, and in any event no later than the first Business Day after receipt thereof, all Collections it or they may receive in respect of Transferred Receivables.

 

(n) Accounting Changes . If any Accounting Changes occur and such changes result in a change in the standards or terms used herein, then the parties hereto agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions so as to equitably reflect such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the financial condition of such Persons and their Subsidiaries shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made. If the parties hereto agree upon the required amendments to this Agreement, then after appropriate amendments have been executed and the underlying Accounting Change with respect thereto has been implemented, any reference to GAAP contained herein shall, only to the extent of such Accounting Change, refer to GAAP consistently applied after giving effect to the implementation of such Accounting Change. If such parties cannot agree upon the required amendments within 30 days following the date of implementation of any Accounting Change, then all financial statements delivered and all standards and terms used herein shall be prepared, delivered and used without regard to the underlying Accounting Change.

 

(o) Adjustments to Sale Price . If on any day the Billed Amount of any Transferred Receivable is reduced as a result of any Dilution Factors, and the amount of such reduction exceeds the amount, if any, of Dilution Factors taken into account in the calculation of the Sale Price for such Transferred Receivable, the Originator shall make a cash payment to SFC in the amount of such excess by remitting such amount to the Collection Account in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.03. Negative Covenants of the Originator . The Originator covenants and agrees that, without the prior written consent of SFC and the Administrative Agent, from and after the Closing Date and until the Termination Date:

 

(a) Sale of Stock and Assets . The Originator shall not sell, transfer, convey, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or assign any right to receive income in respect of, any of its properties or other assets, including capital Stock, any Transferred Receivable or Contract therefor, any of its rights with respect to any Lockbox or Lockbox Account or any other Originator Collateral (except for (i) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Credit Facility and (ii) issuances or sales

 

15


of capital Stock of the Originator, so long as, after giving effect to each such issuance or sale, no Change of Control shall have occurred and be continuing).

 

(b) Liens . The Originator shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Adverse Claim on or with respect to its Receivables or any of its other properties or assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) except for the Liens set forth in Schedule 4.03(b) and other Permitted Encumbrances. In addition, the Originator shall not become a party to any agreement, note, indenture or instrument or take any other action that would prohibit the creation of a Lien on any of its properties or other assets in favor of SFC as additional collateral for the recourse and indemnity obligations of the Originator to SFC hereunder, including those obligations set forth in Sections 4.02(o) , 4.04 and 5.01 , except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Credit Facility).

 

(c) Modifications of Receivables or Contracts . The Originator shall not extend, amend, forgive, discharge, compromise, cancel or otherwise modify the terms of any Transferred Receivable, or amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any Contract therefor.

 

(d) Sale Characterization . The Originator shall not make statements or disclosures or prepare any financial statements for any purpose, including for federal income tax, reporting or accounting purposes, that shall account for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any manner other than (i) with respect to the Sale of each Sold Receivable originated by it, as a true sale or absolute assignment of its full right, title and ownership interest in such Transferred Receivable to SFC and (ii) with respect to the Transfer of each Contributed Receivable originated by it, as a contribution to the stated capital of SFC.

 

(e) Capital Structure and Business . The Originator shall not (i) make any changes in any of its business objectives, purposes or operations that could reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) make any change in its capital structure as described on Schedule 4.01(h) , including the issuance or recapitalization of any shares of Stock, warrants or other securities convertible into Stock or any revision of the terms of its outstanding Stock, except that changes to the Originator’s capital structure shall be permitted so long as such changes, individually and in the aggregate, do not constitute a Change in Control and the Originator gives SFC and the Administrative Agent notice of such changes; provided , however , that the Originator shall not be required to give notice to the Buyer and the Administrative Agent in connection with the issuance or exercise of stock options issued pursuant to the Originator’s stock option plans set forth on Schedule 4.01(h) , (iii) amend, supplement or otherwise modify its certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws in a manner that could have or result in a Material Adverse Effect or (iv) change its jurisdiction of incorporation or reincorporate except as permitted by Section 4.02(g) . The Originator shall not engage in any business other than manufacturing, operational, logistics and distribution and related services in the computer and technology industry.

 

(f) Actions Affecting Rights . The Originator shall not (i) take any action, or fail to take any action, if such action or failure to take action may interfere with the enforcement of any rights hereunder or under the other Related Documents, including rights with respect to the Transferred Receivables; (ii) waive or alter any rights with respect to the Transferred Receivables (or any agreement or instrument relating thereto); or (iii) fail to pay any tax, assessment, charge, fee or other obligation of the Originator with respect to the Transferred Receivables, or fail to defend any action, if such failure to pay or defend may adversely affect the priority or enforceability of the perfected title of SFC to and the sole record and beneficial

 

16


ownership interest of SFC in the Transferred Receivables or, prior to their Transfer hereunder, the Originator’s right, title or interest therein.

 

(g) ERISA . The Originator shall not, nor shall the Originator cause or permit any ERISA Affiliate to, cause or permit to occur an event that could result in the imposition of a Lien under Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 or 4068 of ERISA.

 

(h) Change to Credit and Collection Policies . The Originator shall not fail to comply with, and no change shall be made to, the Credit and Collection Policies without the prior written consent of SFC and the Operating Agent.

 

(i) Adverse Tax Consequences . The Originator shall not take or permit to be taken any action (other than with respect to actions taken or to be taken solely by a Governmental Authority), or fail or neglect to perform, keep or observe any of its obligations hereunder or under the other Related Documents, that would have the effect directly or indirectly of subjecting any payment to SFC, the Purchaser or holders of the Commercial Paper who are residents of the United States of America to withholding taxation.

 

(j) No Proceedings . From and after the Closing Date and until the date one year plus one day following the date on which the Commercial Paper allocable to SFC with the latest maturity has been indefeasibly paid in full in cash, the Originator shall not, directly or indirectly, institute or cause to be instituted against SFC any proceeding of the type referred to in Sections 9.01(c) and 9.01(d) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.04. Breach of Representations, Warranties or Covenants . Upon discovery by the Originator or SFC of any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant described in Sections 4.01 , 4.02 or 4.03 (other than a representation, warranty or covenant relating to the absence of Dilution Factors or a representation, warranty or covenant as to a specific Transferred Receivable on any date after the Transfer Date with respect thereto), which breach is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the value of a Transferred Receivable or the interests of SFC therein, the party discovering the same shall give prompt written notice thereof to the other parties hereto. The Originator having breached such representation, warranty or covenant may, at any time on any Business Day, or shall, if requested by notice from SFC, on the first Business Day following receipt of such notice, either (a) repurchase such Transferred Receivable from SFC for cash, (b) transfer ownership of a new Eligible Receivable or new Eligible Receivables to SFC on such Business Day, or (c) make a capital contribution in cash to SFC by remitting the amount (the “ Rejected Amount ”) of such capital contribution to the Collection Account in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement, in each case in an amount equal to the Billed Amount of such Transferred Receivable minus the sum of (A) Collections received in respect thereof and (B) the amount of any Dilution Factors taken into account in the calculation of the Sale Price therefor (and upon the taking of such action by the Originator, such breach shall be deemed satisfied and SFC shall have no other remedy with respect thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Receivable is not paid in full on account of any Dilution Factors, the Originator’s repurchase obligation under this Section 4.04 with respect to such Receivable shall be reduced by the amount of any such Dilution Factors taken into account in the calculation of the Sale Price therefor. Upon any such repurchase by the Originator, SFC shall, without any further action, be deemed to have reconveyed all of its right, title and interest in and to such Transferred Receivable to the Originator without recourse, representation or warranty.

 

17


SFC shall, at the Originator’s expense, take any action the Originator may reasonably request to further evidence such reconveyance. The Originator shall promptly ensure that no Collections or other proceeds with respect to a Transferred Receivable so reconveyed to it are paid or deposited into any Lockbox Account.

 

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION

 

SECTION 5.01. Indemnification . Without limiting any other rights that SFC or any of its assigns and/or their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys, agents or representatives (each, an “ SFC Indemnified Person ”) may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Originator hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each SFC Indemnified Person from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts that may be claimed or asserted against or incurred by any such SFC Indemnified Person in connection with or arising out of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement or under any other Related Document, any actions or failures to act in connection therewith, including any and all legal costs and expenses arising out of or incurred in connection with disputes between or among any parties to any of the Related Documents, or in respect of any Transferred Receivable or any Contract therefor or the use by the Originator of the Sale Price therefor; provided , that the Originator shall not be liable for any indemnification to an SFC Indemnified Person to the extent that any such Indemnified Amounts (a) result solely from such SFC Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, (b) constitute recourse for uncollectible or uncollected Transferred Receivables, or (c) represent any income tax or franchise tax incurred by any SFC Indemnified Person, except to the extent that the incurrence of any such tax results from a breach of or default under this Agreement or any other Related Document. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Originator shall pay on demand to each SFC Indemnified Person any and all Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from:

 

(i) reliance on any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Originator (or any of its officers) under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Related Document or on any other information delivered by the Originator pursuant hereto or thereto that shall have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered;

 

(ii) the failure by the Originator to comply with any term, provision or covenant contained in this Agreement, any other Related Document or any agreement executed in connection herewith or therewith, any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Transferred Receivable or Contract therefor, or the nonconformity of any Transferred Receivable or the Contract therefor with any such applicable law, rule or regulation;

 

(iii) the failure to vest and maintain vested in SFC, or to Transfer to SFC, valid and properly perfected title to and sole record and beneficial ownership of the Receivables that constitute Transferred Receivables, together with all Collections in respect thereof, free and clear of any Adverse Claim;

 

(iv) any dispute, claim, offset or defense of any Obligor (other than its discharge in bankruptcy) to the payment of any Receivable that is the subject of a

 

18


Transfer hereunder (including a defense based on such Receivable or the Contract therefor not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms but excluding discounts to, or other Dilution Factors that reduce, the Billed Amount thereof), or any other claim resulting from the sale of the merchandise or services giving rise to such Receivable or the furnishing or failure to furnish such merchandise or services or relating to collection activities with respect to such Receivable (if such collection activities were performed by the Originator acting as the Servicer), except to the extent that such dispute, claim, offset or defense results solely from any action or inaction on the part of SFC;

 

(v) any products liability claim or other claim arising out of or in connection with merchandise, insurance or services that is the subject of any Contract;

 

(vi) any failure by the Originator to cause the filing of, or any delay in filing, financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or any other applicable laws with respect to any Receivable that is the subject of a Transfer hereunder, whether at the time of any such Transfer or at any subsequent time;

 

(vii) any failure by the Originator (individually or as the Servicer) to perform, keep or observe any of their respective duties or obligations hereunder, under any other Related Document or under any Contract related to a Transferred Receivable, including the commingling of Collections with respect to Transferred Receivables by the Originator at any time with the funds of any other Person;

 

(viii) any investigation, Litigation or proceeding related to this Agreement or the use of the Sale Price obtained in connection with any Sale or the ownership of Receivables or Collections with respect thereto or in respect of any Receivable or Contract, except to the extent any such investigation, Litigation or proceeding relates to a matter involving an SFC Indemnified Person for which neither the Originator nor any of its Affiliates is at fault, as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction;

 

(ix) any claim brought by any Person other than an SFC Indemnified Person arising from any activity by the Originator or any of its Affiliates in servicing, administering or collecting any Transferred Receivables; or

 

(x) any check or other item of payment delivered to a Lockbox or deposited to a Lockbox Account and credited by the Originator in respect of a Receivable on or before the Closing Date, which check or other item of payment is returned unpaid or otherwise dishonored.

 

NO SFC INDEMNIFIED PERSON SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT, ANY SUCCESSOR, ASSIGNEE OR THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY OF SUCH PERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON ASSERTING CLAIMS DERIVATIVELY THROUGH SUCH PARTY, FOR INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES THAT MAY BE ALLEGED AS A RESULT OF ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER.

 

19


ARTICLE VI

COLLATERAL SECURITY

 

SECTION 6.01. Security Interest . To secure the prompt and complete payment, performance and observance of any and all recourse and indemnity obligations of the Originator to SFC, including those set forth in Sections 4.02(o) , 4.04 , 5.01 and 7.14 , and to induce SFC to enter into this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, the Originator hereby grants, assigns, conveys, pledges, hypothecates and transfers to SFC a Lien upon all of the Originator’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following property, whether now owned by or owing to, or hereafter acquired by or arising in favor of, the Originator (including under any trade names, styles or derivations of the Originator), and whether owned by or consigned by or to, or leased from or to, the Originator, and regardless of where located (all of which being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Originator Collateral ”):

 

(a) all accounts, inventory, general intangibles, investment property, chattel paper, documents, and instruments, whether or not specifically assigned to SFC;

 

(b) all books and records (including customer lists, credit files, computer programs, tapes, disks, data processing software and other related property and rights) pertaining to the foregoing;

 

(c) all monies, securities and other property now or hereafter in the possession or custody of, or in transit to, SFC, for any purpose (including safekeeping, collection or pledge), from or for the Originator, or as to which the Originator may have any right or power, and all of SFC’s credits and balances with the Originator existing at any time; and

 

(d) to the extent not otherwise included, all proceeds and products of the foregoing and all accessions to, and substitutions and replacements for, each of the foregoing;

 

provided , that the Originator Collateral shall not include any items of property in which a Lien is not granted as a result of the terms of the Security Agreements delivered pursuant to the Credit Facility and provided further that any portion of the Originator Collateral may be sold, transferred, conveyed, assigned or otherwise disposed of, free and clear of the Lien granted hereunder, to the extent provided in the Credit Facility.

 

SECTION 6.02. Other Collateral; Rights in Receivables . Nothing contained in this Article VII shall limit the rights of SFC in and to any other collateral that may have been or may hereafter be granted to SFC by the Originator or any third party pursuant to any other agreement or the rights of SFC under any of the Transferred Receivables.

 

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 7.01. Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever it is provided herein that any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall or may be given to or served upon any of the parties by any other parties, or whenever any of the parties desires to give or serve upon any other parties any communication with respect to this Agreement, each such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other

 

20


communication shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three Business Days after deposit in the United States Mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid, (b) upon transmission, when sent by telecopy or other similar facsimile transmission (with such telecopy or facsimile promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States Mail as otherwise provided in this Section 7.01 ), (c) one Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all Charges prepaid or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address or facsimile number set forth under its name on the signature page hereof or to such other address (or facsimile number) as may be substituted by notice given as herein provided; provided , that each such declaration or other communication shall be deemed to have been validly delivered to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement upon delivery to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement. The giving of any notice required hereunder may be waived in writing by the party entitled to receive such notice. Failure or delay in delivering copies of any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication to any Person (other than SFC) designated in any written communication provided hereunder to receive copies shall in no way adversely affect the effectiveness of such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever it is provided herein that a notice is to be given to any other party hereto by a specific time, such notice shall only be effective if actually received by such party prior to such time, and if such notice is received after such time or on a day other than a Business Day, such notice shall only be effective on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

SECTION 7.02. No Waiver; Remedies . SFC’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by the Originator of any provision of this Agreement or any Receivables Assignment shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of SFC thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance herewith or therewith. Any suspension or waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall not suspend, waive or affect any other breach or default whether the same is prior or subsequent thereto and whether the same or of a different type. None of the undertakings, agreements, warranties, covenants and representations of the Originator contained in this Agreement or any Receivables Assignment, and no breach or default by the Originator hereunder or thereunder, shall be deemed to have been suspended or waived by SFC unless such waiver or suspension is by an instrument in writing signed by an officer of or other duly authorized signatory of SFC and directed to the Originator specifying such suspension or waiver. SFC’s rights and remedies under this Agreement shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any other rights and remedies that SFC may have under any other agreement, including the other Related Documents, by operation of law or otherwise. Recourse to the Originator Collateral shall not be required.

 

SECTION 7.03. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Originator and SFC and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except as otherwise provided herein. The Originator may not assign, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey its rights, benefits, obligations or duties hereunder without the prior express written consent of SFC, the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent. Any such purported assignment, transfer, hypothecation or other conveyance by the Originator without the prior express written consent of SFC, the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent shall be void. The Originator acknowledges that, to the extent permitted under the Purchase Agreement, SFC

 

21


may assign its rights granted hereunder, including the benefit of any indemnities under Article V and any of its rights in the Originator Collateral granted under Article VII , and upon such assignment, such assignee shall have, to the extent of such assignment, all rights of SFC hereunder and, to the extent permitted under the Purchase Agreement, may in turn assign such rights. The Originator agrees that, upon any such assignment, such assignee may enforce directly, without joinder of SFC, the rights set forth in this Agreement. All such assignees, including parties to the Purchase Agreement in the case of any assignment to such parties, shall be third party beneficiaries of, and shall be entitled to enforce SFC’s rights and remedies under, this Agreement to the same extent as if they were parties hereto. The terms and provisions of this Agreement are for the purpose of defining the relative rights and obligations of the Originator and SFC with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and, except for the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, no Person shall be a third party beneficiary of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement. The rights of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent hereunder with respect to the “Lenders” and the “Agent” party to the Credit Facility are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement to the extent provided therein.

 

SECTION 7.04. Termination; Survival of Obligations .

 

(a) This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms, and shall remain in full force and effect until the Termination Date.

 

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any other Related Document, no termination or cancellation (regardless of cause or procedure) of any commitment made by SFC under this Agreement shall in any way affect or impair the obligations, duties and liabilities of the Originator or the rights of SFC relating to any unpaid portion of any and all recourse and indemnity obligations of the Originator to SFC, including those set forth in Sections 4.02(o) , 4.04 , 5.01 and 7.14 , due or not due, liquidated, contingent or unliquidated or any transaction or event occurring prior to such termination, or any transaction or event, the performance of which is required after the Facility Termination Date. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any other Related Document, all undertakings, agreements, covenants, warranties and representations of or binding upon the Originator, and all rights of SFC hereunder, all as contained in the Related Documents, shall not terminate or expire, but rather shall survive any such termination or cancellation and shall continue in full force and effect until the Termination Date; provided , that the rights and remedies pursuant to Sections 4.02(o) , 4.04 , the indemnification and payment provisions of Article V , and the provisions of Sections 4.03(j) , 7.03 , 7.12 and 7.14 shall be continuing and shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 7.05. Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement . This Agreement and the other Related Documents constitute the complete agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and may not be modified, altered or amended except as set forth in Section 7.06 .

 

SECTION 7.06. Amendments and Waivers . No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents, or any consent to any departure by the Originator therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto and the Purchasers and the

 

22


Administrative Agent. No consent or demand in any case shall, in itself, entitle any party to any other consent or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

SECTION 7.07. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .

 

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH RELATED DOCUMENT (EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY RELATED DOCUMENT EXPRESSLY PROVIDES TO THE CONTRARY) AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAWS BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES), EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE PERFECTION, EFFECT OF PERFECTION OR PRIORITY OF THE INTERESTS OF THE BUYER IN THE RECEIVABLES OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER, IN RESPECT THEREOF, ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

 

(b) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED DOCUMENT; PROVIDED, THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY; PROVIDED FURTHER, THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE BUYER FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION TO REALIZE ON THE ORIGINATOR COLLATERAL OR ANY OTHER SECURITY FOR THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE ORIGINATORS ARISING HEREUNDER, OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF BUYER. EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH BENEATH ITS NAME ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON SUCH PARTY’S RECEIPT THEREOF. EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT “RECEIPT” OF ANY SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE

 

23


EVIDENCED, WITHOUT LIMITATION, BY ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: 1) CONFIRMATION OF DELIVERY IN ANY FORM ISSUED BY THE UNITED STATES POSTAL SERVICE, 2) A DELIVERY CONFIRMATION IN THE FORM PROVIDED BY ANY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED COURIER SERVICE OR 3) A RECEIPT SIGNED BY ANY EMPLOYEE, OFFICER, DIRECTOR OR INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR OF THE PERSON RECEIVING SUCH NOTICE PHYSICALLY PRESENT AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH BENEATH ITS NAME ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

(c) BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

 

SECTION 7.08. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement.

 

SECTION 7.09. Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 7.10. Section Titles . The section titles and table of contents contained in this Agreement are provided for ease of reference only and shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the parties hereto.

 

SECTION 7.11. No Setoff . The Originator’s obligations under this Agreement shall not be affected by any right of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right the Originator might have against SFC, any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent, all of which rights are hereby expressly waived by the Originator.

 

SECTION 7.12. Confidentiality .

 

(a) Except to the extent otherwise required by applicable law, as required to be filed publicly with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or unless each Affected Party shall otherwise consent in writing, the Originator and SFC agree to maintain the confidentiality of this

 

24


Agreement (and all drafts hereof and documents ancillary hereto) in its communications with third parties other than any Affected Party or any SFC Indemnified Person and otherwise and not to disclose, deliver or otherwise make available to any third party (other than its directors, officers, employees, accountants or counsel) the original or any copy of all or any part of this

Agreement (or any draft hereof and documents ancillary hereto) except to an Affected Party or an SFC Indemnified Person.

 

(b) The Originator agrees that it shall not (and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to) issue any news release or make any public announcement pertaining to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents without the prior written consent of SFC and each Affected Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) unless such news release or public announcement is required by law, in which case the Originator shall consult with SFC and each Affected Party prior to the issuance of such news release or public announcement. The Originator may, however, disclose the general terms of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents to trade creditors, suppliers and other similarly-situated Persons so long as such disclosure is not in the form of a news release or public announcement.

 

SECTION 7.13. Further Assurances .

 

(a) The Originator shall, at its sole cost and expense, upon request of SFC, any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent, promptly and duly execute and deliver any and all further instruments and documents and take such further actions that may be necessary or desirable or that SFC, any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent may request to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement or any other Related Document or to obtain the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including (i) using its best efforts to secure all consents and approvals necessary or appropriate for the assignment to or for the benefit of SFC of any Transferred Receivable or Originator Collateral held by the Originator or in which the Originator has any rights not heretofore assigned, (ii) filing any financing or continuation statements under the UCC with respect to the ownership interests or Liens granted hereunder or under any other Related Document, and (iii) transferring Originator Collateral to SFC’s possession if such Originator Collateral consists of chattel paper or instruments or if a Lien upon the Originator Collateral can be perfected only by possession, or if otherwise requested by SFC. The Originator hereby authorizes SFC, any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent to file any such financing or continuation statements without the signature of the Originator to the extent permitted by applicable law. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or of any notice or financing statement covering the Transferred Receivables, the Originator Collateral or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a notice or financing statement where permitted by law. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Originator Collateral is or shall become evidenced by any instrument, such instrument, other than checks and notes received in the ordinary course of business, shall be duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to SFC immediately upon the Originator’s receipt thereof and promptly delivered to SFC.

 

(b) If the Originator fails to perform any agreement or obligation under this Section 7.13 , SFC, any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be required to) itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement or obligation, and the reasonable expenses of

 

25


SFC, such Purchaser or the Administrative Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Originator upon demand of SFC, such Purchaser or the Administrative Agent.

 

SECTION 7.14. Fees and Expenses . In addition to its indemnification obligations pursuant to Article V , the Originator agrees, jointly and severally, to pay on demand all costs and expenses incurred by SFC in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Related Documents, including the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of SFC’s counsel, advisors, consultants and auditors retained in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby and advice in connection therewith, and the Originator agrees, jointly and severally, to pay all costs and expenses, if any (including attorneys’ fees and expenses but excluding any costs of enforcement or collection of the Transferred Receivables), in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the other Related Documents.

 

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Receivables Transfer Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives, as of the date first above written.

 

S YNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

By:   /s/    S IMON Y. L EUNG        
 

Name:

Title:

 

Simon Y. Leung

General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont, California 94538

Facsimile No.:  (510) 440-3777

SIT F UNDING C ORPORATION

By:   /s/    D ENNIS P OLK        
 

Name:

Title:

 

Dennis Polk

Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance and Chief Financial Officer

3797 Spinnaker Court

Suite P

Fremont, California 94538

Phone No.:  (510) 668-3282

Facsimile No.:  (510) 440-3777

 

Signature Page

to

Amended and Restated Transfer Agreement


EXHIBIT 2.01(a)

 

Form of

 

RECEIVABLES ASSIGNMENT

 

THIS RECEIVABLES ASSIGNMENT (the “ Receivables Assignment ”) is entered into as of August 30, 2002, by and between SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (“ Synnex ”) and SIT FUNDING CORPORATION (“ SFC ”).

 

1. We refer to that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement (the “ Transfer Agreement ”) of even date herewith among Synnex and SFC. All of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Transfer Agreement are hereby made a part of this Receivables Assignment and are deemed incorporated herein in full. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms or matters of construction defined or established in the Transfer Agreement shall be applied herein as defined or established therein.

 

2. For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Synnex hereby sells, or contributes, to SFC, without recourse, except as provided in Sections 4.02(o) and 4.04 of the Transfer Agreement, all of Synnex’s right, title and interest in, to and under all Transferred Receivables transferred from time to time by Synnex to SFC under the Transfer Agreement.

 

3. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Transfer Agreement, Synnex hereby covenants and agrees to sign, sell or contribute, as applicable, execute and deliver, or cause to be signed, sold or contributed, executed and delivered, and to do or make, or cause to be done or made, upon request of SFC and at Synnex’s expense, any and all agreements, instruments, papers, deeds, acts or things, supplemental, confirmatory or otherwise, as may be reasonably required by SFC for the purpose of or in connection with acquiring or more effectively vesting in SFC or evidencing the vesting in SFC of the property, rights, title and interests of Synnex sold or contributed hereunder or intended to be sold or contributed hereunder.

 

4. Wherever possible, each provision of this Receivables Assignment shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Receivables Assignment shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Receivables Assignment.

 

5. THIS RECEIVABLES ASSIGNMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES THEREOF REGARDING CONFLICT OF LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Receivables Assignment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

 

S YNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

     

SIT F UNDING C ORPORATION

By:          

By:

   
 
       

Name:

         

Name:

   

Title:

         

Title:

   


EXHIBIT 2.01(c)

 

Form of

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED SUBORDINATED NOTE

 

$40,000,000

  August 30, 2002

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SIT FUNDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to the order of SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a California corporation (the “ Lender ”), or its assigns, at 3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, California 94538, or at such other place as the holder of this Amended and Restated Subordinated Note (“ Note ”) may designate from time to time in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal amount of FORTY MILLION DOLLARS ($40,000,000), or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Subordinated Loans (as defined in the Transfer Agreement referred to below) made to the Borrower prior to the Termination Date (as defined in the Transfer Agreement referred to below), together with interest thereon from time to time from the Closing Date (as defined in the Transfer Agreement) at the rate shown in The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” on such date (the “ Interest Rate ”) on the unpaid principal amount of each Subordinated Loan for the period commencing on and including the date of such Subordinated Loan until but excluding the date such Subordinated Loan is paid in full.

 

The date, amount and interest rate of each Subordinated Loan made by the Lender to the Borrower, and each payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower on account of the principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender on its books and, prior to any transfer of this Note, endorsed by the Lender on the schedule attached hereto or any continuation thereof. The books of the Lender and such schedule shall be presumptive evidence of the amounts due and owing to the Lender by the Borrower; provided , that any failure of the Lender to record a notation in its books or on the schedule to this Note as aforesaid or any error in so recording shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay Subordinated Loans in accordance with their respective terms as set forth herein.

 

All capitalized terms, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement of even date herewith (as the same may be subsequently amended, restated or otherwise modified, the “ Transfer Agreement ”) by and among the Borrower and the Lender. This Note is issued pursuant to the Transfer Agreement and is the Subordinated Note referred to therein. All of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Transfer Agreement and all other instruments evidencing the indebtedness hereunder, including the other Related Documents, are hereby made a part of this Note and are deemed incorporated herein in full.

 

The Borrower may at any time and from time to time upon prior written notice to the Lender voluntarily repay, in whole or in part, all Subordinated Loans made hereunder. Any amount so repaid may, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, be reborrowed hereunder; provided , that all repayments of Subordinated Loans or any portion thereof shall be made together with payment of all interest accrued on the amount repaid to (but excluding) the date of such repayment. Any such notice must be given in writing on or before the Business Day immediately preceding the day the proposed Subordinated Loan is to be repaid (which shall be a


Business Day). Each such notice of repayment shall specify the amount of Subordinated Loans to be repaid and the repayment date thereof.

 

Interest shall be payable on the outstanding principal amount of this Note from time to time in arrears on the first Business Day of each February, May, August and November. All computations of interest shall be made by the Lender on the basis of a 360 day year, in each case for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which such interest is payable. The Interest Rate shall be determined (i) on the first Business Day immediately prior to the Closing Date for calculation of the Interest Rate for the period from the Closing Date through the end of the first calendar month following the Closing Date, and (ii) as of the last Business Day of each month for use in calculating the interest that is payable for the following calendar month, and the Interest Rate so determined shall be utilized for such calendar month. Each determination by the Lender of an interest rate hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Borrower (absent manifest error). The Borrower shall pay interest at the applicable Interest Rate on unpaid interest on any Subordinated Loan or any installment thereof, and on any other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder (to the extent permitted by law) that shall not be paid in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) for the period commencing on the due date thereof to (but excluding) the date the same is indefeasibly paid in full.

 

If any payment or prepayment on this Note becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the Interest Rate during such extension.

 

As set forth below, the indebtedness evidenced by this Note is subordinate in right of payment to all obligations of the Borrower under the Related Documents and all renewals, extensions, refinancings or refundings of any such obligations (whether for principal, interest (including but not limited to interest accruing after the filing of a petition initiating any bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceeding (each, an “ Insolvency Proceeding ”) whether or not such interest is allowed in such Insolvency Proceeding), fees, indemnities, repurchase price, expenses or otherwise) (collectively, the “ Senior Obligations ”). The subordination provisions contained herein are for the direct benefit of, and may be enforced by, any holder of a Senior Obligation, and may not be terminated, amended or otherwise revoked until the Senior Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash and the Related Documents terminated in accordance with their respective terms. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Termination Event or Incipient Termination Event, the Lender shall not demand, accelerate, sue for, take, receive or accept from the Borrower, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or any other manner (including, without limitation, from or by way of collateral) any payment of or security for all or any part of the indebtedness under this Note or exercise any remedies or take any action or proceeding to enforce the same. The Lender hereby agrees that prior to the date that is one year and one day after all of the Senior Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash and the Related Documents terminated in accordance with their respective terms, the Lender will not take any action to institute any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of the Borrower or which would be reasonably likely to cause the Borrower to be subject to, or seek the protection of, any such Insolvency Proceeding, provided that the Lender shall be permitted to become party to and participate in any Insolvency Proceeding that is initiated by any person other than one of its affiliates.


If the Borrower becomes subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, then the holders of the Senior Obligations shall receive payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or with respect to the Senior Obligations before the Lender shall be entitled to receive any payment on account of this Subordinated Note. Accordingly, any payment or distribution of assets of the Borrower of any kind or character, whether in cash, securities or other property, in any applicable Insolvency Proceeding, that would otherwise be payable to or deliverable upon or with respect to any or all indebtedness under this Note, is hereby assigned to and shall be paid or delivered by the person making such payment or delivery (whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver, custodian or liquidating trustee or otherwise) directly to the Administrative Agent for application to, or as collateral for the payment of, the Senior Obligations until such Senior Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash.

 

In no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by reason of advancement of the proceeds hereof or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to Lender for the use, forbearance or detention of money advanced hereunder exceed the highest rate of interest permissible under law (the “ Maximum Lawful Rate ”). In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction determines that Lender has charged or received interest hereunder in excess of the Maximum Lawful Rate, the amount of interest payable hereunder shall be equal to the amount payable under the Maximum Lawful Rate; provided , that if at any time thereafter the amount of interest payable to Lender hereunder is less than the amount payable under the Maximum Lawful Rate, the Borrower shall continue to pay interest hereunder at the Maximum Lawful Rate until such time as the total interest received by Lender from the making of Subordinated Loans hereunder is equal to the total interest that Lender would have received had the amount of interest payable to Lender hereunder been (but for the operation of this paragraph) the amount of interest payable from the Closing Date. Thereafter, the amount of interest payable hereunder shall be the amount determined in accordance with the terms hereof unless and until the amount so calculated again exceeds the amount payable under the Maximum Lawful Rate, in which event this paragraph shall again apply. In no event shall the total interest received by Lender pursuant to the terms hereof exceed the amount that Lender could lawfully have received had the interest due hereunder been calculated for the full term hereof at the Maximum Lawful Rate. In the event the amount payable under the Maximum Lawful Rate is calculated pursuant to this paragraph, such interest shall be calculated at a daily rate equal to the Maximum Lawful Rate divided by the number of days in the year in which such calculation is made. In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction, notwithstanding the provisions of this Note, shall make a final determination that Lender has received interest hereunder in excess of the Maximum Lawful Rate, Lender shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, promptly apply such excess first to any interest due and not yet paid hereunder, then to the outstanding principal amount of the Subordinated Loans, then to fees and any other unpaid Charges, and thereafter shall refund any excess to the Borrower or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise order.

 

Wherever possible each provision of this Note shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Note shall be prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or remaining provisions of this Note.

 

Time is of the essence of this Note. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower expressly waives presentment, demand, diligence, protest and all notices of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Note.


It is expressly understood and agreed by the Borrower that (i) the principal balance of this Note includes a portion of the Borrower’s indebtedness hitherto evidenced by that certain Subordinated Note dated as of December 19, 1997 in the aggregate maximum principal amount of $30,000,000 (the “Existing Note”), and (ii) to the extent such indebtedness is included in the principal balance of this Note, this Note (a) merely re-evidences such indebtedness, (b) is given in partial substitution for, and not in payment of, the Existing Note and (c) is in no way intended to constitute a novation of the Existing Note. The unpaid principal balance of the indebtedness hitherto evidenced by the Existing Note and now evidenced by this Note shall continue to be secured pursuant to the terms of the Transfer Agreement.

 

BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE BORROWER HERETO WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS OR REMEDIES UNDER THIS NOTE, THE TRANSFER AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE.

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATION LAW, BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES THEREOF REGARDING CONFLICT OF LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Note to be signed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date set forth above.

 

SIT F UNDING C ORPORATION

By:

   
 

Name:

   

Title:

   


SCHEDULE OF LOANS TO SUBORDINATED NOTE

 


Schedule 4.01(b) to the Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement

by and among

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

and

SIT Funding Corporation

 

Executive Offices; Collateral Locations; Corporate or Other Names; FEIN

 

Executive Offices

   3797 Spinnaker Court
    

Fremont,California 94538

Collateral Locations

    
1.  

3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, California

2.  

42001 Christy Street, Fremont, California

3.  

41893 Christy Street, Fremont, California

4.      

 

41929 Christy Street, Fremont, California

5.      

 

44400 Osgood Road, Fremont, California

6.      

 

44460 Osgood Road, Fremont, California

7.      

 

44540 Osgood Road, Fremont, California

8.      

 

108-118 Brea Canyon Rd., City of Industry, CA 1

9.      

 

200 Best Friend Court, Suite 250 & 220, Norcross, Georgia 2

10.    

 

1850 Internationale Boulevard, Glendale Heights, Illinois

11.    

 

1250 Valley Brook Avenue, Lyndhurst, New Jersey (lease terminates 9/30/02)

12.    

 

165 Raritan Center Parkway, Edison, New Jersey 3

13.    

 

6505 SW 110th Court, Beaverton, Oregon 2

14.    

 

1041 East Butler Road, Greenville, South Carolina

15.    

 

39 Pelham Ridge Drive, Greenville, South Carolina 4

16.    

 

4500 Mendenhall Road, Memphis, Tennessee

17.    

 

660 N. Dorothy Drive, Suite 100, Dallas, Texas

18.    

 

1860 South 4370 West, Salt Lake City, Utah 2

Corporate. Fictitious and Other Names    SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.
    Federal Employer Identification Number    94-2703333
    California Corporate Number    C 1009313

1 New location, moved in June, lease effective July 15, 2002.
2 New location, established after the assets purchase from Supercom Communications Ltd. on July 27, 2001.
3 New location, lease effective August 1, 2002.
4 New location, purchased the building from Arrow Electronics on May 31, 2002.


Schedule 4.01(d) to the Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement

by and among

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

and

SIT Funding Corporation

 

Litigation

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Litigation Pending as of August 15,2002 — SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc

 

    

Case Name/Location/Case No.


  

Nature of Law Suit


  

Firm Handling/Address


1

  

Acropolis Systems, Inc. and Tony Yeh vs. SYNNEX, Robert Huang, Kevin Chuang, Stephen Bowling Superior Court of California, Santa Clara County

Case No.: CV803125

   Complaint for violation of California securities laws; fraud/concealment; breach of written contract   

Gidon Caine, Esq.

Oppenheimer Wolff & Donnelly LLP

1400 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

2

  

In re Lexicon Systems Corporation vs. SYNNEX

In the U.S. Bankruptcy Court Central District of California, Los Angeles Division

Chapter 11 Case No LA 01-14524 BB

Adv. Pro. No. AD 02-02315 BB

  

Preference action

(1,078,190)

  

James L. Hsu, Esq.

Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue

555 West Fifth St., Suite 4600

Los Angeles, C 90013-1025

3

  

In re Red Post, LLC

In the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Utah

Chapter 11 Case No. 01-20579-GEC

   SYNNEX’s recovery of a secured note ($1,000,000)   

Greggory J. Savage, Esq.

Holme, Roberts & Owen LLP

111 East Broadway, Suite 1100

Salt Lake City, UT 84111

4

  

Seanix Technology, Inc. vs. SYNNEX

Canada Limited and SYNNEX Info, Technologies, Inc.

Federal Court - Trial Division

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

Court File No. T-705-02

   Claim of trademark infringement   

Anthony Prenol, Esq.

Blake, Cassels & Graydon

199 Bay Street, Box 25,

Commerce Court West Toronto, Ontario M5L 1A9 Canada

6

  

SYNNEX vs. TelePlace, Inc.

American Arbitration Association

New York, New York

Ref. #13 19900184 2

   Breach of contract, breach of the covenants of good faith and fair dealing, fraudulent misrepresentation, etc.   

Michael Mulé

Wolf Haldenstein Alder Freeman & Hen, LLP

270 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10016

7

  

SYNNEX vs. Tony Ghanma

Superior Court of California, County of Santa Clara

Case No CV769043

  

Verified complaint on unconditional continuing guarantee ($1,500,137)

Defendant went bankruptcy June 2002

  

Kenneth R. Van Vleck, Esq.

Thoits, Love, Hershberger & McLean

245 Lytton Ave, Suite 300

Palo Alto, CA 94301-1426


Schedule 4.01(h) to the Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement

by and among

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

and

SIT Funding Corporation

 

Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Outstanding Stock

 

Ventures

 

None

 

Subsidiaries and Affiliates of SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc

 

Name and Address of Subsidiary


   State of Incorporation

   Stock Outstanding

   % of Ownership

 

ComputerLand Corporation

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont, CA 94538

U.S.A.

   California    100    100 %

SYNNEX Information Technologies (UK) Ltd

SYNNEX House

Nedge Hill, Telford Ltd.

Shropshire TF3 3AH

U.K.

   United Kingdom    3,000,000    100 %

SYNNEX Information Technologies (China), Ltd

Unit 06-12 Level 7, China World Tower 2

No.1, Jian Guo Men Wei Avenue

Beijing 100004

P.R. China

   China    No shares    100 %

 

Schedule 4.01(h)

 

1


Name and Address of Subsidiary


   State of Incorporation

   Stock Outstanding

   % of Ownership

 

SIT Corporation

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont, CA 94538

USA

   Delaware    1,000    100 %

MiTAC Industrial Corporation

41968 Christy Street

Fremont, CA 94538

USA

   California    2,003,272    100 %

SYNNEX Canada Limited

200 Ronson Drive

Etobicoke, Ontario

Canada

   Ontario, Canada    1,000    100 %

SYNNEX K.K.

3-2-5 Ueno

Traito-ku

Tokyo, 110-0005

Japan

   Japan    5,270,000    81.97 %

SYNNEX de Mexico, S.A .de C.V.

Rio Lerma No. 198, Cuarto Piso

Col. Cuauhtémoc, C.P. 06500

Mexico, Distrito Federal

   Mexico    74,818    80 %

SYNNEX Servicios, S.A. .de C.V.

Rio Lerma No. 198, Cuarto Piso

Col. Cuauhtémoc, C.P. 06500

Mexico, Distrito Federal

   Mexico    50,000    99.99 %

 

Schedule 4.01(h)

 

2


Name and Address of Subsidiary


   State of Incorporation

   Stock Outstanding

   % of Ownership

 

License Online, Inc.

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont, CA 94538

   California    1,000    100 %

SYNNEX Enterprises Limited

34/F., The Lee Gardens

33 Hysan Avenue

Causeway Bay, Hong Kong

   Hong Kong    2    100 %

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont, CA 94538

   Delaware    1,000    100 %

SLC Acquisition Corporation

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont, CA 94538

   Delaware    1,000    100 %

Subsidiaries of SYNNEX K.K.

                

eDisty K.K.

3-2-5 Ueno

Traito-ku

Tokyo, 110-0005

Japan

   Japan    1,000    80 %

 

Schedule 4.01(h)

 

3


Subsidiaries of SYNNEX Information Technologies (China) Limited

                

Name and Address of Subsidiary


   State of Incorporation

   Stock Outstanding

   % of Ownership

 

SYNNEX Software Technologies (HK) Ltd

34/F., The Lee Gardens

33 Hysan Avenue

Causeway Bay, Hong Kong

   Hong Kong    2    100 %

 

Outstanding Stock of SYNNEX as of August 15,2002

 

Name of Holders


   No. of Shares

   Percentage

 

Silver Star Development Ltd.

   24,394,048    55.24 %

Peer Developments Ltd.

   10,588,888    23.98 %

Constant Holdings Ltd.

   6,094,164    13.80 %

Others

   2,327,000    5.26 %

Employee Option Exercises

   756,020    1.71 %
    
      

Total Stock Outstanding

   44,160,120    100.00 %

 

Outstanding Options of SYNNEX as of August 15,2002

 

     Authorized Shares

   Issued and Outstanding

Options Granted in 1992

   330,508    0

Options under 1993 Plan

   10,800,000    1,907,258

Options under 1997 Plan (1)

   13,000,000    3,824,338

Options under the Special Executive Plan

   14,300,000    10,061,000
         

Total Options:

        15,792,596

Available for Future Grants:

   13,281,745     

(1) Includes options to purchase an aggregate of 80,000 shares granted to employees in U.K. and 53,000 shares granted to employees in China, fix which grants option paperwork has not been distributed.

 

Schedule 4.01(h)

 

4


Schedule 4.01(i) to the Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement

by and among

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

and

SIT Funding Corporation

 

Tax Matters

 

None


Schedule 4.01(j) to the Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement

by and among

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

and

SIT Funding Corporation

 

Intellectual Property

 

Infringement Claim

 

See item 4 of Schedule 4.01(d)


Schedule 4.01(m) to the Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement

by and among

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

and

SIT Funding Corporation

 

ERISA Plans

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc

 

1. 1993 Stock Option Plan
2. 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
3. Special Executive Stock Option\Stock Issuance Plan
4. 401(k)Plan
5. Flexible Spending Section 125 Plan
6. Standard medical, dental and vision insurance plans
7. Life, accidental, death and dismemberment insurance; short term and long term disability plans

 

Domestic Subsidiaries of SYNNEX Information Technologies. Inc

 

1. 401(k)Plan
2. Flexible Spending Section 125 Plan
3. Standard medical, dental and vision insurance plans
4. Life, accidental, death and dismemberment insurance; short term and long term disability plans


Schedule 4.01(t) to the Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement

by and among

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

and

SIT Funding Corporation

 

Disbursement and Deposit Accounts

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

 

Bank/Financial Institution


  

Account

Type/No.


  

Purpose


Bank of America

1850 Gateway Blvd.

#5693, 3 rd Floor

Concord, CA 94520

Tel: 925-675-7389

   Checking    Concentration account  –  captures all lockbox receipts, loan borrowings/ paydowns, and finding all checking/payroll accounts. End of the day balance swept to FundSweep account.

Bank of America

1850 Gateway Blvd.

#5693, 3 rd Floor

Concord, CA 94520

Tel: 925-675-7389

   Checking    Controlled disbursement account  –  Distribution

Bank of America

1850 Gateway Blvd.

#5693, 3 rd Floor

Concord, CA 94520

Tel: 925-675-7389

   Checking    Controlled disbursement account  –  Manufacturing

Bank of America

1850 Gateway Blvd.

#5693, 3 rd Floor

Concord, CA 94520

Tel: 925-675-7389

   Checking    Employee benefits account  –  for CIGNA and Probusiness to draw funds to settle medical claims and other employee benefits payments

Bank of America

1850 Gateway Blvd

#5693, 3 rd Fl.

Concord, CA 94520

Tel 925-675-7389

   Checking    Payroll account

 

Schedule 4.01(t)

 

1


Bank/Financial Institution


  

Account

Type/No.


  

Purpose


Bank of America

1850 Gateway Blvd.

#5693, 3 rd Floor

Concord, CA 94520

Tel: 925-675-7389

   Checking    Checking and deposit account for License Online, Inc.

Charter National Bank and Trust

2200 West Higgins Road

Hoffman Estates, IL 60195

Tel: 847-882-1000

   Checking    Remote location checking  –  Illinois

The Bank of New York

P.O. Box 6000

Mt. Vernon, NY 10558

   Checking    Remote location checking  –  New Jersey

Carolina First Bank

P.O. Box 1029

Greenville, SC 29602

Tel: 800-476-6400

   Checking    Remote location checking  –  South Carolina

Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, N. A.

2115 5.3600 West

West Valley City, UT 84120

   Checking    Remote location checking  –  Utah

Bank of America

1228 S.W. Canyon Road

Beaverton, OR 97005

   Checking    Remote location checking  –  Oregon

Bank of America

5813 Jimmy Carter Blvd.

Norcross, GA 30071

   Checking    Remote location checking  –  Georgia

Bank of America

850 west Arapaho Road

Richardson, TX 75080

   Checking    Remote location checking  –  Texas

Bank of America

200 South Lemon Avenue

Walnut, CA 91789

   Checking    Remote location checking  –  Los Angeles

 

Schedule 4.01(t)

 

2


Bank/Financial Institution


  

Account

Type/No.


  

Purpose


Bank of America

1850 Gateway Blvd.

#5693, 3 rd Floor

Concord, CA 94520

Tel: 925-675-7389

   Checking    Checking account for Gates/Arrow A/R deposit

Bank of America

1850 Gateway Blvd.

#5693, 3 rd Floor

Concord, CA 94520

Tel: 925-675-7389

   Investment    FundSweep account  –  sweeps surplus funds from concentration account for overnight investment.

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

38980 Paseo Padre Parkway

Building G

Fremont, CA 94538

Tel: 510-608-6004

   Investment    Investments in marketable securities

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

38980 Paseo Padre Parkway

Building G

Fremont, CA 94538

Tel: 510-608-6004

   Investment    Investments in marketable securities

Wells Fargo Bank

525 Market Street, 25 floor

San Francisco, CA 94105

   Investment   

Certificate of deposit

($1,000,000), dated 10/19/01, maturity date 10/19/02

Wells Fargo Bank

525 Market Street, 25 Floor

San Francisco, CA 94105

   Investment   

Certificate of deposit

($1,000,000), dated 1/25/02, maturity date 1/25/03

Bank of America

1850 Gateway Blvd.

Concord, CA 9450

   Investment   

Certificate of deposit

($1,000,000), dated 8/1/02, maturity date 8/1/03

Bank of America

1850 Gateway Blvd.

Concord, CA 9450

   Investment   

Certificate of deposit

($2,500,000), dated 8/8/02, maturity date 2/8/03

 

Schedule 4.01(t)

 

3


Schedule 4.02(g) to the Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement

by and among

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

and

SIT Funding Corporation

 

Trade Names

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.


Schedule 4.03(b) to the Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement  by and among  SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.  and  SIT Funding Corporation

 

Existing Liens

 

Financing Statement on Form UCC-1 Regarding SYNNEX

 

Date of Filing

   File No/State

  

Secured Party


   Expiration Date

05/13/99

   9913460526
California
   Compaq Computer Corporation
20555 SH 249
Houston TX 77070
   05/13/04

05/13/99

   1905953
New Jersey
   Compaq Computer Corporation
20555 SH 249
Houston TX 77070
   05/13/04

07/17/02

   0219860674
California
   GE Capital Corp., as Agent
201 High Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06927
   07/17/07

12/23/97

   9736360786
California
   GE Capital Corp., as Collateral Agent
201 High Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06927
   12/23/02

12/23/97

   9736360791
California
   GE Capital Corp., as Collateral Agent
201 High Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06927
   12/23/02

12/31/97

   9800560713
California
   GE Capital Corp., as Collateral Agent
201 High Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06927
   12/31/02

12/22/97

   9735761715
California
   GE Capital Corporation, as Agent
210 High Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06927-5 100
   12/23/02

 

1


Date of Filing

   File No/State

  

Secured Party


   Expiration Date

12/22/97

   1808395
New Jersey
   GE Capital Corp., as Collateral Agent
210 High Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06927-5100
   12/22/02

12/22/97

   1808397
New Jersey
   GE Capital Corp., as Agent
210 High Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06927-5100
   12/22/02

01/05/98

   1809741
New Jersey
   GE Capital Corp., as Collateral Agent
210 High Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06927-5100
   01/05/03

12/22/97

   003778147
Illinois
   GE Capital Corp., Agent
210 High Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06927-5100
   12/22/02

12/31/97

   003780619
Illinois
   GE Capital Corp., as Collateral Agent
210 High Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06927-5100
   12/31/97

12/22/97

   003778146
Illinois
   GE Capital Corp., Collateral Agent
210 High Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06927-5100
   12/22/02

01/02/98

   162653C
South Carolina
   GE Capital Corporation
210 High Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06927-5100
   01/02/03

12/22/97

   152246C South
Carolina
   GE Capital Corporation
210 High Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06927-5100
   12/22/02

12/22/97

   160123C
South Carolina
   GE Capital Corporation
210 High Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06927-5100
   12/22/02

12/22/97

   155844C
South Carolina
   GE Capital Corporation
210 High Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06927-5100
   12/22/02

 

2


Date of Filing

   File No/State

  

Secured Party


   Expiration Date

05/07/98

   9812760908
California
   Hewlett Packard Company
5301 Stevens Creek Blvd.
Santa Clara, CA 95052
   05/07/03

05/07/98

   9812760912
California
   Hewlett Packard Company
5301 Stevens Creek Blvd.
Santa Clara, CA 95052
   05/07/03

05/11/98

   003847760
Illinois
   Hewlett Packard Company
5301 Stevens Creek Blvd.,
54U/DE
Santa Clara, CA 95052
   05/11/03

05/22/98

   1837994
New Jersey
   Hewlett Packard Company
5301 Stevens Creek Blvd.,
54U/DE
Santa Clara, CA 95052
   05/22/03

02/22/02

   0205660800
California
   IBM Credit Corporation
P.O. Box 5157
San Ramon, CA 94583
   02/22/07

04/25/97

   1763193
New Jersey
   IBM Credit Corporation
P.O. Box 5157
San Ramon, CA 94583
   04/25/07

04/17/97

   003678820
Illinois
   IBM Credit Corporation
P.O. Box 5157
San Ramon, CA 94583
   04/17/07

04/09/97

  

9710460454

California

   IBM Credit Corporation
P.O. Box 5157
San Ramon, CA 94583
   02/14/02

01/09/98

   982-002303
Tennessee
   GE Capital, as Agent
201 High Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06927
   01/09/03

04/20/98

   982-036201
Tennessee
   IBM Credit Corporation
P.O. Box 5157
San Ramon, CA 94583
   04/20/03

 

3


SYNNEX Certificate of Deposit Securing Letter of Credit

 

Wells Fargo Bank
525 Market Street, 25 Boor
San Francisco, CA 94105
  Account Number   Certificate of deposit
($1,000,000), dated 10/19/01,
maturity date 10/19/02
         
Wells Fargo Bank
525 Market Street, 25 Boor
San Francisco, CA 94105
  Account Number   Certificate of deposit
($1,000,000), dated 1/25/02,
maturity date 1/25/03
         
Bank of America
1850 Gateway Blvd.
Concord, CA 9450
  Account Number   Certificate of deposit
($1,000,000), dated 8/1/02,
maturity date 8/1/03
         
Bank of America
1850 Gateway Blvd.
Concord, CA 9450
  Account Number   Certificate of deposit
($2,500,000), dated 8/8/02,
maturity date 2/8/03

 

 

4


EXECUTION COPY

 

ANNEX X

 

to

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

and

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

 

each dated as of

 

August 30, 2002

 

Definitions and Interpretation

 


SECTION 1. Definitions and Conventions . Capitalized terms used in the Transfer Agreements and the Purchase Agreement shall have (unless otherwise provided elsewhere therein) the following respective meanings:

 

Accession Agreement ” shall mean an Accession Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Collateral Agent Agreement.

 

Accounting Changes ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion of the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or any successor thereto or any agency with similar functions); (b) changes in accounting principles concurred in by such Person’s certified public accountants; (c) purchase accounting adjustments under A.P.B. 16 or 17 and EITF 88-16, and the application of the accounting principles set forth in FASB 109, including the establishment of reserves pursuant thereto and any subsequent reversal (in whole or in part) of such reserves; and (d) the reversal of any reserves established as a result of purchase accounting adjustments.

 

Accrued Monthly Yield ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of the Daily Yields for each day from and including the first day of the Settlement Period through and including such date.

 

Accrued Servicing Fee ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of the Servicing Fees calculated for each day from and including the first day of the Settlement Period through and including such date.

 

Accrued Unused Facility Fee ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of the Unused Facility Fees calculated for each day from and including the first day of the Settlement Period through and including such date.

 

Accumulated Funding Deficiency ” shall mean an “accumulated funding deficiency” as defined in Section 412 of the IRC and Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived.

 

Additional Amounts ” shall mean any amounts payable to any Affected Party under Sections 2.09 or 2.10 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Additional Costs ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.09(b) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Administrative Services Agreement ” shall mean that certain Administrative Services Agreement dated as of March 7, 2000, between Redwood and the Operating Agent.

 

Adverse Claim ” shall mean any claim of ownership or any Lien, other than any ownership interest or Lien created under a Transfer Agreement or the Purchase Agreement or any Lien created under the Collateral Agent Agreement.

 

2


Affected Party ” shall mean each of the following Persons: the Conduit Purchaser, the Committed Purchaser, the Liquidity Agent, each Liquidity Lender, the Operating Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent, each Letter of Credit Provider, the Collateral Agent, the Depositary and each Affiliate of the foregoing Persons.

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) each Person that, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, whether beneficially, or as a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary, five percent (5%) or more of the Stock having ordinary voting power in the election of directors of such Person, (b) each Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, or (c) each of such Person’s officers, directors, joint venturers and partners. For the purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of its management or policies, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Ancillary Services and Lease Agreement ” shall mean that certain Ancillary Services and Lease Agreement dated as of December 19, 1997 between SFC and Synnex, pursuant to which Synnex agrees to provide office space and certain administrative and clerical services to SFC and to advance to SFC subordinated loans from time to time in an aggregate not to exceed $500,000 to satisfy SFC’s initial and ongoing administrative and operating expenses.

 

Appendices ” shall mean, with respect to any Related Document, all exhibits, schedules, annexes and other attachments thereto, or expressly identified thereto.

 

Applicable Purchaser ” shall mean (i) prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, the Conduit Purchaser, and (ii) on and after the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, the Committed Purchaser.

 

Approved Receivable ” shall mean, (a) all Receivables originated by an Originator and (b) those Receivables originated by another Person and subsequently acquired by an Originator that have been approved in writing by the Administrative Agent.

 

Authorized Officer ” shall mean, with respect to any corporation, the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Secretary, any Assistant Treasurer and each other officer of such corporation specifically authorized in resolutions of the Board of Directors of such corporation to sign agreements, instruments or other documents on behalf of such corporation in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transfer Agreements, the Purchase Agreement and the other Related Documents.

 

Availability ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to the lesser of: (a) (i) the Investment Base multiplied by the Purchase Discount Rate, minus (ii) the Yield Discount Amount, and (b) the Maximum Purchase Limit.

 

Available LOC Percentage ” shall mean ten percent (10%); provided , that the Available LOC Percentage may be changed at any time by the Operating Agent in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, and, in the case of a decrease only, upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect thereto.

 

3


Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean the provisions of title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. § § 101 et seq.

 

Billed Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, the amount billed on the Billing Date to the Obligor thereunder.

 

Billing Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, the date on which the invoice with respect thereto was generated.

 

Breakage Costs ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.10 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Bringdown Certificate ” shall mean an Officer’s Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 3.01(a)(ii) to the Purchase Agreement.

 

Business Day ” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks are required or permitted to be closed in the State of New York or the State of California.

 

Capital Investment ” shall mean, as of any date of determination with respect to any Purchaser, the amount equal to (a) the aggregate deposits made by such Purchaser to the Collection Account pursuant to Section 2.04(b)(i) of the Purchase Agreement on or before such date, plus (b) in the case of the Committed Purchaser only, any amounts advanced by the Committed Purchaser to the Conduit Purchaser under the LAPA in respect of Capital Investment when purchasing the Transferred Receivables owned by the Conduit Purchaser, minus (c) in the case of the Conduit Purchaser only, any amounts advanced by the Committed Purchaser to the Conduit Purchaser under the LAPA in respect of Capital Investment when purchasing the Transferred Receivables owned by the Conduit Purchaser, minus (d) the sum of all amounts disbursed to such Purchaser in reduction of Capital Investment pursuant to Sections 6.02 , 6.03 , 6.04 or 6.05 of the Purchase Agreement on or before such date.

 

Capital Investment Available ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which Availability exceeds Capital Investment, in each case as of the end of the immediately preceding day.

 

Capital Investment Shortfall ” shall mean, for any day with respect to which the Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment for the immediately preceding day was greater than zero and was not satisfied, the amount, if any, by which the Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment exceeded the amount of Collections on deposit in the Capital Investment Sub-Account after disbursement of any amounts pursuant to Sections 6.03(c)(i) and (ii) of the Purchase Agreement, in each case as of the end of the immediately preceding day.

 

Capital Investment Sub-Account ” shall mean that certain sub-account of the Collection Account designated as such.

 

Capital Lease ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee that, in accordance with GAAP,

 

4


would be required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person.

 

Capital Lease Obligation ” shall mean, with respect to any Capital Lease of any Person, the amount of the obligation of the lessee thereunder that, in accordance with GAAP, would appear on a balance sheet of such lessee in respect of such Capital Lease.

 

Cash Purchase Price ” shall mean, as of any Purchase Date, the amount distributable to the Seller pursuant to Section 6.03(c)(v) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Change of Control ” shall mean any event, transaction or occurrence as a result of which (a) the Mitac Group shall cease to own and control, directly or indirectly, all of the economic and voting rights associated with ownership of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of all classes of outstanding capital Stock of each Originator on a fully diluted basis; provided , however that if Synnex completes a public offering of its capital stock, a “Change of Control” pursuant to this clause (a) shall not occur unless the Mitac Group shall cease to own and control, directly or indirectly, all of the economic and voting rights associated with ownership of at least forty percent (40%) of the outstanding capital Stock of all classes of each Originator on a fully diluted basis, (b) Synnex shall cease to own and control all of the economic and voting rights associated with all of the outstanding capital Stock of the Seller, or (c) any Originator has sold, transferred, conveyed, assigned or otherwise disposed of all or substantially all of its assets.

 

Charges ” shall mean (i) all federal, state, county, city, municipal, local, foreign or other governmental taxes (including taxes owed to the PBGC at the time due and payable); (ii) all levies, assessments, charges, or claims of any governmental entity or any claims of statutory lienholders, the nonpayment of which could give rise by operation of law to a Lien on Transferred Receivables or any other Seller Collateral or any other property of either Originator and (iii) any such taxes, levies, assessment, charges or claims which constitute a lien or encumbrance on any property of either Originator or the Seller.

 

Closing Date ” shall mean August 30, 2002.

 

Collateral Account ” shall mean that certain segregated deposit account established by the Administrative Agent and maintained with the Depositary designated as the “Redwood Receivables Corporation  –  Collateral Account,” account number 24596, ABA No. 021 001 033, or such other account as may be designated in writing by the Administrative Agent.

 

Collateral Agent ” shall mean GE Capital, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Conduit Purchaser and the Conduit Purchaser Secured Parties pursuant to the Collateral Agent Agreement.

 

Collateral Agent Agreement ” shall mean that certain Third Amended and Restated Collateral Agent and Security Agreement dated as of March 7, 2000, among Redwood, the Depositary and GE Capital, in its capacities as (a) the Collateral Agent, (b) the Operating Agent, (c) the Liquidity Agent and (d) the Letter of Credit Agent

 

Collection Account ” shall mean that certain segregated deposit account established by the Purchaser and maintained with the Depositary designated as the “Redwood

 

5


Receivables Corporation – Collection Account (Synnex),” account number 01419647, ABA No. 021 001 033, or such other account established in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 6.01(b)(iii) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Collections ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, all cash collections and other proceeds of such Receivable (including late charges, fees and interest arising thereon, and all recoveries with respect thereto that have been written off as uncollectible).

 

Commercial Paper ” shall mean those certain short-term promissory notes issued by the Conduit Purchaser (or, with respect to the Committed Purchaser, by GE Capital), from time to time in the United States of America commercial paper market.

 

Committed Purchaser ” shall mean GE Capital, its successors and assigns.

 

Committed Purchaser Daily Yield ” means, for any day, the product of (i) the sum of the Committed Purchaser Daily Yield Rate for such day, plus the Daily Margin on such day, plus, if a Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, the Daily Default Margin, multiplied by (ii) the Committed Purchaser’s Capital Investment outstanding on such day.

 

Committed Purchaser Daily Yield Rate ” means, for any day during a Settlement Period, (a) the weighted average Committed Purchaser Yield Rates applicable to the Committed Purchaser’s Capital Investment on such day, weighted by outstanding Capital Investment, divided by (b) 360.

 

Committed Purchaser Expiry Date ” shall mean August 29, 2003 (as such date may be extended for additional periods not to exceed 364 days from time to time upon the written agreement of the Conduit Purchaser, the Administrative Agent and the Committed Purchaser).

 

Committed Purchaser Funding Event ” shall mean the occurrence of a Redwood Termination Date, but only if both (i) no Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, and (ii) the Committed Purchaser Expiry Date has not occurred.

 

Committed Purchaser Yield Rate ” means, with respect to any portion of the Committed Purchaser’s Capital Investment on any day during a Settlement Period, the LIBOR Rate for such Settlement Period.

 

Commitment Reduction Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.02(a) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Commitment Termination Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.02(b) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

ComputerLand ” shall mean ComputerLand Corporation, a California corporation.

 

Concentration Discount Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Obligor and as of any date of determination after giving effect to all Eligible Receivables to be transferred on

 

6


such date, the amount by which the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables owing by such Obligor exceeds (i) three percent (3%) multiplied by (ii) the Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables on such date; provided , that, (a) with respect to PlanetGov, Inc., the percentage referenced in clause (i) above shall be five percent (5%) rather than three percent (3%), (b) with respect to IBM Credit Corporation and Deutsche Financial Services, the percentage referenced in clause (i) above shall be fifteen percent (15%) rather than three percent (3%) if and so long as (1) the current public rating of such Obligor’s senior, unsecured and unguaranteed short-term indebtedness is not less than A-1 by S&P and P-1 by Moody’s and (2) the current public rating of such Obligor’s senior, unsecured and unguaranteed long-term indebtedness is not less than A- by S&P and A3 by Moody’s, (c) with respect to Sun Microsystems, Inc., the percentage referenced in clause (i) above shall be ten percent (10%) rather than three percent (3%) if and so long as Sun Microsystems, Inc.’s senior, unsecured and unguaranteed (x) short-term indebtedness has been rated not less than A-2 by S&P and (y) either (A) short-term indebtedness has been rated not less than P-2 by Moody’s or (B) long-term indebtedness has been rated not less than BBB by S&P or Baa2 by Moody’s, (d) with respect to Best Buy, Co., Inc. the percentage referenced in clause (i) above shall be ten percent (10%) rather than three percent (3%) if and so long as Best Buy, Co., Inc.’s senior, unsecured and unguaranteed long-term indebtedness has been rated not less than BBB- by S&P and Baa3 by Moody’s, (e) with respect to Dell, the percentage referenced in clause (i) above shall be fifteen percent (15%) rather than three percent (3%) if and so long as Dell’s senior, unsecured and unguaranteed long-term indebtedness has been rated not less than BBB+ by S&P and Baa1 by Moody’s and (f) with respect to TransAmerica Corporation, the percentage referenced in clause (i) above shall be five percent (5%) rather than three percent (3%).

 

The percentage referenced in clause (i) with respect to any Obligor (including PlanetGov, Inc., TransAmerica Corporation, Dell, Best Buy, Co., Inc., Sun Microsystems, Inc., IBM Credit Corporation and Deutsche Financial Services) may be changed at any time in the reasonable business judgment of the Administrative Agent and, in the case of an increase only, upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect thereto. It is hereby understood and agreed that the Concentration Discount Amount for IBM Credit Corporation and Deutsche Financial Services (each, a “Floorplan Obligor”) shall be determined without duplication of the Concentration Discount Amount for each Obligor financed by such Floorplan Obligor.

 

Conduit Purchaser ” shall mean Redwood and its assigns.

 

Conduit Purchaser Secured Parties ” shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the CP Holders, the Depositary, the Liquidity Agent, the Liquidity Lenders, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Letter of Credit Providers and the Operating Agent.

 

Contract ” shall mean any agreement (including any invoice) pursuant to, or under which, an Obligor shall be obligated to make payments with respect to any Receivable.

 

7


Contributed Receivables ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(d) of each Transfer Agreement.

 

CP Holder ” shall mean any Person that holds record or beneficial ownership of Commercial Paper.

 

Credit and Collection Policies ” shall mean the credit, collection, customer relations and service policies of the Originators in effect on the Closing Date, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified with the written consent of the Administrative Agent.

 

Credit Facility ” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 9, 2002, among Synnex, as borrower, the lenders party thereto and GE Capital, as agent for itself and the other lenders party thereto, and the other loan documents executed in connection therewith, together with such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications thereto or any refinancings, replacements or refundings thereof as may be agreed to by the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent.

 

Daily Default Margin ” shall mean, for any day on which a Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, two percent (2.0%) divided by 360.

 

Daily Margin ” shall mean, for any day, the Per Annum Daily Margin on such day divided by 360.

 

Daily Yield ” means, for any day, the sum of (a) the Redwood Daily Yield for such day, and (b) the Committed Purchaser Daily Yield for such day.

 

Daily Yield Rate ” shall mean the Redwood Daily Yield Rate or the Committed Purchaser Daily Yield Rate, as the case may be.

 

Dealer ” shall mean any dealer party to a Dealer Agreement.

 

Dealer Agreement ” shall mean any dealer agreement entered into by Redwood for the distribution of Commercial Paper.

 

Debt ” of any Person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services payment for which is deferred 90 days or more, but excluding obligations to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue by more than 90 days unless being contested in good faith, (b) all reimbursement and other obligations with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and surety bonds, whether or not matured, (c) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations, (f) all obligations of such Person under commodity purchase or option agreements or other commodity price hedging arrangements, in each case whether contingent or matured, (g) all obligations of such Person under any foreign exchange contract, currency swap

 

8


agreement, interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to alter the risks of that Person arising from fluctuations in currency values or interest rates, in each case whether contingent or matured, (h) all liabilities of such Person under Title IV of ERISA, (i) all Guaranteed Indebtedness of such Person, (j) all indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) through (i) above secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property or other assets (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness, (k) the “Obligations,” as that term is defined in the Credit Facility and (l) the Seller Secured Obligations.

 

Defaulted Receivable ” shall mean any Receivable (a) with respect to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than 90 days after its Maturity Date, (b) with respect to which the Obligor thereunder has taken any action, or suffered any event to occur, of the type described in Sections 9.01(c) or 9.01(d) of the Purchase Agreement or (c) that otherwise is determined to be uncollectible and is written off in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies.

 

Default Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

 

(a) (i) the average of the respective Outstanding Balances of all Transferred Receivables which constituted Defaulted Receivables as of the last day of the three Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date, plus (ii) without duplication, the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables that were written off as uncollectible during such Settlement Periods

 

to

 

(b) the aggregate original Outstanding Balances of all Transferred Receivables created in the fifth, sixth and seventh Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date.

 

Deferred Purchase Price ” shall mean, as of any Purchase Date, the amount equal to (a) the Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables to be purchased multiplied by (b) the Deferred Purchase Price Rate, in each case as of such date.

 

Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment ” shall mean, as of any date of determination during the Revolving Period, the amount (positive or negative) equal to (a)(i)(A) the Deferred Purchase Price Rate as of the last day on which a Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment was calculated, minus (B) the Deferred Purchase Price Rate as of such date of determination; multiplied by (ii)(A) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables as of the end of the last day on which a Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment was calculated, minus (B) Collections received from the end of the last day on which a Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment was calculated through and including the end of the day immediately preceding such date of determination, minus (C)(1) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables, plus (2) Dilution Factors, in each case from the beginning of the last day on which a Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment was calculated through

 

9


and including the end of the day immediately preceding such date of determination, minus (b) the Deferred Purchase Price Shortfall, if any, plus (c) the Capital Investment Shortfall, if any.

 

Deferred Purchase Price Collections ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to (a)(i) Collections received during the immediately preceding day, minus (ii) amounts disbursed to the Retention Account pursuant to Section 6.03(a)(i) of the

 

Purchase Agreement for the immediately preceding day, multiplied by (b) the Deferred Purchase Price Rate as of such date of determination.

 

Deferred Purchase Price Outstanding ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to (a) the Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables as of the end of the immediately preceding day, multiplied by (b) the Deferred Purchase Price Rate as of such date.

 

Deferred Purchase Price Rate ” shall mean, (a) as of any date of determination during the Revolving Period, a fraction (expressed as a percentage) (i) the numerator of which equals the Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables minus Availability, in each case as of the end of the immediately preceding day, and (ii) the denominator of which equals the Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables as of the end of the immediately preceding day; or (b) for any day from and after the Facility Termination Date, the Deferred Purchase Price Rate calculated according to clause (a) above for the Facility Termination Date.

 

Deferred Purchase Price Shortfall ” shall mean, for any day with respect to which the Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment for the immediately preceding day was less than zero and was not satisfied, the amount, if any, by which the Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment exceeded the amount of Collections on deposit in the Deferred Purchase Price Sub-Account after disbursement of any amounts pursuant to Sections 6.03(b)(i) and (ii) of the Purchase Agreement, in each case as of the end of the immediately preceding day.

 

Deferred Purchase Price Sub-Account ” shall mean that certain sub-account of the Collection Account designated as such.

 

Delinquency Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

 

(a) the average of the respective Outstanding Balances of all Transferred Receivables which constituted Delinquent Receivables as of the last day of the three Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date

 

to

 

(b) the aggregate original Outstanding Balances of all Transferred Receivables created in the fourth, fifth and sixth Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date.

 

Delinquent Receivable ” shall mean any Receivable, other than a Defaulted Receivable, with respect to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than 60 days past its Maturity Date.

 

10


Dell ” shall mean Dell Computer Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

Depositary ” shall mean Bankers Trust Company, or any other Person designated as the successor Depositary pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Depositary Agreement, in its capacity as issuing and paying agent or trustee in connection with the issuance of Commercial Paper.

 

Depositary Agreement ” shall mean that certain Depositary Agreement dated March 15, 1994, by and between Redwood and the Depositary and consented to by the Liquidity Agent.

 

Dilution Factors ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, any net credits, rebates, freight charges, cash discounts, volume discounts, cooperative advertising expenses, royalty payments, warranties, cost of parts required to be maintained by agreement (whether express or implied), warehouse and other allowances, disputes, setoffs, chargebacks, defective returns, other returned or repossessed goods, inventory transfers, allowances for early payments and other similar allowances that are reflected on the books of the Originators and made or coordinated with the usual practices of the Originators; provided , that any allowances or adjustments in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies made on account of the insolvency of the Obligor thereunder or such Obligor’s inability to pay shall not constitute a Dilution Factor.

 

Dilution Funded Amount ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to (a)(i)(A) the Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables that have become Defaulted Receivables on or before the end of the immediately preceding day, plus (B) other non-cash reductions of the Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables occurring during the immediately preceding day, multiplied by (ii) 100% minus the Deferred Purchase Price Rate as of such date of determination, plus (b) the Dilution Funded Amount Shortfall, if any, as of such date of determination.

 

Dilution Funded Amount Shortfall ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which (a) the Dilution Funded Amount exceeds (b) the amount, if any, by which Deferred Purchase Price Collections exceeds the amount calculated in accordance with Section 6.03(b)(i) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Dilution Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

 

(a) the aggregate Dilution Factors during the first Settlement Period immediately preceding such date

 

to

 

(b) the aggregate Billed Amount of all Transferred Receivables originated during the second Settlement Period immediately preceding such date.

 

Dilution Reserve Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

11


[(ADR x 2.00) + [(HDR – ADR) x HDR ] ] x DILHOR

                                ADR        NRPB

where:     
ADR =    the average of the respective Dilution Ratios as of the last day of the 12 Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date.
HDR =    the highest Dilution Ratio during the 12 Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date.
DILHOR =    the sum of (a) the aggregate Billed Amount of Eligible Receivables originated during the first Settlement Period immediately preceding such date, plus (b) one-half of the aggregate Billed Amount of Eligible Receivables originated during the second Settlement Period immediately preceding such date.
NRPB =    the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables as of the last day of the first Settlement Period immediately preceding such date.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Dilution Reserve Ratio may be changed at any time by the Administrative Agent, in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, and, in the case of a decrease only, upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect thereto.

 

Dollars ” or “ $ ” shall mean lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

Dynamic Purchase Discount Rate ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the rate equal to (a) 100% minus (b) the sum of (i) the Loss Reserve Ratio plus (ii) the Dilution Reserve Ratio, plus (c) the Available LOC Percentage.

 

Election Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(d) of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Eligible Receivable ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, a Transferred Receivable:

 

(a) that is not a liability of an Excluded Obligor;

 

(b) that is not a liability of an Obligor (i) organized under the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States of America or (ii) having its principal place of business outside of the United States of America;

 

(c) that is only denominated and payable in Dollars in the United States of America;

 

(d) that is not and will not be subject to any right of rescission, set-off, recoupment, counterclaim or defense, whether arising out of transactions concerning the Contract therefor or otherwise;

 

12


(e) that is not a Delinquent Receivable or a Defaulted Receivable;

 

(f) that does not represent “billed but not yet shipped” goods or merchandise, unperformed services, consigned goods or “sale or return” goods and does not arise from a transaction for which any additional performance by the applicable Originator, or acceptance by or other act of the Obligor thereunder or any other Person, remains to be performed as a condition to any payments on such Receivable;

 

(g) as to which the representations and warranties of Sections 4.01(v)(ii)-(iv) of the applicable Transfer Agreement are true and correct in all respects as of the Transfer Date therefor;

 

(h) that is not the liability of an Obligor that has any claim of a material nature against or affecting either Originator or the property of either Originator; provided , that, claims which arise in the ordinary course of business and are properly reflected in contra accounts on the books and records of the Originators, the Purchaser and the Servicer shall not cause an otherwise Eligible Receivable to become ineligible under this paragraph (h) but shall instead cause a reduction in the Outstanding Balance of such Eligible Receivables for all computational purposes under the Related Documents;

 

(i) that is a true and correct statement of a bona fide indebtedness incurred in the amount of the Billed Amount of such Receivable for merchandise sold to or services rendered and accepted by or on behalf of the Obligor thereunder or, in the case of a Financing Receivable, a third party financed by the Obligor thereunder;

 

(j) that was originated in accordance with and satisfies in all material respects all applicable requirements of the Credit and Collection Policies;

 

(k) that represents the genuine, legal, valid and binding obligation of the Obligor thereunder enforceable by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms;

 

(l) that is entitled to be paid pursuant to the terms of the Contract therefor, has not been paid in full or been compromised, adjusted, extended, satisfied, subordinated, rescinded or modified, and is not subject to compromise, adjustment, extension, satisfaction, subordination, rescission, or modification by either Originator;

 

(m) with respect to which the applicable Originator has submitted all necessary documentation for payment to the Obligor thereunder and has fulfilled all of its other obligations in respect thereof;

 

(n) the stated term of which, if any, is not greater than 60 days after its Billing Date except with respect to Financing Receivables, the stated term of which is not greater then (i) thirty days after its Billing Date at any time during the sixty-day period immediately following the Closing Date, and (ii) ten days after its Billing Date at any time thereafter;

 

(o) that does not contravene in any material respect any laws, rules or regulations applicable thereto (including laws, rules and regulations relating to usury, consumer protection, truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt

 

13


collection practices and privacy) and with respect to which no party to the Contract therefor is in violation of any such law, rule or regulation that could have a material adverse effect on the collectibility, value or payment terms of such Receivable;

 

(p) with respect to which no proceedings or investigations are pending or threatened before any Governmental Authority (i) asserting the invalidity of such Receivable or the Contract therefor, (ii) asserting the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Obligor thereunder, (iii) seeking payment of such Receivable or payment and performance of such Contract or (iv) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of such Receivable or such Contract;

 

(q) with respect to which the Obligor thereunder is not: (i) bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) unable to make payment of its obligations when due, (iii) a debtor in a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, or (iv) the subject of a comparable receivership or insolvency proceeding;

 

(r) that is an “account” (and is not evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument and is not chattel paper) within the meaning of the UCC of the jurisdictions in which each of the Originators and the Seller are organized;

 

(s) that is payable solely and directly to the applicable Originator and not to any other Person (including any shipper of the merchandise or goods that gave rise to such Receivable), except to the extent that payment thereof may be made to the Collection Account or otherwise as directed pursuant to Article VI of the Purchase Agreement;

 

(t) with respect to which all material consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of, or registrations with, any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given in connection with the creation of such Receivable or the Contract therefor have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect;

 

(u) that is created through the provision of merchandise, goods or services by the applicable Originator in the ordinary course of its business in a current transaction to or for the benefit of the Obligor thereunder or, in the case of a Financing Receivable, to a third party financed by the Obligor thereunder;

 

(v) that is not the liability of an Obligor that, under the terms of the Credit and Collection Policies, is receiving or should receive merchandise, goods or services on a “cash on delivery” basis;

 

(w) with respect to which, if such Receivable is a Financing Receivable or a Floorplan Financed Receivable, the Obligor under such Financing Receivable or the related Financing Receivable, respectively, has entered into an intercreditor agreement with GE Capital, Redwood, Synnex and SFC, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Purchasers and the agent under the Credit Facility; and

 

(x) that complies with such other criteria and requirements as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to the Seller or the Originators upon 10 days’ prior written

 

14


notice or, if so required by any Rating Agency, upon such notice as may be specified by such Rating Agency.

 

Environmental Laws ” shall mean all Federal, state and local and foreign laws, statutes, ordinances, orders and regulations, now or hereafter in effect, and in each case as amended or supplemented from time to time, and any applicable judicial or administrative interpretation thereof relating to the regulation and protection of human health, safety, the environment and natural resources (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater, wetlands, land surface or subsurface strata, wildlife, aquatic species and vegetation). Environmental Laws include, but are not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. Sections 9601 et seq .) (“CERCLA”); the Hazardous Material Transportation Act, as amended (49 U.S.C. Sections 1801 et seq .); the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, as amended (7 U.S.C. Sections 136 et seq .); the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. Sections 6901 et seq .) (“RCRA”); the Toxic Substance Control Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. Sections 2601 et seq .); the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. Sections 740 et seq .); the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. Sections 1251 et seq .); the Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended (29 U.S.C. Sections 651 et seq .) (“OSHA”); and the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. Sections 300(f) et seq .), and any and all regulations promulgated thereunder, and all analogous state and local and foreign counterparts or equivalents and any transfer of ownership notification or approval statutes.

 

Environmental Permits ” shall mean all permits, licenses, authorizations, certificates, approvals, registrations or other written documents required by any Governmental Authority under any Environmental Laws.

 

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to either Originator, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with such Originator, are treated as a single employer within the meaning of Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the IRC.

 

ERISA Event ” shall mean, with respect to either Originator or any ERISA Affiliate, (a) any event described in Section 4043(c) of ERISA with respect to a Title IV Plan; (b) the withdrawal of such Originator or ERISA Affiliate from a Title IV Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer,” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (c) the complete or partial withdrawal of such Originator or any ERISA Affiliate from any Multiemployer Plan; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Title IV Plan or the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 of ERISA; (e) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan by the PBGC; (f) the failure by such Originator or ERISA Affiliate to make when due required contributions to a Multiemployer Plan or Title IV Plan unless such failure is cured within 30 days; (g) any other event or condition that might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or for the imposition of liability under Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA; (h) the termination of a Multiemployer Plan under Section

 

15


4041A of ERISA or the reorganization or insolvency of a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4241 of ERISA; or (i) the loss of a Qualified Plan’s qualification or tax exempt status.

 

ESOP ” shall mean a Plan that is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 4975(e)(7) of the IRC.

 

Event of Servicer Termination ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.02 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Excluded Obligor ” shall mean any Obligor (a) that is an Affiliate of either Originator or the Seller, (b) that is a Governmental Authority, (c) with respect to which 50% or more of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables owing by such Obligor are Delinquent Receivables or Defaulted Receivables, or (d) listed on Annex 2 to the Purchase Agreement as revised from time to time pursuant to a letter in the form of Exhibit A thereto.

 

Facility Termination Date ” shall mean the earliest of (a) the date so designated pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Purchase Agreement, (b) 90 days prior to the Final Purchase Date, (c) 90 days prior to the date of termination of the Maximum Purchase Limit specified in a notice from the Seller to the Purchaser delivered pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.02(b) of the Purchase Agreement, and (d) two (2) Business Days prior to the occurrence of the Committed Purchaser Expiry Date.

 

Fair Labor Standards Act ” shall mean the provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act, 29 U.S.C. § § 201 et seq.

 

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, a floating rate equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions among members of the Federal Reserve System, as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

Federal Reserve Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

Fee Letter ” shall mean that certain letter agreement dated August 30, 2002, between the Seller, the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers.

 

Final Purchase Date ” shall mean the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date.

 

Financing Receivable ” shall mean a Receivable which evidences the obligation of an Obligor to pay the purchase price of merchandise, goods or services which are neither purchased nor deemed purchased by such Obligor.

 

Floorplan Financed Receivable ” shall mean a Receivable which evidences the obligation of an Obligor to pay the purchase price of merchandise, goods or services purchased or deemed purchased by such Obligor and with respect to which a corresponding Financing Receivable has been created.

 

16


GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Closing Date, consistently applied as such term is further defined in Section 2(a) of this Annex X .

 

GE Capital ” shall mean General Electric Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its successors and assigns.

 

General Trial Balance ” shall mean, with respect to either Originator and as of any date of determination, such Originator’s accounts receivable trial balance (whether in the form of a computer printout, magnetic tape or diskette) as of such date, listing Obligors and the Receivables owing by such Obligors as of such date together with the aged Outstanding Balances of such Receivables, in form and substance satisfactory to SFC.

 

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any agency, department or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

 

Guaranteed Indebtedness ” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any indebtedness, lease, dividend, or other obligation (“ primary obligation ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, including any obligation or arrangement of such Person to (a) purchase or repurchase any such primary obligation, (b) advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency or any balance sheet condition of the primary obligor, (c) purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation, or (d) indemnify the owner of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Guaranteed Indebtedness at any time shall be deemed to be the amount equal to the lesser at such time of (x) the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guaranteed Indebtedness is incurred and (y) the maximum amount for which such Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guaranteed Indebtedness; or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability (assuming full performance) in respect thereof.

 

Incipient Servicer Termination Event ” shall mean any event that, with the passage of time or notice or both, would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Servicer Termination.

 

Incipient Termination Event ” shall mean any event that, with the passage of time or notice or both, would, unless cured or waived, become a Termination Event.

 

Indemnified Amounts ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any and all suits, actions, proceedings, claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other costs of investigation or defense, including those incurred upon any appeal).

 

17


Indemnified Taxes ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.08 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Independent Accounting Firm ” shall mean any of (i) Deloitte & Touche LLP, (ii) Ernst & Young LLP, (iii) KPMG LLP or (iv) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or any of their respective successors so long as such successor is one of the four largest United States accounting firms; provided , that such firm is independent with respect to Synnex within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Index Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a floating rate equal to the higher of (i) the rate publicly quoted from time to time by The Wall Street Journal as the “base rate on corporate loans at large U.S. money center commercial banks” (or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases quoting a base rate of the type described, the highest per annum rate of interest published by the Federal Reserve Board in Federal Reserve statistical release H.15 (519) entitled “Selected Interest Rates” as the Bank prime loan rate or its equivalent), and (ii) the Federal Funds Rate plus fifty (50) basis points per annum. Each change in any interest rate provided for in the Purchase Agreement based upon the Index Rate shall take effect at the time of such change in the Index Rate.

 

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of December 19, 1997, entered into by and among the Originators, the Seller, the Purchaser and GE Capital, in various capacities.

 

Investment Base ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables minus the Reserves with respect thereto plus , for purposes of determining the “Funding Base” under the Collateral Agent Agreement, at any time after the Facility Termination Date, the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Delinquent Receivables, as disclosed in the most recently submitted Investment Base Certificate or as otherwise determined by the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent based on Seller Collateral information available to any of them, including any information obtained from any audit or from any other reports with respect to the Seller Collateral, which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties to the Purchase Agreement (absent manifest error).

 

Investment Base Certificate ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.03(a) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Investment Company Act ” shall mean the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. § § 80a et seq. , and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Investment Reports ” shall mean the reports with respect to the Transferred Receivables and the Seller Collateral referred to in Annex 5.02(b) to the Purchase Agreement.

 

Investments ” shall mean, with respect to any Seller Deposit Account Collateral, the certificates, instruments, investment property or other investments in which amounts constituting such collateral are invested from time to time.

 

IRC ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any regulations promulgated thereunder, and any successors thereto.

 

18


IRS ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service.

 

LAPA ” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Liquidity Loan and Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002, among Redwood and GE Capital, in its capacities as (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) the Collateral Agent and Operating Agent for Redwood, (c) the initial Liquidity Lender, (d) the Liquidity Agent, and (e) the Committed Purchaser, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Letter of Credit ” shall mean that certain Irrevocable Letter of Credit No. RRC-3 dated March 7, 2000, issued by the Letter of Credit Providers at the request of Redwood in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Letter of Credit Agreement.

 

Letter of Credit Agent ” shall mean GE Capital, in its capacity as agent for the Letter of Credit Providers under the Letter of Credit Agreement.

 

Letter of Credit Agreement ” shall mean that certain Third Amended and Restated Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement dated as of March 7, 2000, among Redwood, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Letter of Credit Providers and the Collateral Agent.

 

Letter of Credit Providers ” shall mean, initially, GE Capital, in its capacity as issuer of the Letter of Credit under the Letter of Credit Agreement, and thereafter its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity.

 

LIBOR Business Day ” shall mean a Business Day on which banks in the city of London are generally open for interbank or foreign exchange transactions.

 

LIBOR Rate ” shall mean for each Settlement Period, a rate of interest determined by the Administrative Agent equal to:

 

(a) the offered rate for deposits in United States Dollars for the applicable Settlement Period which appears on Reuters Libor Screen 01 and Libor Screen 02 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the second full LIBOR Business Day preceding the first day of each Settlement Period (unless such date is not a Business Day, in which event the next succeeding Business Day will be used); divided by

 

(b) a number equal to 1.0 minus the aggregate (but without duplication) of the rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on the day which is two (2) LIBOR Business Days prior to the beginning of such Settlement Period (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations of the Federal Reserve Board or other governmental authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto, as now and from time to time in effect) for Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities” in Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board which are required to be maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System;

 

provided , that if the introduction of or any change in any law or regulation (or any change in the interpretation thereof) shall make it unlawful, or any central bank or other Governmental Authority shall assert that it is unlawful, for the Committed Purchaser to agree to make or to make or to continue to fund or maintain any Purchases or Capital Investment at the LIBOR Rate,

 

19


then, unless the Committed Purchaser is able to make or to continue to fund or to maintain such Purchases or Capital Investment at another branch or office of the Committed Purchaser without, in the Committed Purchaser’s opinion, adversely affecting it or its Capital Investment or the income obtained therefrom, the LIBOR Rate shall in all such cases be equal to the Index Rate.

 

If such interest rates shall cease to be available from Reuters, the LIBOR Rate shall be determined from such financial reporting service or other information as shall be mutually acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Seller.

 

Lien ” shall mean any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, lien, charge, claim, security interest, easement or encumbrance, or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any lease or title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, and the filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement perfecting a security interest under the UCC or comparable law of any jurisdiction).

 

Liquidity Agent ” shall mean GE Capital, in its capacity as agent for the Liquidity Lenders pursuant to the LAPA.

 

Liquidity Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, GE Capital and any other provider of Liquidity Loans under the LAPA.

 

Liquidity Loans ” shall mean any and all borrowings by Redwood under the LAPA.

 

Litigation ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any action, claim, lawsuit, demand, investigation or proceeding pending or threatened against such Person before any court, board, commission, agency or instrumentality of any federal, state, local or foreign government or of any agency or subdivision thereof or before any arbitrator or panel of arbitrators.

 

LOC Draw ” shall mean any draw under the Letter of Credit.

 

Lockbox ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.01(a)(ii) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Lockbox Account ” shall mean any segregated deposit account established by the Seller for the deposit of Collections pursuant to and in accordance with Section 6.01(a) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Lockbox Agreement ” shall mean any agreement among the Originators, the Seller, GE Capital, as agent, and a Lockbox Bank with respect to a Lockbox and Lockbox Account that provides, among other things, that (a) all items of payment deposited in such Lockbox and Lockbox Account are held by such Lockbox Bank as custodian for GE Capital, as agent, (b) such Lockbox Bank has no rights of setoff or recoupment or any other claim against such Lockbox Account, as the case may be, other than for payment of its service fees and other charges directly related to the administration of such Lockbox Account and for returned checks or other items of payment and (c) such Lockbox Bank agrees to forward all Collections received

 

20


in such Lockbox Account to the Collection Account within one Business Day of receipt, and is otherwise in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

Lockbox Bank ” shall mean any bank or other financial institution at which one or more Lockbox Accounts are maintained.

 

Loss Reserve Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

2 x ARR x DEFHOR

NRPB

 

where:

 

  ARR = the highest Three Month Aged Receivables Ratio during the 12 Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date.

 

  DEFHOR = the aggregate Billed Amount of Eligible Receivables originated during the three Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date.

 

  NRPB = the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables as of the last day of the first Settlement Period immediately preceding such date.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Loss Reserve Ratio may be changed at any time by the Administrative Agent, in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, and, in the case of a decrease only, upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect thereto.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, liabilities, operations, prospects or financial or other condition of (i) either Originator, (ii) the Seller or (iii) the Servicer and its Subsidiaries considered as a whole, (b) the ability of either Originator, the Seller or the Servicer to perform any of its obligations under the Related Documents in accordance with the terms thereof, (c) the validity or enforceability of any Related Document or the rights and remedies of SFC, the Purchasers, or the Administrative Agent under any Related Document, (d) the federal income tax attributes of the sale, contribution or pledge of the Transferred Receivables pursuant to any Related Document or (e) the Transferred Receivables, the Contracts therefor, the Originator Collateral, the Seller Collateral or the ownership interests or Liens of SFC or the Purchaser thereon or the priority of such interests or Liens.

 

Maturity Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, the due date for payment therefor specified in the Contract therefor, or, if no date is so specified, thirty (30) days from the Billing Date.

 

Maximum Purchase Limit ” shall mean $200,000,000, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with Section 2.02(a) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

21


Mitac Group ” shall mean any or all of Mitac International Corp., a Taiwanese corporation, Union Petrochemical Corp., a Taiwanese corporation, and Synnex Technology International, a Taiwanese corporation.

 

Monthly Report ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in paragraph (a) of Annex 5.02(a) to the Purchase Agreement.

 

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA with respect to which either Originator or an ERISA Affiliate is making, is obligated to make, or has made or been obligated to make, contributions on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them.

 

Net Proceeds Amount ” shall mean, with respect to issuances of any Commercial Paper, (a) the face amount of such Commercial Paper, minus (b) (i) the discount on the face amount thereof offered to the public plus (ii) Dealer fees for such issuances of Commercial Paper.

 

Obligor ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, the Person primarily obligated to make payments in respect thereof.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of such Person.

 

Operating Agent ” shall mean GE Capital, in its capacity as operating agent for the Conduit Purchaser under the Administrative Services Agreement.

 

Originator ” shall mean Synnex, in its capacity as the Originator under the Transfer Agreement and any other Person as the Administrative Agent shall approve from time to time in its sole discretion.

 

Originator Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.01 of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Originator Group ” shall mean the Originators and each of their Affiliates.

 

Other Funding Agreements ” shall mean any agreements entered into from time to time by the Purchaser for the purchase or financing of receivables.

 

Outstanding Balance ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable and as of any date of determination, the amount (which amount shall not be less than zero) equal to (a) the Billed Amount thereof, minus (b) all Collections received from the Obligor thereunder, minus (c) all discounts to or any other modifications that reduce such Billed Amount ( provided , that if the Administrative Agent or the Servicer makes a determination that all payments by such Obligor with respect to such Billed Amount have been made, the Outstanding Balance shall be zero) minus (d) all contra accounts maintained by the Originators, the Purchaser or the Servicer with respect to the Obligor thereof; provided , that for all purposes of calculating the aggregate

 

22


Outstanding Balances of two or more Receivables, a Financing Receivable and its corresponding Floorplan Financed Receivable together shall be deemed to have an aggregate Outstanding Balance equal to the lesser of the Outstanding Balances thereof.

 

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

 

Pension Plan ” shall mean a Plan described in Section 3(2) of ERISA.

 

Per Annum Daily Margin ” shall mean (a) with respect to Capital Investment made by the Conduit Purchaser, 0.75%, and (b) with respect to Capital Investment made by the Committed Purchaser, (i) at the LIBOR Rate, 2.25% and (ii) at the Index Rate, 1.25%.

 

Permitted Encumbrances ” shall mean the following encumbrances: (a) Liens for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges not yet due and payable or to the extent that nonpayment thereof is permitted by the terms of Section 5.2 of the Credit Agreement; (b) pledges or deposits securing obligations under workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security or public liability laws or similar legislation; (c) pledges or deposits securing bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money) or leases to which any Originator, the Seller or the Servicer is a party as lessee made in the ordinary course of business; (d) deposits securing statutory obligations of any Originator, the Seller or the Servicer; (e) inchoate and unperfected workers’, mechanics’, suppliers’ or similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business; (f) carriers’, warehousemen’s or other similar possessory Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing liabilities in an outstanding aggregate amount not in excess of $500,000 at any one time; (g) deposits securing, or in lieu of, surety, appeal or customs bonds in proceedings to which any Originator, the Seller or the Servicer is a party; (h) any attachment or judgment Lien not constituting a Termination Event under Section 9.01(f) of the Purchase Agreement; (i) purchase money security interests granted by any Originator to secure the payment of the purchase price of inventory acquired by such Originator, so long as such purchase money security interest extends only to the inventory acquired thereby (and not to any proceeds thereof, including any Receivables); (j) Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 4.03(b) of any Transfer Agreement or Schedule 5.03(b) of the Purchase Agreement; (k) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, or other restrictions on the use of real property owned by any Originator or the Servicer or other minor irregularities in title (including leasehold title) thereto, so long as the same do not materially impair the use, value, or marketability of such real property and (l) presently existing or hereinafter created Liens in favor of SFC, the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent.

 

Permitted Investments ” shall mean any of the following:

 

(a) obligations of, or guaranteed as to the full and timely payment of principal and interest by, the United States of America or obligations of any agency or instrumentality thereof if such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in each case with maturities of not more than 90 days from the date acquired;

 

(b) repurchase agreements on obligations of the type specified in clause (a) of this definition; provided , that the short-term debt obligations of the party agreeing to repurchase are rated at least A-1+ or the equivalent by S&P and P-1 or the equivalent by Moody’s;

 

23


(c) federal funds, certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances of any depository institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state, in each case with original maturities of not more than 90 days or, in the case of bankers’ acceptances, original maturities of not more than 365 days; provided , that the short-term obligations of such depository institution or trust company are rated at least A-1+ or the equivalent by S&P and P-1 or the equivalent by Moody’s;

 

(d) commercial paper of any corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof with original maturities of not more than 30 days that on the date of acquisition are rated at least A-1+ or the equivalent by S&P and P-1 or the equivalent by Moody’s;

 

(e) securities of money market funds rated at least Aam or the equivalent by S&P and P-1 or the equivalent by Moody’s; and

 

(f) such other investments with respect to which each Rating Agency shall have confirmed in writing to the Purchaser and Collateral Agent that such investments shall not result in a withdrawal or reduction of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of the Commercial Paper.

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, unincorporated organization, trust, association, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, institution, public benefit corporation, joint stock company, Governmental Authority or any other entity of whatever nature.

 

Plan ” shall mean, at any time, an “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, that either Originator or an ERISA Affiliate maintains, contributes to or has an obligation to contribute to on behalf of participants who are or were employed by either Originator or an ERISA Affiliate.

 

Program Documents ” shall mean the Letter of Credit Agreement, the LAPA, the Collateral Agent Agreement, the Depositary Agreement, the Commercial Paper, the Administrative Services Agreement, each Accession Agreement and the Dealer Agreements.

 

Projections ” shall mean the Originators’ forecasted consolidated and consolidating: (a) balance sheets; (b) profit and loss statements; (c) cash flow statements; and (d) capitalization statements, all prepared on a Subsidiary-by-Subsidiary or division-by-division basis, if applicable, and otherwise consistent with the historical financial statements of the Originators, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions.

 

Purchase ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Purchase Agreement ” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002, among the Seller, the Conduit Purchaser, the Committed Purchaser, the Servicer, and the Administrative Agent.

 

24


Purchase Assignment ” shall mean that certain Purchase Assignment dated as of the Closing Date by and between the Seller and the Applicable Purchaser in the form attached as Exhibit 2.04(a) to the Purchase Agreement.

 

Purchase Date ” shall mean each day on which a Purchase is made.

 

Purchase Discount Rate ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, a rate equal to the lesser of (a) the Dynamic Purchase Discount Rate and (b) the Purchase Discount Rate Cap.

 

Purchase Discount Rate Cap ” shall mean a rate equal to eighty-five percent (85%); provided , that the Purchase Discount Rate Cap may be changed at any time by the Administrative Agent, in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, and, in the case of an increase only, upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect thereto.

 

Purchase Excess ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the extent to which the Capital Investment exceeds the Availability, in each case as disclosed in the most recently submitted Investment Base Certificate or as otherwise determined by the Applicable Purchaser or the Administrative Agent based on Seller Collateral information available to any of them, including any information obtained from any audit or from any other reports with respect to the Seller Collateral, which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties to the Purchase Agreement (absent manifest error).

 

Purchasers ” shall mean the Conduit Purchaser and the Committed Purchaser.

 

Purchase Request ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.03(b) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Purchaser Indemnified Person ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 12.01(a) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Qualified Plan ” shall mean a Pension Plan that is intended to be tax-qualified under Section 401(a) of the IRC.

 

Rating Agency ” shall mean Moody’s and/or S&P, as applicable.

 

Rating Agency Condition ” shall mean, with respect to any action, that each Rating Agency has notified the Conduit Purchaser and the Administrative Agent in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding Commercial Paper.

 

Ratios ” shall mean, collectively, the Default Ratio, the Delinquency Ratio, the Dilution Ratio, the Dilution Reserve Ratio, the Loss Reserve Ratio, the Receivable Collection Turnover and the Three Month Aged Receivables Ratio.

 

Receivable ” shall mean, with respect to any Obligor:

 

25


(a) indebtedness of such Obligor (whether constituting an account, chattel paper, document, instrument or general intangible) arising from the provision of merchandise, goods or services by an Originator to or on behalf of such Obligor (or, in the case of a Financing Receivable, to a third party), including the right to payment of any interest or finance charges and other obligations of such Obligor with respect thereto;

 

(b) all Liens and property subject thereto from time to time securing or purporting to secure any such indebtedness of such Obligor;

 

(c) all guaranties, indemnities and warranties, insurance policies, financing statements and other agreements or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of any such indebtedness;

 

(d) all Collections with respect to any of the foregoing;

 

(e) all Records with respect to any of the foregoing; and

 

(f) all proceeds with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Receivable Collection Turnover ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount (expressed in days) equal to:

 

(a) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is equal to the average of the Outstanding Balances of Transferred Receivables on the first day of the 6 Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date and (ii) the denominator of which is equal to aggregate Collections received during such 6 Settlement Periods with respect to all Transferred Receivables,

 

multiplied by

 

(b) the number of days contained in such 6 Settlement Periods.

 

Receivables Assignment ” shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in Section 2.01(a) of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Records ” shall mean all Contracts and other documents, books, records and other information (including computer programs, tapes, disks, data processing software and related property and rights) prepared and maintained by either Originator, the Servicer, any Sub-Servicer or the Seller with respect to the Receivables and the Obligors thereunder, the Originator Collateral and the Seller Collateral.

 

Redwood ” shall mean Redwood Receivables Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

Redwood Daily Yield ” shall mean, for any day, the product of (a) the Redwood Daily Yield Rate for such day, multiplied by (b) Redwood’s Capital Investment outstanding on such day.

 

26


Redwood Daily Yield Rate ” means, on any day, a floating per annum rate equal to the sum of (a) the Daily Margin on such day, plus (b) if a Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, the Daily Default Margin, plus (c)(i) to the extent the Conduit Purchaser’s Purchases under the Purchase Agreement are being funded by the sale of Commercial Paper, (A) the per annum rate equivalent to the weighted average of the rates paid or payable by the Conduit Purchaser from time to time as interest on or otherwise (by means of interest rate hedges or otherwise) in respect of Commercial Paper that is allocated, in whole or in part, to fund or maintain the Conduit Purchaser’s Purchases during the relevant Settlement Period, which rates shall reflect and give effect to Dealer fees, commissions of placement agents and other issuance costs in respect of such Commercial Paper, divided by (B) 360 days; provided , however , that if any component of such rate is a discount rate the rate used shall be the rate resulting from converting such discount rate to an interest bearing equivalent rate per annum and (ii) to the extent the Conduit Purchaser’s Purchases under the Purchase Agreement are not being financed by the sale of Commercial Paper, the daily rate to the Conduit Purchaser of borrowing such funds under the LAPA.

 

Redwood Termination Date ” means the date elected by Redwood or the Collateral Agent, by notice to the Seller and the Administrative Agent as the Redwood Termination Date; provided, that on such date, one or more of the following events shall have occurred and be continuing: (a) a Seller LOC Draw; (b) the obligations of the Liquidity Lenders to make Liquidity Loans shall have terminated and such Liquidity Lenders shall not have otherwise been replaced; (c) an event of default under the Collateral Agent Agreement or any other Program Document shall have occurred; (d) the short term debt rating of a Liquidity Lender shall have been downgraded by a Rating Agency and such Liquidity Lender shall not have been replaced in accordance with the terms of the LAPA within 30 days thereafter; (e) Redwood or the Administrative Agent shall have determined that the funding of Transferred Receivables by Redwood under the Purchase Agreement is impracticable for any reason whatsoever, including as a result of (1) a drop in or withdrawal of any of the ratings assigned to the Commercial Paper by any Rating Agency, (2) the imposition of Additional Amounts, (3) restrictions imposed by any Person on the amount of Transferred Receivables Redwood may finance or (4) the inability of Redwood to issue Commercial Paper; (f) any change in accounting standards shall occur or any pronouncement or release of any accounting or regulatory body (including FASB, AICPA or the Securities and Exchange Commission) shall be issued, or any other change in the interpretation of accounting standards shall occur, such that all or any portion of the Conduit Purchaser’s assets and liabilities are deemed to be consolidated with the assets and liabilities of GE Capital or any of its affiliates by its independent external auditors; (g) a Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing; or (h) the outstanding loans to the Conduit Purchaser under the LAPA equal or exceed the Conduit Purchaser’s Capital Investment at such time and no interest or other amounts are owed to the Conduit Purchaser under the Purchase Agreement or the other Related Documents.

 

Regulatory Change ” shall mean any change after the Closing Date in any federal, state or foreign law or regulation (including Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board) or the adoption or making after such date of any interpretation, directive or request under any federal, state or foreign law or regulation (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof that, in each case, is applicable to any Affected Party.

 

27


Rejected Amount ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 4.04 of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Related Documents ” shall mean each Lockbox Agreement, the Transfer Agreements, the Purchase Agreement, each Receivables Assignment, the Purchase Assignment, the Ancillary Services and Lease Agreement, the Subordinated Note and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates identified in the Schedule of Documents and including all other pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts, notices, and all other written matter whether heretofore, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of any Person, or any employee of any Person, and delivered in connection with either Transfer Agreement, the Purchase Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby. Any reference in either Transfer Agreement, the Purchase Agreement or any other Related Document to a Related Document shall include all Appendices thereto, and all amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto, and shall refer to such Related Document as the same may be in effect at any and all times such reference becomes operative.

 

Repayment Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.03(c) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Reportable Event ” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA.

 

Reserves ” shall mean the aggregate Concentration Discount Amount for all Obligors of Transferred Receivables and such other reserves as the Administrative Agent may establish from time to time in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, provided that, for purposes of determining the “Funding Base” under the Collateral Agent Agreement, the Concentration Discount Amount for any Obligor at any time on or after the Facility Termination Date shall be equal to the lesser of (i) the Concentration Discount Amount for such Obligor as calculated at such time, and (ii) the Concentration Discount Amount for such Obligor as calculated on the Facility Termination Date.

 

Retained Monthly Yield ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of all amounts transferred to or retained in the Retention Account with respect to Daily Yield from and including the first day of such Settlement Period through and including such date pursuant to Sections 6.03(b)(i)(A) or 6.04(a)(iv) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Retained Servicing Fee ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of all amounts transferred to or retained in the Retention Account with respect to the Servicing Fee from and including the first day of such Settlement Period through and including such date pursuant to Sections 6.03(b)(i)(C) or 6.04(a)(iv) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Retained Unused Facility Fee ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of all amounts transferred to or retained in the Retention Account with respect to the Unused Facility Fee from and including the first day of such

 

28


Settlement Period through and including such date in accordance with Sections 6.03(b)(i)(E) or 6.04(a)(iv) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Retention Account ” shall mean that certain segregated deposit account established by the Administrative Agent and maintained with the Depositary designated as the “Redwood Receivables Corporation—Retention Account (Synnex),” account number 24597, ABA No. 021 001 033.

 

Retention Account Deficiency ” shall mean, as of any Settlement Date, the amount, if any, by which the amounts necessary to make the payments required under Sections 6.04(a)(i) , (ii) and (iii) of the Purchase Agreement exceed the amounts on deposit in the Retention Account.

 

Retiree Welfare Plan ” shall mean, at any time, a Welfare Plan that provides for continuing coverage or benefits for any participant or any beneficiary of a participant after such participant’s termination of employment, other than continuation coverage provided pursuant to Section 4980B of the IRC and at the sole expense of the participant or the beneficiary of the participant.

 

Revolving Period ” shall mean the period from and including the Closing Date through and including the day immediately preceding the Facility Termination Date.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto.

 

Sale ” shall mean a sale of Receivables by an Originator to SFC in accordance with the terms of a Transfer Agreement.

 

Sale Price ” shall mean, with respect to any Sale of Sold Receivables, the price calculated by SFC and approved from time to time by the Administrative Agent equal to:

 

(a) the Outstanding Balance of such Sold Receivables, minus

 

(b) the expected costs to be incurred by SFC in financing the purchase of such Sold Receivables until the Outstanding Balance of such Sold Receivables is paid in full, minus

 

(c) the portion of such Sold Receivables that are reasonably expected by the applicable Originator to become Defaulted Receivables, minus

 

(d) the portion of such Sold Receivables that are reasonably expected by the applicable Originator to be reduced by means other than the receipt of Collections thereon or pursuant to clause (c) above, minus

 

(e) amounts expected to be paid to the Servicer with respect to the servicing, administration and collection of such Sold Receivables;

 

29


provided , that such calculations shall be determined based on the historical experience of (y) such Originator, with respect to the calculations required in each of clauses (c) and (d) above, and (z) SFC, with respect to the calculations required in clauses (b) and (e) above.

 

Schedule of Documents ” shall mean the schedule, including all appendices, exhibits or schedules thereto, listing certain documents and information to be delivered in connection with the Transfer Agreements, the Purchase Agreement and the other Related Documents and the transactions contemplated thereunder, substantially in the form attached as Annex Y to the Purchase Agreement and each Transfer Agreement.

 

Securities Act ” shall mean the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. Sections 77a et seq. , and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Securities Exchange Act ” shall mean the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. Sections 78a et seq. , and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Seller ” shall mean SFC, in its capacity as the Seller under the Purchase Agreement.

 

Seller Assigned Agreements ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.01(b) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Seller Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.01 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Seller Deposit Account Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.01(c) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Seller LOC Draws ” shall mean any payments made to the Purchaser in connection with the Letter of Credit and allocated to the Seller.

 

Seller Secured Obligations ” shall mean all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations for the performance of covenants, tasks or duties or for payment of monetary amounts (whether or not such performance is then required or contingent, or such amounts are liquidated or determinable) owing by the Seller to any Affected Party under the Purchase Agreement and any document or instrument delivered pursuant thereto, and all amendments, extensions or renewals thereof, and all covenants and duties regarding such amounts, of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced by any note, agreement or other instrument, arising thereunder, including Capital Investment (but only to the extent that funds are available therefor pursuant to Article VI of the Purchase Agreement), Daily Yield, Yield Shortfall, Unused Facility Fees, Unused Facility Fee Shortfall, Margin, amounts in reduction of Purchase Excess, Successor Servicing Fees and Expenses, Additional Amounts and Indemnified Amounts. This term includes all principal, interest (including all interest that accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding by or against the Seller in bankruptcy, whether or not allowed in such case or proceeding), fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and any other sum chargeable to the Seller thereunder, whether now existing or hereafter arising, voluntary or involuntary, whether or not jointly owed with others, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, and whether or not from time to time decreased or extinguished and

 

30


later increased, created or incurred, and all or any portion of such obligations that are paid to the extent all or any portion of such payment is avoided or recovered directly or indirectly from the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise.

 

Seller’s Share ” shall mean the ratio of (a) the Maximum Purchase Limit under the Purchase Agreement to (b) the aggregate maximum purchase limits or commitments under the Purchase Agreement and all Other Funding Agreements.

 

Servicer ” shall mean Synnex, in its capacity as the Servicer under the Purchase Agreement, or any other Person designated as a Successor Servicer.

 

Servicer’s Certificate ” shall mean an Officer’s Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 3.01(a)(iii) to the Purchase Agreement.

 

Servicer Termination Notice ” shall mean any notice by the Administrative Agent to the Servicer that (a) an Event of Servicer Termination has occurred and (b) the Servicer’s appointment under the Purchase Agreement has been terminated.

 

Servicing Fee ” shall mean, for any day within a Settlement Period, the amount equal to (a) (i) the Servicing Fee Rate divided by (ii) 360, multiplied by (b) the Outstanding Balance of all Transferred Receivables on such day.

 

Servicing Fee Rate ” shall mean 1.00%.

 

Servicing Fee Shortfall ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the amount, if any, by which the Accrued Servicing Fee exceeds the Retained Servicing Fee, in each case as of such date.

 

Servicing Officer ” shall mean any officer of the Servicer involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Transferred Receivables and whose name appears on any Officer’s Certificate listing servicing officers furnished to the Administrative Agent by the Servicer, as such certificate may be amended from time to time.

 

Servicing Records ” shall mean all documents, books, Records and other information (including computer programs, tapes, disks, data processing software and related property and rights) prepared and maintained by the Servicer with respect to the Transferred Receivables and the Obligors thereunder.

 

Settlement Date ” shall mean the tenth Business Day following the end of each Settlement Period.

 

Settlement Period ” shall mean (a) solely for purposes of determining the Ratios, (i) with respect to all Settlement Periods other than the final Settlement Period, each calendar month, whether occurring before or after the Closing Date, and (ii) with respect to the final Settlement Period, the period ending on the Final Purchase Date and beginning with the first day of the calendar month in which the Final Purchase Date occurs, and (b) for all other purposes, (i) with respect to the initial Settlement Period, the period from and including the Closing Date through and including the last day of the calendar month in which the Closing Date occurs, (ii)

 

31


with respect to the final Settlement Period, the period ending on the Final Purchase Date and beginning with the first day of the calendar month in which the Final Purchase Date occurs, and (iii) with respect to all other Settlement Periods, each calendar month; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of the Committed Purchaser Funding Event, such Settlement Period shall terminate on the day prior to the Committed Purchaser Funding Event, and the next Settlement Period shall be the period from and including the day of the Committed Purchaser Funding Event through and including the last day of the calendar month in which the Committed Purchaser Funding Event occurs.

 

SFC ” shall mean SIT Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

SFC Account” shall mean an account designated from time to time by SFC, which account as of the Closing Date shall be Account No. 502-328-54, GECC CAF Depositary, Bankers Trust Company, 1 Bankers Trust Plaza, New York, New York 10006, ABA No. 021-001-033, Attn: CFN 2214, Reference: Synnex Information Technologies, Inc.

 

SFC Indemnified Person ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.01 of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Sold Receivable ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(b) of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Solvency Certificate ” shall mean an Officer’s Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 3.01(a)(i) to the Purchase Agreement.

 

Solvent ” shall mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person; (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its Debts as they become absolute and matured; (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur Debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such Debts and liabilities mature; and (d) such Person is not engaged in a business or transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities (such as Litigation, guaranties and pension plan liabilities) at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

Stock ” shall mean all shares, options, warrants, general or limited partnership interests or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership or equivalent entity whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act).

 

Stockholder ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, each holder of Stock of such Person.

 

32


Sub-Servicer ” shall mean any Person with whom the Servicer enters into a Sub-Servicing Agreement.

 

Sub-Servicing Agreement ” shall mean any written contract entered into between the Servicer and any Sub-Servicer pursuant to and in accordance with Section 7.01 of the Purchase Agreement relating to the servicing, administration or collection of the Transferred Receivables.

 

Subordinated Loan ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(c) of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Subordinated Note ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(c) of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person or (b) that is directly or indirectly controlled by such Person within the meaning of control under Section 15 of the Securities Act.

 

Successor Servicer ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 11.02 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Successor Servicing Fees and Expenses ” shall mean the fees and expenses payable to the Successor Servicer as agreed to by the Seller, the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent.

 

Synnex ” shall mean Synnex Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation.

 

Termination Date ” shall mean the date on which (a) Capital Investment has been permanently reduced to zero, (b) all other Seller Secured Obligations under the Purchase Agreement and the other Related Documents have been indefeasibly repaid in full and completely discharged and (c) the Maximum Purchase Limit has been irrevocably terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02(b) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Termination Event ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.01 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Three Month Aged Receivables Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

 

(a) the sum of the respective Outstanding Balances of Transferred Receivables with respect to which any payment, or part thereof, remained unpaid for more than 60 but less than 91 days past their respective Maturity Dates as of the last day of the three Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date

 

to

 

33


(b) the aggregate Billed Amount of Transferred Receivables originated during the fourth, fifth, and sixth Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date.

 

Title IV Plan ” shall mean a Pension Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) that is covered by Title IV of ERISA and that either Originator or an ERISA Affiliate maintains, contributes to or has an obligation to contribute to on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them.

 

Transfer ” shall mean any Sale or capital contribution of Transferred Receivables by an Originator to SFC pursuant to the terms of a Transfer Agreement.

 

Transfer Agreement ” shall mean (i) that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002, between Synnex, as Originator, and SFC or (ii) any other “Transfer Agreement” entered into from time to time by SFC and an Originator.

 

Transfer Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(a) of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Transferred Receivable ” shall mean any Sold Receivable or Contributed Receivable; provided , that (a) any Receivable repurchased by an Originator pursuant to Section 4.04 of the applicable Transfer Agreement shall not be deemed to be a Transferred Receivable from and after the date of such repurchase unless such Receivable has subsequently been repurchased by or recontributed to SFC and (b) any Unapproved Receivable shall not be deemed to be a Transferred Receivable.

 

UCC ” shall mean, with respect to any jurisdiction, the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in such jurisdiction.

 

Unapproved Receivable ” shall mean any receivable (a) with respect to which the obligor thereunder is not an Obligor on any Transferred Receivable and whose customer relationship with the applicable Originator arises as a result of the acquisition by such Originator of another Person or (b) that was originated in accordance with standards established by another Person acquired by the applicable Originator, in each case, solely with respect to any such acquisitions that have not been approved in writing by the Administrative Agent and then only for the period prior to any such approval.

 

Underfunded Plan ” shall mean any Plan that has an Underfunding.

 

Underfunding ” shall mean, with respect to any Plan, the excess, if any, of (a) the present value of all benefits under the Plan (based on the assumptions used to fund the Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the IRC) as of the most recent valuation date over (b) the fair market value of the assets of such Plan as of such valuation date.

 

Unfunded Pension Liability ” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate amount, if any, of the sum of (a) the amount by which the present value of all accrued benefits under each Title IV Plan exceeds the fair market value of all assets of such Title IV Plan allocable to such benefits in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, all determined as of the most recent valuation

 

34


date for each such Title IV Plan using the actuarial assumptions for funding purposes in effect under such Title IV Plan, and (b) for a period of five years following a transaction that might reasonably be expected to be covered by Section 4069 of ERISA, the liabilities (whether or not accrued) that could be avoided by either Originator or any ERISA Affiliate as a result of such transaction.

 

Unused Facility Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Fee Letter.

 

Unused Facility Fee Shortfall ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the amount, if any, by which the Accrued Unused Facility Fee exceeds the Retained Unused Facility Fee, in each case as of such date.

 

Welfare Plan ” shall mean a Plan described in Section 3(1) of ERISA.

 

Yield Discount Amount ” shall mean the amount, as determined from time to time by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, calculated in accordance with Annex 4 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Yield Shortfall ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the amount, if any, by which the Accrued Monthly Yield exceeds the Retained Monthly Yield, in each case as of such date.

 

SECTION 2. Other Terms and Rules of Construction .

 

(a) Accounting Terms . Rules of construction with respect to accounting terms used in any Related Document shall be as set forth in Annex G to the Purchase Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically provided therein, any accounting term used in any Related Document shall have the meaning customarily given such term in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations thereunder shall be computed in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. That certain items or computations are explicitly modified by the phrase “in accordance with GAAP” shall in no way be construed to limit the foregoing.

 

(b) Other Terms . All other undefined terms contained in any of the Related Documents shall, unless the context indicates otherwise, have the meanings provided for by the UCC as in effect in the State of New York to the extent the same are used or defined therein.

 

(c) Rules of Construction . Unless otherwise specified, references in any Related Document or any of the Appendices thereto to a Section, subsection or clause refer to such Section, subsection or clause as contained in such Related Document. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import used in any Related Document refer to such Related Document as a whole, including all annexes, exhibits and schedules, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or supplemented, and not to any particular section, subsection or clause contained in such Related Document or any such annex, exhibit or schedule. Any reference to or definition of any document, instrument or agreement shall include the same as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders. The words “including,”

 

35


“includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; the word “or” is not exclusive; references to Persons include their respective successors and assigns (to the extent and only to the extent permitted by the Related Documents) or, in the case of Governmental Authorities, Persons succeeding to the relevant functions of such Persons; and all references to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of the same and any successor statutes and regulations.

 

(d) Rules of Construction for Determination of Ratios . The Ratios as of the last day of the Settlement Period immediately preceding the Closing Date shall be established by the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 1 to this Annex X and the underlying calculations for periods preceding the Closing Date to be used in future calculations of the Ratios shall be established by the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date in accordance with such Schedule 1 . For purposes of calculating the Ratios, (i) averages shall be computed by rounding to the third decimal place and (ii) the Settlement Period in which the date of determination thereof occurs shall not be included in the computation thereof and the first Settlement Period immediately preceding such date of determination shall be deemed to be the Settlement Period immediately preceding the Settlement Period in which such date of determination occurs.

 

 

36


ANNEX Y

 

to

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

and

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

 

each dated as of

 

August 30, 2002

 

Schedule of Documents

 


SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE FACILITY

 

August 30, 2002

 

Schedule of Closing Documents 1

 

A. Receivables Purchase and Transfer Documents

 

1. Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement, among SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation (“Synnex” or the “Originator”), and SIT Funding Corporation (“SFC”). (2443610)

 

EXHIBITS

Exhibit 2.01 (a)

  

Form of Receivables Assignment

Exhibit 2.01(c)

  

Form of Subordinated Note

SCHEDULES

Schedule 4.01(b)

  

Executive Offices; Collateral Locations; Corporate Names; Organizational Identification Number/FEIN

Schedule 4.01(d)

  

Litigation

Schedule 4.01(h)

  

Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock

Schedule 4.01(i)

  

Tax Matters

 

1. Bold and Italicized items to be delivered by the Originator, the Seller, the Borrowers and/or their counsel.

 

2


Schedule 4.01(1)

   Intellectual Property

Schedule 4.01(m)

   ERISA Plans

Schedule 4.01(t)

   Deposit and Disbursement Accounts/Originator

Schedule 4.02(g)

   Trade Names

Schedule 4.03(b)

   Existing Liens
ANNEXES

Annex X

   Definitions

Annex Y

   Schedule of Documents

 

2. Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement (the “ RPSA ”), among Synnex, as servicer (the “ Servicer ), SFC, as seller (the “ Seller ”), Redwood Receivables Corporation (“ Redwood ”), as conduit purchaser (the “ Conduit Purchaser ”), General Electric Capital Corporation (“ GE Capital ”), as committed purchaser (in such capacity, the “ Committed Purchaser ”) and GE Capital, as Administrative Agent. (2436738)

 

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 4.01(b)

   Executive Offices; Collateral Locations; Corporate Names; FEIN/Seller

Schedule 4.01(d)

   Litigation/Seller

Schedule 4.01(h)

   Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock and Indebtedness/Seller

Schedule 4.01(i)

   Tax Matters/Seller

Schedule 4.01(r)

   Deposit and Disbursement Accounts/Seller

Schedule 5.01(b)

   Trade Names/Seller

Schedule 5.03(b)

   Existing Liens/Seller
EXHIBITS

Exhibit 2.02(a)

   Form of Commitment Reduction Notice

Exhibit 2.02(b)

   Form of Commitment Termination Notice

Exhibit 2.03(a)

   Form of Investment Base Certificate

 

3


Exhibit 2.03(b)

   Form of Purchase Request

Exhibit 2.03(c)

   Form of Repayment Notice

Exhibit 2.04(a)

   Form of Purchase Assignment

Exhibit 3.01(a)(i)

   Form of Solvency Certificate

Exhibit 3.01(a)(ii)(A)

   Form of Bringdown Certificate (Closing)

Exhibit 3.01(a)(ii)(B)

   Form of Bringdown Certificate (Post-Closing)

Exhibit 3.01(a)(iii)(A)

   Form of Servicer’s Certificate (Closing)

Exhibit 3.01(a)(iii)(B)

   Form of Servicer’s Certificate (Post-Closing)

Exhibit 3.01(a)(iv)

   Form of Monthly Report

Exhibit 10.03

   Form of Power of Attorney

ANNEXES

Annex 1

   [RESERVED]

Annex 2

   Excluded Obligors

Exhibit A to Annex 2

   Form of Amending Letter

Annex 3

   [RESERVED]

Annex 4

   Yield Discount Amount

Annex 5

   Financial Covenants

Annex 5.02(a)

   Reporting Requirements of the Seller

Annex 5.02(b)

   Investment Reports

Annex 7.07

   Reporting Requirements of the Servicer

Annex X

   Definitions

Annex Y

   Schedule of Documents

 

3. Assignment executed by the Originator. (2444575)

 

4. Purchase Assignment among the Seller and the Administrative Agent. (2444580)

 

5. Officer’s Certificate (Bringdown Certificate), dated as of August 30, 2002, executed by an authorized officer of the Seller. (2443615)

 

4


6. Officer’s Certificate (Solvency Certificate), dated as of August 30, 2002, executed by an authorized officer of the Originator. (2443627)

 

7. Officer’s Certificate (Servicer’s Certificate), dated as of August 30, 2002, executed by an authorized officer of the Servicer. (2443634)

 

8. Power of Attorney executed by SFC to GE Capital in its capacity as Administrative Agent. (2443640)

 

9. Power of Attorney executed by Synnex to GE Capital in its capacity as Administrative Agent. (2443711)

 

10. Amended and Restated Subordinated Note, dated as of August 30, 2002, executed by SFC and payable to Synnex. (2444224)

 

B. Legal Opinions

 

11. Opinion of Simon Y. Leung, General Counsel for Synnex, regarding corporate authorization, execution, absence of conflict, and securities law issues in respect of the RPSA and the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

12. Opinion of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, counsel for the Originator, the Servicer, the Seller and the Borrowers, regarding enforceability, perfection and priority of security interests and perfection of sales of general intangibles in respect of the Transfer Agreement, the RPSA and the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

C. Corporate Documents

 

Synnex

 

13. Certificate of Incorporation for Synnex, certified by the Secretary of State of California as of June 14, 2002.

 

14. Good standing certificates for Synnex issued by the Secretaries of State of California, South Carolina and Illinois.

 

15. A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Synnex certifying copies of (a) the certificate of incorporation of Synnex; (b) the by-laws of Synnex; (c) the resolutions of Synnex’s Board of Directors approving the RPSA and the other instruments, documents and agreements to be executed and/or delivered by it in connection therewith and the transactions contemplated thereby; and (d) the names and true signatures of the incumbent officers of Synnex authorized to sign the transaction documents; and certifying that (x) Synnex is in good standing in all jurisdictions where it is qualified to do business, including, without limitation, California, (y) all representations and warranties made by Synnex in the RPSA are true and correct in all respects and (z) no financing statements or other similar instruments relating to the Receivables of Synnex have been filed in any jurisdiction,

 

5


other than those financing statements and other similar instruments shown on the UCC searches provided pursuant to the Transfer Agreement and the RPSA.

 

SFC

 

16. Certificate of Incorporation for SFC certified by the Secretary of State of Delaware.

 

17. Good standing certificates for SFC issued by the Secretary of State of Delaware and the Secretary of State of California.

 

18. A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of SFC, certifying copies of (a) the certificate of incorporation of SFC; (b) the by-laws of SFC; (c) the resolutions of SFC’s Board of Directors approving the RPSA and the other instruments, documents and agreements to be executed and/or delivered by it in connection therewith and the transactions contemplated thereby; and (d) the names and true signatures of the incumbent officers of SFC authorized to sign the transaction documents.

 

D. UCC Filings

 

Synnex

 

19. UCC continuation statement and UCC amendment statement with respect to the UCC-1 Financing Statement in respect of the Transferred Receivables naming Synnex as debtor/seller and the Seller as secured party/purchaser and the Administrative Agent as assignee, filed with the Secretary of State of California.

 

20. In-lieu financing statement filed in the office of the Secretary of State of California with respect to the UCC-1 Financing Statement originally filed in the office of the Secretary of State of South Carolina in respect of the Transferred Receivables naming Synnex as debtor/seller and the Seller as secured party/purchaser and the Administrative Agent as assignee.

 

21. UCC-1 Financing Statement in respect of the Transferred Receivables naming Synnex as debtor/seller and the Seller as secured party/purchaser and the Administrative Agent as assignee, filed with the Secretary of State of California.

 

22. UCC continuation statements and UCC amendment statements with respect to the UCC-1 Financing Statements in respect of Synnex’s Inventory naming Synnex as debtor, the Seller as secured party and the Administrative Agent as assignee, filed with the Secretary of State of California.

 

23. In-lieu financing statements filed with the Secretary of State of California with respect to the UCC-1 Financing Statements originally filed in the offices of the Secretaries of State of Illinois, New Jersey, South Carolina and Tennessee in respect of Synnex’s Inventory naming Synnex as debtor, the Seller as secured party and the Administrative Agent as assignee.

 

6


24. Post-Filing UCC Lien Search Report against Synnex confirming that the statements described in the preceding five items have been filed and are of record in the jurisdictions in which they were filed.

 

SFC

 

25. In-lieu financing statement filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware with respect to the UCC-1 Financing Statements originally filed in the office of the Secretary of State of California naming the Seller as debtor/seller and the Purchaser as secured party/purchaser, and the Administrative Agent as assignee.

 

26. Post-Filing UCC Lien Search Report against SFC confirming that the financing statement described in the preceding item has been filed and is of record.

 

E. Previously Delivered Third-Party Agreements

 

27. Lockbox Account Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2001 among the Seller, Redwood, GE Capital and Bank of America, NA.

 

28. Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of December 19, 1997, executed by Synnex, the Seller, Redwood and GE Capital.

 

7

Exhibit 10.13

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

CHANGE OF CONTROL SEVERANCE PLAN

 

Effective as of August 19, 2003

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. (including any “Successor Entity” as defined in Section 5, the “Company”) adopts this Change of Control Severance Plan (this “Plan”) with the intent of assuring that it and its direct and indirect subsidiaries will have the benefit of continuity of management in the event of any actual or threatened change of control. Certain capitalized terms used in this Plan are defined in Section 1 below.

 

1. Definitions of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Plan shall have the following meanings:

 

(a) Average Compensation . “Average Compensation” means the average of a Participant’s gross annual compensation, exclusive of any income relating to Company stock, as reported on the Participant’s W-2 for the three most recent years ending on or before the Date of Termination (excluding any such year in which the Participant was not employed, and annualizing compensation for any such year in which Participant was employed a partial year). “Average Monthly Compensation” means one-twelfth (1/12) of Average Compensation.

 

(b) Cause . “Cause” means (i) commission of a felony, an act involving moral turpitude, or an act constituting common law fraud, and which has a material adverse effect on the business or affairs of the Company or its affiliates or stockholders; (ii) intentional or willful misconduct or refusal to follow the lawful instructions of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”); or (iii) intentional breach of Company confidential information obligations which has an adverse effect on the Company or its affiliates or stockholders. For these purposes, no act or failure to act shall be considered “intentional or willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, in bad faith without a reasonable belief that the action or omission is in the best interests of the Company.

 

(c) Change of Control . “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i) A change in the composition of the Board occurs, as a result of which fewer than one-half of the incumbent directors are directors who either:

 

(A) Had been directors of the Company on the “look-back date” (as defined below) (the “original directors”); or

 

(B) Were elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the aggregate of the original directors who were still in office at the time of the election or nomination and the directors whose election or nomination was previously so approved (the “continuing directors”); or

 

SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

C HANGE O F C ONTROL S EVERANCE P LAN

 

1


(ii) Any “person” (as defined below) who by the acquisition or aggregation of securities, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote at elections of directors (the “Base Capital Stock”); except that any change in the relative beneficial ownership of the Company’s securities by any person resulting solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Base Capital Stock, and any decrease thereafter in such person’s ownership of securities, shall be disregarded until such person increases in any manner, directly or indirectly, such person’s beneficial ownership of any securities of the Company; or

 

(iii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the continuing or surviving entity and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity; or

 

(iv) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

For purposes of subsection (c)(i) above, the term “look-back” date shall mean the later of (1) August 19, 2003 or (2) the date 24 months prior to the date of the event that may constitute a Change of Control.

 

For purposes of subsection (c)(ii) above, the term “person” shall have the same meaning as when used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, but shall exclude (1) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or a parent or subsidiary of the Company and (2) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the common stock of the Company.

 

Any other provision of this Section 1(c) notwithstanding, a transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction, and a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur if the Company files a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial offering of Company common stock to the public.

 

(d) Involuntary Termination . “Involuntary Termination” means:

 

(i) without such Participant’s express written consent, a reduction of the Participant’s title, authority, duties, position or responsibilities relative to the Participant’s title, authority, duties, position or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction;

 

SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

C HANGE O F C ONTROL S EVERANCE P LAN

 

2


(ii) without such Participant’s express written consent, a reduction by the Company of the Participant’s base salary or bonus opportunity as in effect immediately prior to such reduction;

 

(iii) without such Participant’s express written consent, the relocation of the Participant’s principal place of employment to a facility or a location more than fifty (50) miles from his or her current location;

 

(iv) without such Participant’s express written consent, any purported termination of the Participant by the Company which is not effected for Cause or by reason of death or disability; or

 

(v) the failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of this Plan by any successors contemplated in Section 5 below.

 

(e) Termination Date . “Termination Date” means the effective date of any notice of termination of the Participant’s employment.

 

2. Eligibility . Those employees of the Company who have the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer, Vice President or Associate Vice President and whose principal place of employment is in the United States (each, a “Participant”) shall be eligible for benefits, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, until the date he or she ceases to be employed in such position by the Company; provided, that a Participant who ceases to be employed by the Company under circumstances giving rise to benefits under the Plan shall continue to be treated as a Participant with respect to such benefits until they have been paid or provided in full.

 

3. At-Will Employment . Each Participant’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law.

 

4. Severance Benefits .

 

(a) Involuntary Termination in Connection with a Change of Control. If a Participant’s employment with the Company terminates as a result of an Involuntary Termination at any time within twelve (12) months after a Change of Control or within two (2) months on or before a Change of Control, and such Participant signs and does not revoke a standard release of claims with the Company in a form acceptable to the Company, then in lieu of any other severance benefits to which the Participant may be entitled under any Company plan or policy, such Participant shall be entitled to the following severance benefits:

 

(i) in the case of a Participant who is an Executive Vice President of the Company (each, a “Level 1 Participant”), salary continuation for eighteen (18) months at such Participant’s rate of Average Monthly Compensation, plus an additional month for each year of service completed by the Participant in excess of eighteen (18) years, subject to a maximum of twenty-four (24) months of Average Monthly Compensation, less applicable withholding;

 

(ii) in the case of a Participant who is a Senior Vice President or Chief Information Officer of the Company (each, a “Level 2 Participant”), salary continuation for

 

SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

C HANGE O F C ONTROL S EVERANCE P LAN

 

3


twelve (12) months at such Participant’s rate of Average Monthly Compensation, plus an additional month for each year of service completed by the Participant in excess of twelve (12) years, subject to a maximum of eighteen (18) months of Average Monthly Compensation, less applicable withholding;

 

(iii) in the case of a Participant who is a Vice President or Associate Vice President of the Company (each, a “Level 3 Participant”), salary continuation for three (3) months at such Participant’s rate of Average Monthly Compensation, plus an additional month for each year of service completed by the Participant in excess of three (3) years, subject to a maximum of twelve (12) months of Average Monthly Compensation, less applicable withholding; and

 

(iv) reimbursement by the Company of the group health continuation coverage premiums for the Participant and the Participant’s eligible dependents under Title X of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended or comparable provisions of state law (“COBRA”) for (A) twenty-four (24) months from the Termination Date in the case of a Level 1 Participant (provided that reimbursement after eighteen (18) months shall be based upon the most recent premium rate then in effect, if COBRA is not available after eighteen (18) months), (B) twelve (12) months from the Termination Date in the case of a Level 2 Participant or (C) six (6) months from the Termination Date in the case of a Level 3 Participant; provided, however, that the Company’s obligations shall terminate when the Participant becomes covered under another group health plan, and that each Participant will be solely responsible for electing such COBRA coverage within the required time period.

 

(b) Accrued Wages and Vacation; Expenses . Without regard to the reason for, or the timing of, a Participant’s termination of employment: (i) the Company shall pay such Participant any unpaid wages due for periods prior to the Termination Date; (ii) the Company shall pay such Participant all of the Participant’s accrued and unused vacation through the Termination Date; and (iii) following submission of proper expense reports by the Participant, the Company shall reimburse such Participant for all expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Participant in connection with the business of the Company prior to the Termination Date. These payments shall be made promptly upon termination and within the period of time mandated by law.

 

5. Successors .

 

(a) Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the Company’s obligations under this Plan and agree expressly to perform the Company’s obligations under this Plan in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Plan, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this subsection (a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Plan by operation of law.

 

SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

C HANGE O F C ONTROL S EVERANCE P LAN

 

4


(b) Participant’s Successors . Without the written consent of the Company, a Participant shall not assign or transfer this Plan or any right or obligation under this Plan to any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of this Plan and all rights of a Participant hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, a Participant’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

 

6. Notices .

 

(a) General . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of a Participant, mailed notices shall be addressed to him or her at the home address which he or she most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Secretary.

 

(b) Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause or by a Participant as a result of an Involuntary Termination shall be communicated by a notice of termination given in accordance with this Section 6. Such notice shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Plan relied upon, shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and shall specify the Termination Date (which shall be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice).

 

7. Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a) Payment Obligations Absolute . Upon termination of employment described in Section 4, the Company’s obligations to pay the severance benefits described in Section 4 shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which the Company may have against any Participant. In no event shall a Participant be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to a Participant under any of the provisions of the Plan.

 

(b) Limited Effect . Nothing herein or in any Plan Agreement shall be construed as giving any Participant a right of continued employment or as limiting the Employer’s right to terminate a Participant’s employment, subject, in the case of any such termination described in Section 4, to the payment of the benefits described in Section 4.

 

(c) Amendment and Termination . The Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time prior to a Change of Control by resolution adopted by at least two-thirds of the Board; provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall reduce the benefits previously earned by a Participant without his or her express written consent.

 

(d) Withholding . All payments and benefits hereunder shall be subject to reduction for applicable tax withholdings.

 

SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

C HANGE O F C ONTROL S EVERANCE P LAN

 

5


(e) Effective Date . The “Effective Date” of the Plan shall be August 19, 2003.

 

(f) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Plan shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the conflicts of law rules, of the State of California.

 

(g) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Plan shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

* * *

 

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

C HANGE O F C ONTROL S EVERANCE P LAN

 

6


SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .
By:    
 

Title:

   
 

 

SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

C HANGE O F C ONTROL S EVERANCE P LAN

 

7

EXHIBIT 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated October 11, 2003 relating to the consolidated financial statements of SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc., and our report dated October 11, 2003 relating to the financial statement schedule of valuation and qualifying accounts, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/    P RICEWATERHOUSE C OOPERS LLP

 

San Jose, California

October 13, 2003

Exhibit 24.2

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS , that the person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints, jointly and severally, Robert T. Huang and Dennis Polk, and each one of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Signature

  

Title


 

Date


/s/    D AVID  R YNNE        


  

Director

  October 14, 2003

David Rynne